• Author / Uploaded
• Holy Yeshua

• Categories
• Celos
• Amor
• Las emociones
• Autosuperación
• Conceptos psicologicos

Citation preview

TIME OF TRANSITION PIERCING THE VEIL OF REALITY BY BERNHARD GUENTHER

http://veilofreality.wordpress.com/

April 22, 2012

Wanderers, Purpose, and Esoteric Work in this Time of Transition By Bernhard Guenther

A topic that has been coming up recently in a conversation with some friends is the idea of “Wanderers” in relation to esoteric work, the awakening process and the Time of Transition we are in. It is something that has been on my mind for a while and wanted to explore a bit deeper, also reflecting on my own life. I first came across this subject when I read the Ra material in the 90′s as well as Barbara Marciniak’s “Bringers of the Dawn“(Note: Readers who are not familiar with the “channeled” material mentioned throughout this blog should read “Channeled material and the Age of Transformation”. For the ones not familiar with the definitions of certain concepts used throughout this article please click the hyper-linked words for more information). According to Ra, Wanderers are individuals whose souls have incarnated from a higher density (4th or 6th density) into this 3rd density with a specific mission to accomplish in order to assist humanity, helping with The Harvest or Graduation to 4th Density during this Age of Transformation. However, due to the “veil of forgetting” when entering a lower density, the mission/task by the Wanderer is forgotten and he/she needs to awaken to what they came here to do. Ra tells us:

Questioner: You spoke of Wanderers. Who are Wanderers? Where do they come from? Ra: Imagine, if you will, the sands of your shores. As countless as the grains of sand are the sources of intelligent infinity. When a social memory complex has achieved its complete understanding of its desire, it may conclude that its desire is service to others with the distortion towards reaching their hand, figuratively, to any entities who call for aid. These entities whom you may call the Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow move toward this calling of sorrow. These entities are from all reaches of the infinite creation and are bound together by the desire to serve in this distortion. Entities are from all reaches of infinite creation, bound together by desire to serve in Earth’s 3D. Questioner: How many of them are incarnate on Earth now? Ra: The number is approximate due to an heavy influx of those birthed at this time due to an intensive need to lighten the planetary vibration and thus aid in harvest. The number approaches sixty-five million. Questioner: Are most of these from the fourth density? Or what density do they come from? Ra: Few there are of fourth density. The largest number of Wanderers, as you call them, are of the sixth density. The desire to serve must be distorted towards a great deal of purity of mind and what you may call foolhardiness or bravery, depending upon your distortion complex judgment. The challenge/danger of the Wanderer is that it will forget its mission, become karmically involved,

and thus be swept into the maelstrom of which it had incarnated to avert the destruction…. It was the aim of Wanderers to serve the entities of this planet in whatever way was requested. and it was also the aim of Wanderers that their vibratory patterns might lighten the planetary vibration as a whole, thus ameliorating the effects of planetary disharmony and palliating any results of this disharmony. Specific intentions such as aiding in a situation not yet manifest are not the aim of Wanderers. Light and love go where they are sought and needed, and their direction is not planned aforetimes.” ……The energies of the Wanderers, your teachers and adepts at this time are all bent upon increasing the harvest. However, there are few to harvest.“

Carla L. Rueckert, the “instrument” through which Ra spoke wrote “A Wanderer’s Handbook”, exploring this topic in more depth and also incorporating other channeled material: “In addition to those lessons which are learned in a manner native to those who work through the third density for the first time, those who are what you call Wanderers bring a certain task and a certain responsibility, which may be viewed as operating so as to put into an unique light, a particular slant or bias, those precise lessons which within third density all must learn. And so in a sense, the task is compounded proportionate to the unique gifts which have been brought from other densities, so that they may be laid down in service to the souls which seek, so hungrily, to reach beyond the limits which are those of third density, a density of choice.”

The Pleiadians in Barabra Marciniak’s “Bringers of the Dawn” refer to the same concept of Wanderers as “Renegades”, “System Busters” and “Family of Light”: “You represent the renegade group of light, and you have agreed to come back on the planet. You are on assignment. You come into these physical bodies and take them over, and you intend, through the power of your spiritual identity, to change the physical body. You all selected with great care the genetic lines that would best give you head starts with all of this. Each of you chose a genetic history through which members of the Family of Light have threaded…. As members of the Family of Light, you have incarnated on this planet to prepare yourselves to do your work. What is your work? Your work is quite simple: you carry frequency into systems that have limited light frequency, because light is information. This is not cold, computer-data information; it is information that is transmitted biologically through an electromagnetic sendout of consciousness. This is what you are experts in. If you were to have a business card printed up for yourselves when you are in full memory of your identity, it would say something like: “Renegade Member of Family of Light. Systems Buster. Available for altering systems of consciousness within the free-will universe. On call.“…. You go for it! This is what you do. This is an aspect of your identity that you all have in common, and you are here in the millions at this time. You are here primarily to remember who you are, to operate multi- dimensionally within the system, and to teach humans-the natives in this place that have been under frequency control for a long time…. The task for you members of the Family of Light who have desired to take this information inside of yourselves is to anchor a new frequency on the planet by anchoring it impeccably inside yourselves. This is not easy. It was not meant to be easy. You did not come here to have an easy assignment. You are renegades, and you have been renegades… Before you came into the body, all of you committed to designing events that would fire your codings, or blueprints that would activate your memories. Then you came into the body and you forgot. All of you have had your blueprints and codings fired to some extent because you understand that there is a divine purpose or Divine Plan that you are a part of… Part of the friction you feel with others is that you are on this path of evolution and bursting forth. Others don’t like this because they are not coded at this time to respond the way you are. Some people are not coded at all for this… As members of the Family of Light, you are renegades. You are systems busters, here to conquer your own fears and to show the rest of the planet that there is

no reason to fear anything. You love to go in and cause trouble. You are famous, your branch of the Family of Light. You are famous for going into systems of reality and altering the frequency, thus bringing information. It is not your task as members of the Family of Light to proselytize. You simply go into systems and act as receptacles; you receive the creative cosmic rays into your bodies, the bodies that you occupy as humans. You are in disguise as humans, and you allow a process to take place… You are coded, and as your memory begins to rise, you will respond to the plan with which you came here to participate to alter the frequencies. You will begin to hold, keep, and maintain a certain frequency and then to line it. Identity as frequency is the sum total of your physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual bodies broadcast as electronic pulsations. As you live your frequency, you affect everyone, every place you go. That is what you are doing now. There are many who already understand their assignment, and there are those whose memories are just beginning to rise… As members of the Family of Light, you have access to a tremendous amount of understanding that others do not have. You came in with it, you are being reminded of it, and you are now learning it and accepting it….Light is information, so the Family of Light is the family of information… Believe us when we say that you, as members of the Family of Light, made a vast study of the historical manipulation that has been going on on this planet, just as anyone sent on assignment would be trained for a long period of time before they were sent out into the field. Each of you has been trained, and you have the knowledge inside you. Our part is to hit key chords and play your consciousness into activity so you can go ahead and make the tune or song or dance you are prepared for. Your knowledge is inside of you, and as you agree to discover it, it will awaken on deeper and deeper levels. You will become very self-sufficient, those of you who agree to this. You will also become incredibly knowledgeable, those of you who do not stop because you are frightened. Light is information; ignorance is darkness… We speak to you as if you are not human because, to us, you are not. To us, you are members of the Family of Light, and we know your multidimensional selves. We speak to you about dealing with humans because it is your assignment to integrate with them, soothe them, and awaken a spark of light within them so that they are not all destroyed and so that this place can house a new species and a new realm of activity…. You have been hired and are on assignment from the future to catapult back into this cycle of existence to incarnate many times so that you can understand what has kept humans controlled. In this way, you can operate from the inside and change the system….

As each of you has been assigned to become informed and to bring about a frequency alteration on this planet, you must learn to become Keepers of Frequency. You must rise to a certain place of knowledge and consistently stay there. You must become in command of your body so that you can will it into stillness or into activity. You must be able to go inside yourself and heal what needs to be healed emotionally and physically. You must begin to part the jungle of self and find the clearing so that you can show others the way….”

The topic of Wanderers or higher dimensional-beings who have incarnated for the purpose of assisting humanity is somewhat popular in the New Age movement. There are plenty of people these days who claim to be “Star Seeds”or “Light Workers” from planet this or that. However, some of them seem to use this identification to enhance their ego and self-importance, over-estimating their level of Being and Awareness, appearing “special” and “mysterious”, clouded in a very fluff talk of Love and Light. Especially nowadays, where it is hip to be “spiritual”, many self-proclaimed lightworkers dress accordingly and give themselves fancy spiritual names which are supposed to reflect their higher state of awareness, claiming to be awake. It’s easy to identify oneself with such an idea but does one’s life truly reflect that? Does one truly KNOW what it means to be a lightworker or Wanderer and the work it entails? Or is it just another label used for appearance’s sake and to make oneself feel better? There are many distortions and people tend to project their own filtered view into it. As with everything these days truth is mixed with lies. “I think the “wanderer issue” is kind of like the “faith vs works” issue. Anybody can say it, claim it, but does their life give evidence of it? How have they applied themselves?” - Laura Knight-Jadczyk

Personally I don’t dismiss the idea of higher density souls coming back in time with a specific mission to fulfill. However, I also take it with a grain of salt at the same time. Reflecting on my life, I can see that I could fit the profile of a Wanderer and learning about it has given much clarity and understanding of myself and what I felt deep inside all along. However I don’t see myself as being special or better since I have to learn my lessons as everyone else in this 3D human experience. Throughout my whole life I felt different and was very much a loner in high school, not being able to fit in, dealing with a high sensitive nature and a deep emotional life which was confusing to say the least. Obviously many children feel this way growing up in our pathological world and is by no means an indication that one is automatically a Wanderer. My parents did their best in raising me according to their knowledge. I didn’t have a bad childhood or was abused by any means. I just felt I wasn’t from here and even as a young kid in my pre-teens I used to look at the stars at night thinking and longing “Take me home…Why am I here?…Why am I so alone?”. However, I never truly made the connection that I was maybe a Wanderer, nor was I conscious of this idea. It was just natural for me for me to stare at the night sky asking these questions and it had a soothing affect on me. Scott Mandelker who has published several books on the Ra material and Buddhism came up with a questionnaire (similar to determining personality types) which can help to find out if one is potentially a Wanderer. Obviously there is no true scientific way to prove one way or another. I think Mendelker’s quiz is a bit over-simplified, short and vague and missing some important points, which can also lead to misinterpretations. Deeper introspection and understanding of what being a Wanderer entails is certainly needed. I would not go by this questionnaire alone and proclaim “I’m a Wanderer” even if I can answer most questions with a yes. It’s easy to read into things and “bend the truth” in order to fit it for oneself. As Laura mentioned earlier, what is it you truly DO about it? I started questioning the world as we know it more consciously when I went to the University of Munich studying business in 1991, a choice I made due to social pressure, being confused, not knowing myself and just doing what everyone else did: getting a degree, so I can have a secure job and make a living. I was depressed and felt just like I did in High School, doing things that I didn’t like to do but thought I had to do in order to “fit in”. I kept thinking there must be more to life than this! Well, as the saying goes, ask and you shall receive and I was asking sincerely from the depth of my being. The call was answered when a good friend I met around that time asked me to try out playing drums for his band. My life changed completely. Music has always been my ally in my life. Listening to it helped me to deal with my complex emotional life. But I was so conditioned and lost that I never thought to make music myself. I was in awe when I saw bands playing live and especially intrigued when watching the drummer. My low self-esteem didn’t even make that connection that I could be doing this myself since I thought I had to study and be a good student in order to get a degree in something more practical and secure to fit into society and also please my parents. Playing drums connected me to something deeper within me and for the first time in my life I truly knew what I wanted to do. I was so infused with inspiration and sudden self-

confidence that I dropped out of university, saved up money and moved to Los Angeles to study drums and percussion at the Musicians Institute. At that time I realized there must be even more to life and more to who I am, that there is purpose to my life, that there was something I’m here to do. A lot of things came up for me and it was not always a happy time. Dealing with depression, childhood programming, social conditioning and this seemingly never-ending feeling of loneliness, unable to connect with people on a deeper level, I started to look for answers, trying to figure myself out as I was going through the “dark night of the soul” with suicidal thoughts and even drug abuse (which didn’t last long, since it interfered with my passion for playing drums. Music literally saved my life). My search and asking fueled by intense internal suffering lead me to the works of Carl Gustav Jung, J. Krihshnamurti, Alan Watts, Joseph Campbell and other spiritual/psychology/philosophy literature as well as Astrology, which helped me in the process of seeking answers to deeper life questions and understanding myself better.

Another big shift in my life started when I first read “Bringers of the Dawn” (BOTD) in the late 90′s. No other book has had such a deep impact on me. It was almost like an instruction manual I’ve read before, awakening something within me that was always there. It was more a recognition than learning something new. It resonated with me deeply. Readers of my blogs know that I don’t take the idea of “resonating” lightly since I believe that there is such a thing as “false resonating”.

As I wrote in :“Channeled material and the Age of Transformation” While there is validity to the idea of “resonating” with a certain teaching or source, it can easily be misapplied if the “reading instrument”, the Self, is not “tuned” correctly. Some fundamentalist Christians also “resonate” with the Bible in literal terms, believing the earth is only 5000 years old. “Feel good” messages are no proof of truth and can also be very emotional manipulative. Disinformation is always lies mixed with truth. Enough truth to use as a bait to get the seeker’s attention and then put him/her on a false lead so to speak, keeping him asleep while he believes to awaken. In order to find the true resonance one needs to separate the false self (with its assumptions, conditioning, expectations, wishful thinking, buffers, emotional hooks and ego desires) from the true self which is grounded in Knowledge, connected to the small voice inside that can always separate a lie from truth, using intuition and critical thinking alike, even if the truth is not very “pleasant” and challenging to one’s world view. In other words, honest self-work is needed in order to resonate with truth. Within and without. Marciniak’s book started my quest for truth on a whole new level, confirming my feeling that there is something else happening on our planet besides what we have been taught and told by official culture. For many people the information in BOTD is too far out or laughable, however that also makes sense as I’ll explain later on. It was not only the idea of higher density souls coming “back in time” incarnating in human form (Renegades, Family of Light) with a mission profile to assist humanity during this time of transformation which I resonated with, but also the more disturbing topic of hyperdimensional control and that humans are not on top of the food chain, nor in control of themselves, but have been manipulated genetically and controlled by “Aliens” (hyperdimensional 4D STS forces) since “The Fall”. Her work led me to the Ra material, as well as the Cassiopaean Experiment and the work of Laura Knight-Jadczyk who wrote in depth about the Theological Drama with hyperdimensional forces working through humanity, incorporating a vast array of esoteric teachings, channeled material (Ra, Marciniak’s Pleiadians) and research into ancient history, connecting the dots scientifically, esoterically, historically and mystically. Her personal story and discoveries are written about in her seminal works “The Wave” (8 books) and “The Secret History of the World”. I don’t know anyone else who has mapped out the true reality of our world and humanity’s place in it so well as he she has done. No wonder she has experienced (and is experiencing) so many attacks, ridicule and threats personally and for her work. You don’t get that kind of attention if you’re not on to something that may be a real threat to the powers that be and the status quo of official culture. It was another milestone in my awakening.

According to the Ra material and Cassiopaean transmissions humans have been of STO (Service to Others) orientation before the “Fall”. Both sources talk about the “Fall” from this state happening about 300,000 years ago when 4th density STS (Service to Self) entities (called the Orion group (Ra) or Lizzies/Reptilians (Cassiopaea, Pleiadians) ) “raided” this planet, took over control (from a hyperdimensional point of view as in frequency/consciousness control) and humans became STS (development of ego, false personality, worship of physicality, cut off from the higher centers). We’re now at the end of a big cycle where mind/body/spirit complexes (Ra) of 3rd density (humans) have the opportunity to “graduate” or “evolve” to 4th density STO orientation (The “harvest” according to Ra). However, this is a choice. According to both sources as well as various ancient esoteric teachings, conscious self-work and effort are required to move on to the next level so to speak, activating the higher centers by gaining knowledge, engaging in sincere self-work and being of service. Planet earth as it is now is of STS orientation. We all are STS and cannot be otherwise, however one can become a STO candidate and polarize oneself to that vibration/frequency through esoteric work. 4th density STS entities try their best to manipulate our “free will” through frequency and genetic control which has been going on since “the fall”, keeping us in a lower form of consciousness as they feed off those lower vibrations. It’s simply food for them and sustains/nourishes them, like plant and animals (2nd density) serve us for food. 3rd density feeds off 2nd density and 4th density feeds off 3rd density. Humans are not at the end of the food chain. As above, so below. The UFO phenomenon relates to this and is for the most part a manifestation of the hyperdimensional matrix control system as examined in more depth in the documentary “UFOs, Aliens, and the Question of Contact” I made with Humberto Braga.

Now is a window of opportunity to break free from this control and evolve to a higher level of existence. Not everyone will “graduate”. It’s everyone’s own choice/calling and doesn’t depend on anything or anyone “out there”. No one can do it for another, but one must do the self-work in order to activate the higher centers, raising one’s level of Being and Awareness above a certain minimum. This is also not something that happens over night or on a specific date (like the much popularized end of the Mayan Calendar 12/21/2012) but is related to the shift of ages spanning over a many years and we are already in the midst of it. There is a choice to be made very shortly, and it would be preferable if all of the people of this planet understand the choice that is to be made. It will be difficult for many of the people of this planet to understand what this choice is, because it is a choice that they have not considered. They have been much too involved in their daily activities and their confusion and their desires of a very trivial nature to be concerned with an understanding of the choice that they are very shortly to make. Whether they wish to or not, whether they understand it or not, regardless of any influence, each and every one of the people who dwell upon planet Earth will shortly make a choice. There will be no middle area. There will be those who choose to follow the path of love and light (knowledge) and those who choose otherwise. This choice will not be made by saying, “I choose the path of love and light,”or “l do not choose it.” The verbal choice will mean nothing. This choice will be measured by the individual’s demonstration of his choice. This choice is measured by what we term the vibratory rate of the individual. It is necessary, if an individual is to join those who make the choice of love and understanding, for his rate of vibration to be above a certain minimal level. [...] At the time at which each of you incarnated, my friends, each of you was aware that certain lessons, hitherto unlearned, were to be the goals for achievement in this incarnation. If it seems to you that your entire incarnation within this illusion has been a series of difficulties of one particular type, then you are almost certainly aware in some manner of one of your lessons. As you can see, these lessons are not to be avoided. They are to be learned. - from Hatonn, L/L Transcripts Going back to the topic of Wanderers and renegades who have incarnated in this time and age with a specific mission relating to the shift we’re in, there is also this insightful writing by Marshall Vian Summers about the deeper meaning of purpose, our “ancient home” and how it is intrinsically connected to gaining Knowledge. Purpose is not a definition or an end in itself, but a journey to be discovered as we work on ourselves and separate truth from lies within and without. This process is different for each as everyone has different lessons to learn and talents to develop.

PURPOSE IS SOMETHING YOU WILL UNDERSTAND as you climb higher on the mountain of life. As you gain a greater vantage point, you will understand more of the journey itself, by looking behind and by being increasingly able to anticipate what is up ahead. Purpose is realized by taking the journey, not by establishing a favorable or fascinating explanation or a definition for oneself. Purpose is not a justification. It does not compensate for anything. Purpose is something that is waiting for you to discover. You can only discover it by taking the journey, by following the way, by learning as you go and by gaining the greater perspective and understanding that one acquires as one matures in The Way of Knowledge. As we have said before, you have come from someplace and you will return to that place. You have come bearing gifts for the world. Your greater purpose is embodied in this idea. Because of your origin and your destiny, you have something greater to give to the world, something that the world cannot give to you. Your gift is hidden within you like a secret cargo, but you cannot gain access to it until you have advanced. Then it will begin to emerge, slowly and incrementally, all on its own. Your calling in life is very specific. It involves engaging with certain people for specific reasons at certain junctures of your life. The greater purpose that you share with everyone is to keep Knowledge alive in the world and to bring something from your Ancient Home into the world. This is a definition that you can abide with because it will not limit you and it will not deceive you, but go no further in your definitions. Allow the manifestation of your purpose to take place naturally, as it will if you follow in The Way of Knowledge. Your purpose now is to prepare to gain a greater understanding of the world, the world’s evolution and the world’s destiny. Within this larger context you will gain a new vantage point for understanding your role in the world and your reason for coming here. Your life must be fulfilled. It must be justified. The world is a difficult place to come to. It is not a vacation spot. It is not a place where you are sent for punishment. It is not a place where you are sent for pleasure. It is a place that needs your gifts from your Ancient Home, and for this reason you have come. [...] Your purpose is not to escape the world. Your purpose is not to run home to your Creator. Your purpose is to give what you came here to give, to reunite with those whom you are intended to reunite with and to contribute all that you have brought with you—that secret cargo that you carry even at this moment. [...] You are here in the world for very specific reasons. They are not your personal reasons. You are here to contribute to and participate in a greater order of

reality that exists within the world and beyond the world and even beyond the physical manifestation of life. With greater awareness comes a greater ability. This all comes from Knowledge. Here you are asked to follow, to respond and to learn the great lessons in discernment, discretion, communication and affinity. These lessons are inherent in the preparation itself. From the first step to the last, you will be learning these things, and life will be your laboratory. As you come to realize that your purpose is not for you alone, then you will realize that you must not allow yourself to become self-possessed or selfabsorbed. Indeed, the great liberation is a liberation from this self-absorption which returns you to life with an open mind and with all of your faculties fully activated. [...] The ones who will succeed are the ones who focus on their preparation and allow the course of their life to unfold without determining its result and without determining what it will look like, how it will be and so forth. Here you must develop a great and growing faith in yourself, in the beneficence of those people who assist you, in the Unseen Ones who guide you and help you and in the power and presence of Knowledge within you. [...] Purpose is a process; it is not a definition. It is not a validation. It is not a form of self- comfort. It is something that awaits you. It is a great journey. It is a door that is open to you now, a door that you can pass through. It is a journey where you do not lead yourself alone, but instead become a part of the greater education that exists throughout the universe. The Creator is at work everywhere, reclaiming the separated through Knowledge. This is the Creator’s purpose. Your purpose is to give what you are designed to give, according to your nature and your true abilities. In this, your life becomes fulfilled because everything you have done can now serve a greater purpose. This journey requires phenomenal self-honesty. Humility, honesty, openness, discernment, restraint, discretion, tolerance and compassion—these are qualities that result from preparation and advancement in The Way of Knowledge. These things are what provide inspiration and true ability in life. [...] Your purpose is the same as everyone else’s. However, your calling is specific. It is a specific set of tasks with specific people and in specific relationships for certain purposes. That is a calling. But for a calling to be genuine, to be real and to really bear fruit in life, it must be fundamentally based within the greater purpose that you share with everyone. [...] It is not wandering around blindly, speculating and having big ideas. Instead, it

is engaging in a process of development that has been provided for you by your Creator and by your Spiritual Family to initiate you in this life into the greater calling and purpose for which you have come. Only through this discovery will your life be fully justified and fully realized. Here you will enter a greater range of relationship and understanding which will make you a person of incredible value in the world. The world is a hungry and lonely place. It is full of fantasy and folly. Its suffering is profound. Its confusion is deep. Its violence is sickening. Its possibilities are great. Who can see these things but those who realize that they have come from beyond the world to give something? They realize this because it is something they can feel. It is not an emotion; it is something they feel. They feel that they have come here for a reason. It is something that they cannot yet define, but they cannot make it go away either. Something greater is calling them. This is purpose. [...] Their awareness of the mystery of life will grow more and more profound, and their ability in life—in their relationships, in their career, in all their activities— will deepen. This is purpose. At some point, they will give themselves to something that involves other people in service to the world in one capacity or another according to their nature and their design. It will be natural for them to give themselves in this way, as it would be unnatural for them to decline it. This is purpose. As we describe this process of preparation in a very general way, do not think that you are near the end. Do not claim that you are anywhere in the process, for how can you tell? You cannot pull yourself out of life and examine your life. You do not have that vantage point yet. Accept that the journey is great. It is marvelous. It is at times difficult. But in all ways it refines you. It washes away that which is nonessential in you and reveals that which is permanent and meaningful. Your real purpose and calling become apparent when all that hides and conceals them has fallen away, and what is left is what is real, and that becomes welcomed and embraced. [...] This is the time that you are here, and this is the condition of the world and the evolution of the world at this time. Though your specific calling may seem to have little to do with the Greater Community, you are serving the world in its emergence into the Greater Community. You are fostering goodness, Wisdom and the reality of Knowledge in the world through your own demonstration. This is your purpose. Let’s summarize what we can see so far from these quoted sources. Wandereres/Renegades are souls from a higher density (4th or 6th) that have incarnated in a human body in order to be of assistance during this Time of Transition. They are “system busters” challenging the status quo who don’t fit in with most of humanity. Due to

entering the lower density of physical life they have forgotten that it was their conscious choice to do so in order to perform certain tasks according to a mission profile. Their memory from the “ancient home” is buried deep within them which needs to be awakened. This purpose is an ongoing discovery that depends on conscious selfdevelopment and gaining Knowledge. Love is Light is Knowledge. Ra says that the reason for this “forgetting” is also rooted in respecting the free will of 3D entities: “Free will of 3D entities needs to be preserved. Thus Wanderers volunteer for 3D genetic or DNA connections to mind/body/spirit complex. Forgetting process can be penetrated to extent of Wanderer remembering what it is and why it is upon the planet. However, it would be an infringement if Wanderers penetrated forgetting so far as to activate more dense bodies and thus be able to live in a god-like manner. This would not be proper for those who have chosen to serve.” The Ps (Pleiadians) tell us that wanderers/renegades are “committed to designing events that would fire [their] codings, or blueprints that would activate their memories.” In other words, the friction and struggle many people (who could be Wanderers) perceive can be used as catalysts to help them awaken and remember what they came here to do. The lessons are not to be avoided, but are to be learned. The obstacle that is in the way of a Wanderer to awaken is that he/she becomes karmically involved and conditioned/programmed through upbringing and society, steering him/her off the path. In order to activate the higher centers, connecting them to their higher selves and giving them access to their “blueprints”, sincere self work is necessary to cut through the lies and conditioning of the false personality, which everyone has to one degree or another. This shows us that despite their hidden higher knowledge and awareness that Wanderers bring with them, they need to deal with the challenges of life like everyone else on the planet. It is of no use to proclaim proudly that one is a Wanderer without realizing and engaging in the work that is necessary to truly walk the talk. The verbal choice will mean nothing. This choice will be measured by the individual’s demonstration of his choice. However, due to being “foreign” to 3rd density, Wanderers do have more problems adjusting to the planetary vibration of physicality than humans whose home is 3D. Ra tells us: “Due to the extreme variance between the vibratory distortions of third density and those of the more dense densities, if you will, Wanderers have as a general rule some form of handicap, difficulty, or feeling of alienation which is severe. The most common of these difficulties are alienation, the reaction against the planetary vibration by personality disorders, as you would call them, and body complex ailments indicating difficulty in adjustment to the planetary vibrations such as allergies, as you would call them”. “Possibility of such problems due to 6D incarnating in 3D is rather large. Not necessarily a problem — it depends upon unique orientation of each m/b/s complex having this situation or placement of energies.”

“There are, in case of Wanderers, not only a congenital difficulty in dealing with 3D vibratory patterns but also a recollection, however dim, that these distortions are not necessary or usual in home vibration.” Many people who resonate with being a Wanderer do so because of the most common of these difficulties, alienation, that is severe (and I can certainly relate to that), which is probably due to the difficulty of dealing with 3D vibratory patterns that are not necessary or usual in home vibration (6D). These difficulties are crucial and can be approached in two ways for better or worse. One can use them as an excuse to not deal with 3D life because one feels “too spiritual” or “too good” to do so or claiming to have “transcended” anything that may require too much work to confront, be it within oneself or in the world. I have heard many times from people (Wanderers or not) that they are “too spiritual” for politics or speaking out against injustices in the world (and ultimately the 4D STS control system) because they have “transcended” it all and just want to live in the Light (misunderstanding that Light actually means Knowledge). But as Marianne Williamson said, addressing that at a talk at “Lightning in a Bottle”: “There is a difference between transcendence and denial“. Others even use their “spiritual highness” as an excuse to not pay their bills, get a source of income or just managing ordinary daily affairs and reject anything that is part of life in our current 3D reality. They tend to manipulate, leech (and essentially feed) off others, which can keep them in 3D STS frequency with the potential of getting “stuck” there, not graduating (or not going back “home”) and having to repeat the 3rd density cycle. “If Wanderer demonstrated through action a negative orientation towards others it would be caught into the planetary vibration and, when harvested, possibly repeat master cycle of 3D as a planetary entity”. One needs to watch out that seeing oneself as a Wanderer doesn’t become an escape and is not used as a buffer/excuse, which will only be in the way of living up to one’s potential and purpose. Laura Knight-Jadczyk makes an important point in that regard: “This is another area where there are some misunderstandings in the spiritual life. Many seekers believe that their inability to function in the real world is like a badge of merit — a proof of their great spirituality. Physical ailments, loss of function, inability to manage ordinary daily affairs, and so on and on are all excused because the person is so “spiritual” that they cannot be expected to be bothered with such things. Well, that’s all fine and good but wouldn’t you think that a person who is supposed to have graduated to higher spiritual realms did so because they mastered the lower ones? And, if that is the case, what is so hard about remembering those lessons and activating them at a higher level of competence this time around? If you have graduated to sixth grade, surely you can ace all the tests of third grade?“

The healthier approach, which will actually help Wanderers to truly remember what they came here to do and act on it, is to confront these difficulties, learn the lessons and use the friction and shocks to create the fire within, transmuting lead into gold, building the magnetic center within, which connects them to their higher self, the real “I” and the hidden knowledge within them. This is where esoteric works come in. Wanderers actually have a better disposition to engage in this work but “this is not more than a bias and cannot be called an understanding“ as Ra said (more on that later). Instead of rejecting these experiences and lessons due to an unconscious feeling that this is not their natural habitat, Wanderers have actually all the “tools” and knowledge to deal with them, especially since they chose to incarnate due the “the call” and request. Hence, being “spiritual” and/or being a Wanderer implies taking absolute responsibility for one’s life regardless what the challenges and difficulties may be without blame, self-pity or selfimportance. This also relates to the work of Carlos Castaneda and Don Juan’s teaching of the “warrior”: “Only as a warrior can one withstand the path of knowledge. A warrior cannot complain or regret anything. His life is an endless challenge, and challenges cannot possibly be good or bad. Challenges are simple challenges.” “What seems natural is to think that a warrior who can hold his own in the face of the unknown can certainly face petty tyrants with impunity. But that’s not necessarily so. What destroyed the superb warriors of ancient times was to rely on that assumption. Nothing can temper the spirit of a warrior as much as the challenge of dealing with impossible people in positions of power. Only under those conditions can warriors acquire the sobriety and serenity to withstand the pressure of the unknowable.” So regardless of Wanderers being “higher evolved” or old souls, they’re on the same playing field as everyone else on 3D earth and must do the work to access their knowledge. The only “help” they have is that they may get triggered in some way and the right book appears at the right time for example or synchronicities and coincidences may lead them to the information or life situation they need to come across and experience in order to be awakened. But they need to do the work themselves with discernment, separating truth from lies within and without. The friction and limitations of 3rd density actually serve as a catalyst for faster learning, growth and polarization. What seems clear is that Wanderers didn’t just choose to be of assistance with their coded mission and potentially teach/heal but also to learn the lessons they need to learn for their own evolution and polarization. “[The] Wanderer has potential of greatly accelerating density whence it comes in its progress in evolution. This is due to intensive life experiences and opportunities of 3D. Positively oriented Wanderers choose to hazard danger of forgetting to be of service to others by radiating love of others. If forgetting is penetrated, amount of catalyst in 3D will polarize Wanderer w/ much greater efficiency than shall be expected in higher, more harmonious densities.“

They may also be guided and awakened by higher density STO forces to be triggered through subconscious impulses but not to do the work FOR them. As the Ps said: “All of you jumped at the chance to be here in such a challenging place at such a challenging time. You were certain you could do it. Also, you were told before you came here that there would be much assistance and that, at different junctures of your development, different entities would present themselves upon the planet in different capacities to trigger you, fire you up, and remind you-not to do it for you. We are one of those triggers, a catalyst. ….You yourself chose to be here. You are on assignment to bring memory forward and to bring the value of human existence back to the forefront of creation. You are needed…….” Each of you has been trained, and you have the knowledge inside you. Our part is to hit key chords and play your consciousness into activity so you can go ahead and make the tune or song or dance you are prepared for. Your knowledge is inside of you, and as you agree to discover it, it will awaken on deeper and deeper levels. You will become very self-sufficient, those of you who agree to this. You will also become incredibly knowledgeable, those of you who do not stop because you are frightened. Light is information; ignorance is darkness… Assistance comes to you in all avenues of life, yet others cannot do things for you because you designed life in such a way that the species must selfmotivate and evolve in order to be empowered… It is very important to observe how you deal with events. Different events are brought to you so that you can observe them. Learn to observe your behavior and to spend much more time alone even if sometimes it is difficult for you and you feel lonely. In the long run, you will thank us for directing you to have a more meaningful encounter with yourself… Who’s going to bail you out when the going gets rough? Where is the rescue team? You are it. In order to have this transformation take place, you must use what you have to bring it about. There is incredible assistance from all kinds of realms; however, it all depends on you, not us. You are going to change the frequency simply by commitment, determination, and willpower…” And from the Ra material: “The methods used to awaken Wanderers are varied. The center of each approach is the entrance into the conscious and subconscious in such a way as to avoid causing fear and to maximize the potential for an understandable subjective experience that has meaning for the entity. Many such occur in sleep, others in the midst of many activities during the waking hours. The approach is flexible and does not necessarily include the “Close Encounter” syndrome.”

This is also where free will comes in. Wanderers incarnated because of the “request” and “answering the call”. Their mission is not to preach, impose or give without being asked. From an STO perspective one can only give when asked and many people choose not to wake up, they choose not to seek truth or do conscious self-work. They choose to stay asleep, dreaming to be awake. Many even choose to be STS on a soul level, just as many choose not to “graduate” to 4D. Free will needs to be respected, even if it is the free will to stay ignorant. Only STS violates free will through self-serving manipulation and nonasked interference. This also relates to the esoteric sayings “Being wise as serpents and gentle as doves“ and “Do not give what is holy to dogs, and do not throw your pearls before swine, or they will trample them under their feet, and turn and tear you to pieces.“ Asking can come in different ways and it not necessarily verbal, however, not every asking is sincere, so knowledge, discernment and awareness are required to truly distinguish between STS and STO, especially within ourselves as we all have STS tendencies, mistaking them for STO (remember that STS is the default polarity for this current 3rd density we are ALL subjected to). Are we giving to another without expectation and to truly help the other person? What part in them are we supporting? Sometimes NOT giving is actually STO in order not to support the STS feeding dynamics. Are we being externally considerate? Or are we considering internally and are trying to make ourselves feel better by “being of service” or for the sake of image/appearance/status, inflating our selfimportance? For example, if people donate money to various causes, what is their true underlying drive? “How we admire you. We remember third density. It is the shortest of the densities, the density of choice. You are here to choose to serve the Creator by serving others or by serving the self and manipulating others. As you serve others, you may be asked to do outrageous things, to go beyond your limitations, to do what cannot be done yet which shall be done because it must. And in those situations we strongly advise that you release your personal personality and move to an impersonal portion of your deep self, that god-self of unmitigated and straightforward compassion. To determine what is pleasing as opposed to what is serving another entity is sometimes difficult, especially on the spur of the moment.“ People have to learn their own lessons even if we can see how much they’re lying to themselves and are in their own ways. Free will is essentially tied to learning the lessons and understanding that everyone has their own lessons but also that there are collective lessons for all of humanity to learn. From the Cassiopaea material: Q: What creates this environment of limitation? A: It is the grand illusion which is there for the purpose of learning. Q: And who put the illusion into place? A: The Creator who is also the Created. Which is also you and us and all. As we have told you, we are you and vice versa. And so is everything else. Q: Is the key that it is all illusion? A: Basically, yes. As we have told you before, if you will be patient just a

moment, the universe is merely a school. And, a school is there for all to learn. That is why everything exists. There is no other reason. Now, if only you understood the true depth of that statement, you would begin to start to see, and experience for yourself, all the levels of density that it is possible to experience, all the dimensions that it is possible to experience, all awareness. When an individual understands that statement to its greatest possible depth, that individual becomes illumined. And, certainly you have heard of that. And, for one moment, which lasts for all eternity, that individual knows absolutely everything that there is to know. As an STO candidate one cannot interfere with the learning process of another, but only assist with advice, mirrors and suggestions if it is asked for. One can also spread “seeds of awareness”, share information and show the “door” if appropriate but people will have to walk through it themselves. Each situation is different and specific. No one can do the work for another, nor can anyone “save” another. As Morpheus told Neo in “The Matrix”: “Unfortunately no one can be told what the matrix is, you have to see it for yourself.” . “[The wanderer's] desire is service to others with the distortion towards reaching their hand, figuratively, to any entities who call for aid….Specific intentions such as aiding in a situation not yet manifest are not the aim of Wanderers. Light and love go where they are sought and needed, and their direction is not planned aforetimes.” “[Different attitude toward unharvestable Earth entities?] Not substantially. To those who wish to sleep we could only offer comforts designed for sleeping. Service is only possible to extent it is requested. We were ready to serve in whatever way we could. This still seems satisfactory as a means of dealing with others in 3D. To be each entity which one attempts to serve simplifies grasp of what service is necessary/possible”” - Ra “It is not your task as members of the Family of Light to proselytize. You simply go into systems and act as receptacles…. Assistance comes to you in all avenues of life, yet others cannot do things for you because you designed life in such a way that the species must self-motivate and evolve in order to be empowered…..Not everyone is going to make the shift. Not everyone is in the vibration that wants to work in harmony at this time.“ - Ps Laura Knight-Jadczyk writes: “Ra tells us about “wanderers,” or higher dimensional-beings who have incarnated for the purpose of assisting humanity without violating free will. This “service to others” is described as a “dispassionate attempt to share

information without concern for numbers or growth among others.” The attempt to make the information available is the service. There are no shortcuts to enlightenment. It cannot be taught. It cannot be achieved with rituals or formulas. The only thing that can be shared is information, stories of inspiration, love and mystery, and experiences that may spark another person to reach out and begin seeking on their own…. Ra warns that the challenge and danger of the wanderer is that he or she will forget the mission, become karmically involved, and thus be swept into the maelstrom. The question here is, of course, how does one become karmically involved? Ra answers: By acting in a consciously unloving manner in action with other beings. As the readers have discovered, what is or is not “love” is a huge issue. And it is in this subject that the most intensive disinformation has been promulgated, or so it seems.“ All of this also relates to the topic of Organic Portals (OPs), the possibility that half of humanity does not have an individual soul and has no ability to access the higher centers, which would enable them to engage in esoteric work in order to graduate. There is nothing wrong with them, it is just part of the evolutionary process. However, one must be aware not to project one’s own soul potential into OPs who can serve as portals through which 4D STS forces can work through in order to keep souled individuals from advancing (esoterically speaking), just like agent Smith in “The Matrix” was able to insert himself into humans (programs) trying to keep Neo from awakening. The reader is encouraged to read “Organic Portals – Soulless Humans” to get a better understanding of that important topic. Especially Wanderers need to be conscious and aware of the traps, deceptions and distractions in 3rd density which may interfere with their mission since most people are NOT like them, but have a different inner wiring so to speak. Ra mentions that “ the Wanderer is less inclined to the deviousness of third density and therefore does not recognize as easily as a more negative individual would, the negative nature of thoughts or beings“. “Ra tells us that wanderers are vulnerable because they become completely the creature of third density in mind and body, and are, by nature, less inclined to deviousness and manipulation. For this reason, they often do not recognize as easily the negative nature of other beings or thoughts before they become involved with them. Then, very often, because of this very lack of perception of negativity, they often persist in relationships that are negative because they repeatedly attribute to the other person their own benevolent motives and perceptions. Additionally, there is just as much chance of negative hyperdimensional telepathic mind control influence being brought to bear on a wanderer as anyone else. The only difference occurs in what Ra calls the “spirit complex” which, if it wishes, has an armor of light which enables it to recognize more

clearly that which is not appropriately desired. This is not more than a bias, and cannot be called an understanding. So, in other words, you just have an instinct about things that are not right. But then, with all our be-nice programming, we generally override the instinct and shove such signals under the rug, or search endlessly for reasons to excuse bad behavior…. Ra and the Cs both confirm that wanderers, however they are defined, are most definitely high-priority targets of the Matrix Controllers.“ - Laura Knight-Jadczyk Wanderers are not only subject to hypedimensional manipulation in this Matrix Control System as everyone else, but are PRIMARY targets of the 4D STS forces (Orion STS according to Ra. The Lizzies/dark shirts according to the Ps) because their mission obviously interferes with the plans of the controllers of this world and they don’t want this to happen. They don’t want to loose their food source. Laura Knight-Jadczyk makes an excellent analysis of this issue in “Soul Hackers – The Hidden Hands Behind The New Age Movement” (The Wave Book 2), chapter All There Is Is Lessons, or Wandering Around in Third Density Can Be Hazardous to Your Health. Here’s an excerpt:

[...] The problem seems to be that of “waking up” [of the wanderer] to the nature of the mission and this presents special problems. Ra gives us several more clues: ”Wanderers become completely the creatures of third density in mind/body complex. There is just as much chance of [them being subjected to Orion STS mind programming attempts] as to a mind/body complex of [strictly third density]. The only difference occurs in the spirit complex which, if it wishes, has

an armor of light, if you will, which enables it to recognize more clearly that which is not be desired by the mind/body/spirit complex. This is not more than a bias and cannot be called an understanding.” So we begin to understand that even the purest of the pure are subject to corruption and deception. They do seem to have a bit of help in separating the wheat from the chaff, but Ra describes it as “not more than a bias and cannot be called an understanding.” The problem is, the “bias” often comes into direct conflict with the mind programming efforts of the Orion STS and a lot of suffering and torture can result. And there is also a special weakness of those who are configured to STO — since they don’t have meanness and deception in their own hearts, it can take almost forever for them to see it in others who are being used to keep them from awakening! Ra remarks on this as well: ”Furthermore, the Wanderer is less inclined to the deviousness of third density and therefore does not recognize as easily as a more negative individual would, the negative nature of thoughts or beings… [If the Wanderer is successfully coopted by the Orion STS it would be] caught into the planetary vibration and, when harvested, possibly repeat again the master cycle of third density as a planetary entity.” Ra also confirmed Don’s remark that those with missions, Wanderers, are “high priority targets” of the Orion STS faction. That’s a scary thought! What it means is that if a person comes into incarnation from a higher density with a mission to serve, not only are they enveloped in the “veil of forgetting”, they become special targets for a bunch of Intergalactic rapists and murderers who are only restrained in their actions by some sort of vague Law of Free Will which still allows every imaginable trick and deception to be perpetrated on them so that they will engage in relationships, beliefs, actions or reactions designed to “bring them down a few densities,” so to speak! And they only get a “bias” toward what is Truth, and not a clear understanding! So with all of this information we are trying to put together about what is out there just waiting to trap and deceive us, how in the world are we supposed to have a clue as to what is going on? Just who are the Good Guys here?! “[In terms of STO contacts from the higher densities] the infringement upon free will is greatly undesired. Therefore, those entities, which are Wanderers upon your plane of illusion, will be the only subjects for the thought projections that make up the so-called “Close Encounters” and meetings…” Ra seems to be saying that only the “Wanderers” have any hope of being in contact with the higher level “Good Guys” because they are, ipso facto, already of STO configuration and therefore, contact is not an infringement upon their free will as it would be if the STO contact came to a third density being who has not yet graduated to the higher densities. Of course, they all look alike here on the Big Blue Marble, and they are all mostly engaged in living relatively normal lives side by side with one another. And they do have to be

“awakened”! Also, there is a special condition under which Wanderers may be contacted, it seems, that pretty much eliminates your “weekend seminar” in channeling. It seems that there is an almost mathematical law involved in being able to communicate with higher density beings: The calling of a group of people whose square overcame the integrated resistance of those unwilling to search or learn… If we just stop and think for a moment about the nature of most people on the planet who do not want to search or learn; they do not want to think or do the necessary work that prepares a “vessel” for the inflow of higher knowledge; they want to be “saved” with as little effort as possible, then you begin to understand the odds against contact with truly higher density STO beings. That is the operation of the Law of Free Will. The majority of beings of third density are STS — they would not be in this density otherwise. By this choice, they have also chosen the illusions that are part of this “con job”. Yes, at a very deep level, it is a choice to experience in order to learn, but let’s not get ahead of ourselves here. By the very fact that this is the choice of the majority, the few who might truly wish to perceive the truth are overruled by the mass choice according to the law of Free Will! Even if the being is a fourth or sixth density “Wanderer”, by entering this density, they have chosen to “play by the rules” and cannot abridge them! Thus, in order to penetrate this “veil of forgetting”, extreme effort is required in a mathematical ratio. A consistent “call” by a group, must go out. And the energy required to penetrate the veil must be built up over a period of time in order to meet this requirement. This principle is expressed in two of the purported sayings of Jesus: “Wherever two or more are gathered in my name…” and you must “ask and keep on asking, knock and keep on knocking, and it will be opened to you.” So, just by thinking about this very simple Law of Free Will and its implications, we come to an understanding that the likelihood of the many “sources” of information that purport to have “serendipitously” contacted this or that channel who was just humming along one day and — ZAP! — along came Swami Whosits or Koot Hoot or Lord Sandyando or whoever, are very likely victims of the deception — possibly even Wanderers being “neutralized” by STS forces, or simply those who are “agents” of the STS forces, including those programmed a la Greenbaum. Ra did give us a figure: 65 million Wanderers on the planet at the time he was speaking. That amounts to about one person out of every hundred on the planet. But how many of them survive the attacks? How many of them actually do, can, or will wake up? Particularly when we must expect them to be objects of special “attention” in terms of “attack”? But, apparently all is not lost! Those Wanderers who have struggled and worked or survived the attack/lessons to the point that something inside them is ready can awaken via subtle “contacts” or inner urgings: “The feeling of being awakened or activated is the goal of this type of contact…

The methods used to awaken Wanderers are varied. The center of each approach is the entrance into the conscious and subconscious in such a way as to avoid causing fear and to maximize the potential for an understandable subjective experience that has meaning for the entity. Many such occur in sleep, others in the midst of many activities during the waking hours. The approach is flexible and does not necessarily include the “Close Encounter” syndrome.” So we are given to understand that such “wake up” experiences can be varied. Considering the deceptions and manipulations of the Orion STS that have already been described, we also must consider that there will be many efforts to block, obfuscate, or mimic such awakenings. Again, only knowledge can give us the tools with which to discriminate. Again Ra brings up a special class of attack that can occur to those who are on a destined mission, as the Cassiopaeans call it: “Wanderers do have “Close Encounters” with Orion STS, though it is rare. [Such] occurs either due to the Orion entities’ lack of perception of the depth of positivity to be encountered or due to the Orion entities’ desire to, shall we say, attempt to remove this positivity from this plane of existence. …A mistaken Orion STS contact with highly polarized positive entities can wreak havoc with Orion troops unless [they] are able to depolarize the entity mistakenly contacted. This occurrence is almost unheard of. Therefore, the Orion group prefers to make physical contact only with the weaker-minded entity… The most typical approach of Orion entities is to choose what you might call the weaker minded entity that it might suggest a greater amount of Orion STS philosophy to be disseminated.” So now we begin to understand the special traps set up for these Wanderers wherein human agents are used to manipulate and control them. If they cannot be corrupted directly, the strategy is to corrupt those around them — including family, friends, spouses and associates of all kinds. While I would never claim to be one of these “Wanderers”, even if the profile does fit (since I am not inclined to “true believership” in anything), there was a curious exchange with the Cassiopaeans at one session which included another individual who also fits this profile that gives some clues as to how this occurs: May 3, 1997 Q: (L) Reading through the session of May 23, last year, when TK was also here, and the issue of his living in isolation from the rest of the world was addressed, you asked who had begged him to stay there even though he wanted to move to a place where he could have more contact with other people and more opportunities for growth and stimulation. The answer to this question was that it was his wife who insisted on remaining even though it was clear that he was unhappy in the environment. Then you made a remark about an EM [Electromagnetic] vector. The way I understood it is that you were saying that a

person can be an EM vector. Is that possible? A: Vector means focuser of direction. Q: (L) So his wife is the one who controls the focus of his direction. But how? Could that mean that a human being can vector EM waves simply by their presence and that these EM waves are part of the control system that manipulates people? Can it be that such “agents” are used as EM vectors in the sense that they emanate a special frequency that literally affects the mind in terms of shutting down clarity, or even actually transmitting pre-coded thought loops? A: Precisely. Q: (L) I also noticed that several of us have been involved with persons and relationships that seem designed to confuse, defuse, and otherwise distort our learning, as well as drain our energy. Basically, keeping us so stressed that we cannot fulfill our potential. Is there some significance to this observation? A: That is elementary, my dear Knight! […] Q: (L) Were the individuals in our lives selected for the extremely subtle nature of their abilities to evoke pity, or were we programmed to respond to pity so that we were blind to something that was obvious to other people? A: Neither. You were selected to interact with those who would trigger a hypnotic response that would ultimately lead to a drain of energy. Q: (T) Well, it is a fact, because my energy is sure drained. (L) What is the purpose of this draining of energy? A: What do you think? Q: (T) So you can’t concentrate or do anything. You can’t get anywhere with anything. A: Or, at least not the important things. Q: (T) Is that why my concentration is so low? A: Yes. You are dealing with a no-win situation!! As you know. Q: (T) So, if I don’t get out, I will just keep going down. Is it the area or the person?

A: Both. One is wrapped within the other. […] Q: (L) Is it true that being in the presence of such people, that one is under the influence of an energy, an emanation from them physically, that befuddles the mind and makes it almost impossible to think one’s way out of the situation? A: It is the draining of energy that befuddles the mind. Q: (L) Where does this energy drain? A: 4th density STS. Q: (L) These people we are associated with drain our energy from us and fourth density STS harvests it from them? A: “They” do nothing!!!! 4th density STS does it all through them! […] Lesson number 1: Always expect attack. Lesson number 2: Know the modes of same. Lesson number 3: Know how to counteract same. When you are under attack, expect the unexpected, if it is going to cause problems… But, if you expect it, you learn how to “head it off,” thus neutralizing it. This is called vigilance, which is rooted in knowledge. And, what does knowledge do? Q: (L) Protects! I guess that a person just has to come to the full realization that virtually everything that happens on the planet — no exceptions — is a symbol of some interaction of STS vs. STO energy at higher levels. A: Yes, and for most, that is not as of yet realized. It must be part of a natural learning process. Q: (L) Well, I guess that all of us tend to keep one or another area sacrosanct and think that it is not subject to attack, or that we can use logic and third density thinking to explain it. Until a person realizes that attack can come through even one’s self, wives and husbands, children and parents, friends — virtually anybody — nobody is exempt. A: The block is a lack of faith in the concept. Remember, when one has been indoctrinated by religion, culture and/or science, they are predisposed to view all things in the sense of the measurable physical reality exclusively. One must be cured of lack of faith in the reality of nonphysical attack.

One major thing we see from the above is that our associations can be crucial. Of course, if we are aware that anyone and everyone can be used as an “EM vector” to modulate our frequency or behavior or thinking, then we have some protection. But to be unaware of it, to be in close association with those who are unaware themselves, and therefore subject to this manipulation, is to be firmly “in the trap”. But suppose one person in a relationship begins to “wake up”, and becomes aware (even if only vaguely), that all is not as it seems. They will have continual glimpses of the reality, mostly when not in the presence of the other individual. They may clearly see that something is not working, that it is not right, and may even make decisions to change it or to leave. But the instant the other person is physically present with their EM vectoring capabilities, the glimpses of truth are “damped” or even shut down and the waking person begins to feel schizophrenic or crazy in some way for having such conflicting and opposing thoughts. Add to this the social and religious enculturation to “turn the other cheek” or “suffer because it’s noble and holy,” and you have the recipe for cooking the Wanderer’s goose! Another of the factors in the control system is the “self-destruct” program. Obviously the aliens have no problem abducting and killing and eating many people who are still lost in the initial choice for STS/third density. But there are the special cases of the Wanderers who, obviously, the STS invaders don’t want to tangle with at that level, as described above by Ra, so they have a rather clever way around this little stumbling block to their machinations: the suicide game. This is a very cunning setup, I can tell you! It can follow a variety of lines in the lives of different people, and it seems that the STS Orions take some sort of fiendish delight in designing variations for their entertainment pleasure, but the gist of it is this: a Wanderer is born. Obviously they have to be born somewhere, to some family, with certain genetics. It is also equally obvious that the choices probably don’t include having Wanderers for parents or siblings, (though there are exceptions). There they are, innocent little babies, volunteers for a great mission, surrounded by potential EM vectors and Lizzie agents! And the game begins! Abuse — physical, sexual, and psychological — comes into play to “set them up” for a later fall — if in fact they are not just simply killed by same right at the beginning. But the special characteristic of the Wanderer type is that they continue to “shine” with a sort of “inner purity” of the questing spirit even in the face of such treatment. As a result of this abuse, they can be attached by any number of “dead dudes” or elementals or even demonic-type entities that enter in through wounds in the psychological/psychic shield like cosmic bacteria. The usual next stage in this drama is to cause the Wanderer to be attracted to a particular type of person who is a sort of “false image” of STO. This can be what researcher Eve Lorgen calls a Love Bite relationship where a great “cosmic love” is simulated, only to fall flat as soon as the EM vector is turned off. The intended result of this betrayal is to induce suicidal feelings or to set the Wanderer up for the next variation of the game.

What happens now is that the Wanderer is set up by the previous dramas to seek out marriage or love partners who are also abusive either overtly or covertly. And, of course, the Wanderer’s special characteristics of being unable to really understand negative thinking because it is not a part of their own make-up, prevents them from seeing exactly what is going on. They always seem to attribute the same high motives and ideals to others that are in themselves. They endlessly excuse abuse and hurt to themselves and others with the idea that if they just love the other long enough, hard enough, pure enough or stand by them through thick and thin, that the abuser will overcome their hurts/wounds which are the cause of their abusive behavior, and they will then be able to be whole, which, of course, the Wanderer believes to be a person similar to themselves! Gee, sounds like the Way of the Monk, doesn’t it? Perhaps that “way” was created just to trap such positive individuals and to use them as energy food for STS. Then there is the constant projection of the suicide program by the many EM vectors that the Wanderer finds in their environment. It takes careful observation to determine who these individuals may be, but it can be done! The natural feelings of being lost and alone and alienated from this environment are intensified and twisted so that the Wanderer begins to focus solely upon the idea of getting out from under this enormous psychic pressure. Spirit attachments can also be used in this respect, attacking the Wanderer from the “inside”, so to speak. April 15, 1995 Q: (L) [You have mentioned attack.] Is this physical danger or just harassment danger? A: Mind attack for purpose of self-destruction. Q: (L) Is there anything that can be done to shield against this kind of attack? A: Yes. Knowledge input on a continuous basis. Q: (L) And what form should this knowledge take? Does this mean channeled information, books, videos, what? A: All and other. Networking of information now, warning!!! All others will very soon experience great increase of same type of attack, two of you have had episodes in past from same source for similar reasons, but now your association puts you in different category!! Remember all channels and those of similar make-up are identified, tracked, and “dealt with”. Suicidal thoughts? Q: (T) So, we have the knowledge and that’s all we need to do to prevent the attacks from being nasty? A: You do not have all the awareness you need! Not by any means! Remember, all there is is lessons. Daily prayer helps.

Through it all, the Wanderer never whines or complains that others are “doing it to” them; they always tend, first of all, to seek in themselves the cause of the events or the treatment they receive. They react with the idea that somehow they are not giving enough or in the right way, though they are entirely naive about what “giving” really is because, as mentioned, they have been brainwashed by the erroneous ideals of the third density STS environment which are manipulations to induce service to an illusion. With this enculturation, the most difficult thing that the Wanderer has to face and do is to learn to not give in some instances, because this not giving is actually a form of giving at the soul level. Ra exemplifies this in a curious series of comments: For many of your centuries, both the [STO group] and the [STS group] busied themselves with each other upon planes above your own, shall we say, planes in time/space whereby machinations were conceived and the armor of light girded. Battles have been and are continuing to be fought upon these levels. …Picture [your mind] in total unity with all other minds of your society. You are then single-minded and that which is a weak electrical charge in your physical illusion is now an enormously powerful machine whereby thoughts may be projected as things. …In this endeavor the [STS group] charges or attacks the [STO group] armed with light. The result, a standoff, as you would call it, both energies being somewhat depleted by this and needing to regroup; the negative depleted through failure to manipulate, the positive depleted through failure to accept that which is given. …[To explain “failure to accept that which is given”]: At the level of time/space which this takes place in the form of what you may call thought-war, the most accepting and loving energy would be to so love those who wished to manipulate that those entities were surrounded and engulfed, transformed by positive energies. …This, however, being a battle of equals, the [STO group] is aware that it cannot, on equal footing, allow itself to be manipulated in order to remain purely positive, for then though pure it would not be of any consequence, having been placed by the so-called powers of darkness under the heel, as you may say. It is thus that those who deal with this thought war must be defensive rather than accepting in order to preserve their usefulness in service to others. Thusly, they cannot accept fully what the [STS group] wishes to give, that being enslavement. …The only consequence which has been helpful is a balancing of the energies available to this planet so that these energies have less necessity to be balanced in this time/space, thus lessening the chances of planetary annihilation. So we see here a guiding principle of balance. For those who believe that it is Love to

“accept enslavement” — which is to respond to manipulation and thereby serve the STS faction, it becomes clear that to do so is to neutralize their effectiveness as an STO candidate because they are then no longer “purely positive”! By accepting the manipulations, they become part of the other side! The bottom line here is this: if you are duped or sucked into the illusions of the machinations of STS, you are effectively “one of them”, no matter what your intentions, and you thus further contribute to the unbalanced energies. This neutralizes the true nature of Service to Others. [...] ————————————————— [end of excerpt] We can see now that being a Wanderer is not a walk in the park, nor a “free ride” on this planetary experience. It doesn’t matter what knowledge they have brought with them. It takes tremendous work, vigilance and discernment to bring it forth and act on it, being aware of attacks from the “other team”. This entails much conscious struggle and suffering, especially at the beginning, as the Wanderer is activating his/her higher centers linking him/her to his/her higher self more consciously, so they start to remember and align themselves with their life’s purpose. This purpose is not a definition and task one realizes over night. It’s a process and since the future is open with different potential outcomes, the tasks based on the wanderer’s inherent gifts will reveal themselves more specifically according to specific situations and the choices they make. Their direction is not planned aforetimes. This also depends on the Wanderer’s conscious self-work to learn the lessons he/she needs to learn in order to be truly of service. This implies not only remembering themselves but also gaining Knowledge on a continuous basis. “Purpose is realized by taking the journey, not by establishing a favorable or fascinating explanation or a definition for oneself. Purpose is not a justification. It does not compensate for anything. Purpose is something that is waiting for you to discover. You can only discover it by taking the journey, by following the way, by learning as you go and by gaining the greater perspective and understanding that one acquires as one matures in The Way of Knowledge. This journey requires phenomenal self-honesty. Humility, honesty, openness, discernment, restraint, discretion, tolerance and compassion— these are qualities that result from preparation and advancement in The Way of Knowledge. These things are what provide inspiration and true ability in life…..With greater awareness comes a greater ability. This all comes from Knowledge. Here you are asked to follow, to respond and to learn the great lessons in discernment, discretion, communication and affinity. These lessons are inherent in the preparation itself…..Accept that the journey is great. It is marvelous. It is at times difficult. But in all ways it refines you. It washes away that which is nonessential in you and reveals that which is permanent and meaningful. Your real purpose and calling become apparent when all that hides and conceals them has fallen away, and what is left is what is real, and that becomes welcomed and embraced.“

I can relate to this in my own life. As mentioned before, I came to the Los Angeles to study drums and percussion and play in bands. It was the beginning of my journey towards selfdiscovery. I was following my bliss, as Joseph Campbell would say. Back then I thought that was my purpose, what I really wanted to do. Nothing else mattered. I played drums 4-6 hours a day, rehearsed with my band and put my heart and soul into it. All I wanted to do was make music, tour and make a living as a musician. However, I was still suffering and struggling internally. A lot of things came up during that time for me which I was forced to look at, otherwise I would have not survived as my depression and despair put me on the edge of insanity. At the same time new friends and and situations came into my life which introduced me to the healing arts, in particular yoga, qi gong, and bodywork as well as shamanism and medicine plants, which also helped me in my inner process. Interestingly I wasn’t seeking these things out fully conscious. It just happened in the flow of life as I was seeking answers and trying to heal and understand myself. Something else was guiding me. During that time I also discovered another talent: bodywork. My roommate back then, who was a yoga teacher and bodyworker, introduced me to it, worked on me and started to teach me some basic massage techniques. He became my mentor. Having had tremendous breakthroughs and healing moments physically and emotionally through receiving bodywork, I experienced first hand the healing power of it. I began to do bodywork on friends and seemed to have a healing touch for it based on the feedback I received. People came to me asking me to work on them on a regular basis, yet I didn’t think of doing it professionally back then. My focus was still on music and drumming. I started to write during my time with my band Revolve in early 2000. We gave out writings at our shows to spread awareness, but eventually my drive to seek truth and knowledge overshadowed the musical aspect of my life and it seemed very natural when the band broke up. Writing helped me to learn and clarify the new information I was taking in. Many insights came along with it. I was inspired and wanted to share all this amazing hidden Knowledge about our reality and what was happening on our planet. Looking back I can see how this at times was not externally considerate and I was trying to give without being asked. I can also see how I was gullible and not discerning about some of the information I came across back then. I was drinking the New Age cool-aid at one point, driven by wishful thinking, emotional hooks and was not very discerning. However, it complicated my life even more. Thankfully the universe didn’t give me what I “wanted”, but what I “needed” at that time to snap me out it. When my band Revolve broke up after inspiring years of musical creativity, recording and touring, I enrolled in Massage School to pursue bodywork, the new talent I had discovered. It seemed the universe literally pushed me to do it and I was answering the call. I have been working as a professional bodyworker ever since. It was a complete shift in my life path and it seemed that certain triggers lead me to it without my “conscious” choice. Looking back at my life, connecting the dots, I feel like what the late Apple founder Steve Jobs said. When discovering your bliss, sometimes you just gotta do things because you are drawn to them for reasons you canʼt fully understand in the moment and only in retrospect can you connect the dots in your life and see how it all works together. For

example, I know now that without my years as a drummer, using music and drumming for healing and emotional exploration (even if I wasn’t fully aware of that back then), and without my suffering and crisis, I wouldn’t be the bodyworker and healer I ʼm today nor write about the things I’m writing now. However, I never “planned” to become a bodyworker or writer. I know now that I had to confront my dark side, programming and conditioning and heal myself, however painful it was, in order to become my real Self (and there is always more work to do). As Carl Jung said: “There is no coming to consciousness without pain.” It’s the mythological journey of Chiron, the Wounded Healer, who in his search for his own cure discovered how to heal others. The lesson of Chiron teaches us is that we can overcome pain and transcend into knowledge. “You can’t connect the dots looking forward; you can only connect them looking backwards. So you have to trust that the dots will somehow connect in your future. You have to trust in something — your gut, destiny, life, karma, whatever. This approach has never let me down, and it has made all the difference in my life.” - Steve Jobs I also had many assisting forces, seen and unseen, spirit guides and non-physical STO forces that guided me along when I was able and willing to “listen”. There were many friends, mentors and teachers that came in and out of my life who helped me along the way, assisting me on my path or giving me just the right book to read. And of course, in light of the Knowledge I have now, I can also see how STS forces and the Matrix Control System have tried to steer me off my path (sometimes disguised as “angels”, “friends” or romantic relationships) working through people (and my own predator) with temptations and distractions, getting at my weak spots. However, I felt very strongly throughout my life that I came here with a specific purpose that is beyond what I “think” I want to do at times and this purpose seems to crystallize itself and becomes clearer as I learn my lessons, “get myself out of the way” and remember more of who I truly am. There is still much more to learn and to remember. “A hero is someone who has given his or her life to something bigger than oneself.” - Joseph Campbell

My intent for sharing my personal story throughout this article is also for you to reflect back on your own life and see how you “got here”, so you can understand your past and your life choices better, when you have been truly acting in alignment with your higher self or self-sabotaging because of conditioned/programmed patterns and beliefs. That way we can understand our present better and create our future more consciously. What worked for me may not work for another. We all have our own story, individual lessons to learn, karma to work out and talents to develop. “Each Wanderer has unique abilities, biases, specialties so that from each portion of each Density represented among Wanderers come array of preincarnative talents which may be expressed so that each Wanderer, in offering itself before incarnation, has some special service to offer in addition to the doubling effect of planetary love/light [vibrations adding to the planet just as electrical polarity or charging a battery] and basic function of serving as beacon or shepher…. The best way of service to others is the constant attempt to seek to share the love of the Creator as it is known to the inner self. This involves self knowledge

and the ability to open the self to the other-self without hesitation. This involves, shall we say, radiating that which is the essence or the heart of the mind/body/ spirit complex…. The best way for each seeker in third density to be of service to others is unique to that mind/body/spirit complex. This means that the mind/body/ spirit complex must then seek within itself the intelligence of its own discernment as to the way it may best serve otherselves. This will be different for each.“ - Ra Let’s take the archetypal Hero’s Journey a bit deeper and look at the awakening process more closely, knowing now that there are other forces acting against us, trying to keep us from advancing esoterically. The initiatory process is the same in all true mystery teachings. It is not a sudden “enlightenment” where one feels One with everything. It is not a pleasant event at all, but is a decent into the underworld, fighting demons, coming to terms with the predator within and the lies one is telling oneself, dying and being reborn, crossing the threshold which enables one to engage in esoteric work consciously. Laura Knight Jadczyk writes in “The Wave” Volume 5&6 “Petty Tyrants & Facing the Unknown“: “The moment of true initiation. It seems that, as the great masters teach us, it is not a moment of “great enlightenment.” It is not someone who comes to “show us reality.” It is not a “seeing all the world as a oneness.” It is seeing the self as a liar and a feeder on others. It is measuring the self with TRUTH. It is seeing that the predator has been feeding on the self, that the self has been feeding on others and propagating the infection on to all those who one claims to love and wish to help. Initiation is not a glorious inpouring of life and love and tears for the beauty and oneness of the world. It is sheer terror. It is a descent into Hell. It is the Shamanic descent into the underworld to do battle with demons. It is the dismemberment of the body, the flaying of the flesh from the bones, and the subsequent rebuilding of the self on a different foundation – a foundation of spiritual verity. And if I could convey to you that Hell, that sensation, that solitary test in which the soul is weighed, BY THE SELF, finally and completely and seen for what it has truly done, you would see how little truth there is because of all the beliefs of the Matrix that have been inculcated and promulgate and tended so carefully by our emotions and by the deceptions of the predator within who convinces us that we are “good” and “pure” and there is “oneness.” Indeed, one sees that there is “oneness,” but one sees that the aspect of God that is experienced at this level is the black, sucking, feeding maw of STS (Service to

Self). One sees how little true Love is actually manifested at this level of being. One sees that all of our illusions about “goodness” and truth and beauty are LIES. They are masks for more feeding. And that is so horrifying an initiation that few survive. That is “paying everything.” Now, re-read what Gurdjieff had to say about the matter; how he pointed out that a person has to “pay in advance,” that the key is to accept the idea that one is not what one thinks, that there is a different reality from which our own is projected, and that developing this idea in the realm of pure thought, and then using it as the platform by which one can observe and analyze, is the key to being able to see for a moment, and then again. One must be able to see the interactions of the Petty Tyrants in our lives, the Predators who prey on us in the Theological Reality. And then, one must be willing to act. It is only after action that the true nature of the Predator reveals itself just as the Vampire reacts with violence to being exposed by the presence of a mirror. Because, it must be kept always in mind that there ARE predators who are predators by choice – even if that choice is made at some level, in some part of themselves that is not available to even their own conscious awareness. They, too, are part of the Matrix, and they wouldn’t be able to play their roles if they were not consciously convinced that they are right, that they are “good,” that they are righteous and long-suffering.”

As I was diving deeper into Esoteric Science coming across Gurdjieff’s 4th Way Teachings as well as Boris Mouravieff’s “Gnosis”, it all seemed to confirm in many ways what I’ve encountered throughout my life in the process of awakening and in relation to my inner state and to outer circumstances, people and the world at large, from “moral bankruptcy”, the death of the “personality”, to struggle with forces trying to keep me from

advancing/waking up, to seeing the light and forming the “magnetic center”. All of which is still a process and much work is still to be done. We are all works in progress in our own ways. “The Way is the ensemble of practices which, carried out properly according to the principles of esoteric science, will allow man to evolve.” - Boris Mouravieff, Gnosis I As mentioned before, every once in a while a book or teaching presents itself, which acts like a “guide”, appearing sat just the right moment in time, helping and showing me that I’m “on track”, describing things I’ve been through and hinting at where it is all leading to and what one must do or not do in order to awaken. What follows are some insights into Esoteric Science as transmitted by Boris Mouravieff in his trilogy “Gnosis”. Maybe some of you can recognize yourselves in these words as well. For some these writings may strike home, touching something deep within beyond the personality of the false “I”. For others it may sound very foreign and complex. This also relates to what Ra said about Wanderers having a disposition towards esoteric work or other souled individuals who have the seed that can sprout and grow, activating the higher centers. This work is not for everyone. As Mouravieff said in his introduction to “Gnosis”: “Some people complain that the subject of the fundamentals of esotericism is not simple. Others have said that it leads to great clarity. This apparent contradiction is explained by the fact that esotericism is addressed to readers who are predisposed to esoteric culture by their nature, formation or personal experience.” We also know that no steps can be skipped, the lessons need to be learned and that starting with the right foundation is imperative so one doesn’t over-estimate one’s level of Being at the start of the journey. I know out of personal experience that I was grasping certain esoteric ideas intellectually at first, but it wasn’t matched up with my Being and Understanding to truly apply the Knowledge I gained. In other words I didn’t embody it. It’s the fine balance between Knowledge, Being and Understanding A false foundation can also result if one gets hooked by a false teaching for example, mistaking lies for truth or having “sacred cows”, which are beliefs one is identified with, hence taking any challenge to ones beliefs as a personal attack (Identification with a nation/country is a good example for that). As the Cs said: “Gaining false Knowledge is more dangerous than gaining no Knowledge.” Gurdjieff makes this point in Ouspenky’s “In Search of the Miraculous”: “In the history of humanity there are known many examples when entire civilizations have perished because knowledge outweighed being or being outweighed knowledge. “What are the results of the development of the line of knowledge without being, or the development of the line of being without knowledge?” someone asked during a talk upon this subject.

“The development of the line of knowledge without the line of being gives a weak yogi,” said G., “that is to say, a man who knows a great deal but can do nothing, a man who does not understand” (he emphasized these words) “what he knows, a man without appreciation, that is, a man for whom there is no difference between one kind of knowledge and another. And the development of the line of being without knowledge gives a stupid saint, that is, a man who can do a great deal but who does not know what to do or with what object; and if he does anything he acts in obedience to his subjective feelings which may lead him greatly astray and cause him to commit grave mistakes, that is, actually to do the opposite of what he wants. In either case both the weak yogi and the stupid saint are brought to a standstill. Neither the one nor the other can develop further. In order to understand this and, in general, the nature of knowledge and the nature of being, as well as their interrelation, it is necessary to understand the relation of knowledge and being to ‘understanding.’ Knowledge is one thing, understanding is another thing. People often confuse these concepts and do not clearly grasp what is the difference between them. Knowledge by itself does not give understanding. Nor is understanding increased by an increase of knowledge alone. Understanding depends upon the relation of knowledge to being. Understanding is the resultant of knowledge and being. And knowledge and being must not diverge too far, otherwise understanding will prove to be far removed from either. At the same time the relation of knowledge to being does not change with a mere growth of knowledge. It changes only when being grows simultaneously with knowledge. In other words, understanding grows only with the growth of being. In ordinary thinking, people do not distinguish understanding from knowledge. They think that greater understanding depends on greater knowledge. Therefore they accumulate knowledge, or that which they call knowledge, but they do not know how to accumulate understanding and do not bother about it.” “…..A man must first of all understand certain things. He has thousands of false ideas and false conceptions, chiefly about himself, and he must get rid of some of them before beginning to acquire anything new. Otherwise the new will be built on a wrong foundation and the result will be worse than before. To speak the truth is the most difficult thing in the world; one must study a great deal and for a long time in order to speak the truth. The wish alone is not enough. To

speak the truth one must know what the truth is and what a lie is, and first of all in oneself. And this nobody wants to know.“ The path toward “Ascension”, to rise above this world (Being in this world but not of it), The Way of esoteric work is also told in stories in form of symbols. The clues are everywhere for the Initiated to see. It relates to seeing the unseen. There are ‘B’ influences, not of this world which are conscious in their origin and have been created consciously outside life by conscious people for a definite purpose. These influences are the “soul” of any culture and they are embodied in the form of religious systems and teachings, philosophical doctrines, art, etc., as opposed to ‘A’ influences ( such as race, nation, country, pop culture, family, profession, entertainment, current ideas, customs and so on) which relate to “The General Law” and “Law of Accident”, keeping man asleep at the mercy of the external world, lost in the wilderness of everyday life. Discernment between those two is vital for the wanderer, esoteric student and seeker, separating truth from lies. A and B influences have been mixed throughout history. Many spiritual inclined people tend to mistake A for B influences. Much of the popular New Age material with its superficial and vague spirituality falls into that category. We can see millions of well intentioned people in our world wanting to change the world for “the better” through voting or pseudo new age spirituality a la “The Secret”, wanting to”create” a new reality. However, most of them don’t confront their interior but stay in the “wilderness” of ‘A’ influences, the lies that are the basis of the Illusion/Matrix. And so instead of breaking out of the prison, they re-enforce it through the distortion of their conditioned personality and wishful thinking, enhancing their false “I” instead of strengthening their essence. In many ways what we see in today’s popular spiritual concepts and self-help books is the opposite of what the ancient esoteric traditions have taught. People can be very successful within the matrix of A influences, make a lot of money, have a successful career, become famous, etc. but not have progressed esoterically/spiritually one bit. From Mouravieff’s Gnosis: “If man spends his life without distinguishing between ‘A’ and ‘B’ influences, he will end it as he started, one could say mechanically, driven by the Law of Accident. However, according to the nature and the intensity of the resultant forces to which he is subjected, it can happen to him to make a brilliant career, in the meaning the world gives to this expression. Yet he will come to the end of his days without having either learned or understood anything of Reality.“ “Man can delude himself and, believing he is absorbing ‘B’ influences and making the necessary selection all the while, he in fact absorbs ‘A’ influences.This will put him into contact with people who possess magnetic centres of the same nature: who are themselves duped or who dupe others, and who have no direct or indirect link with the esoteric Centre. What guarantee can man have that he will not dupe himself and that he will not fall into the latter situation? The answer is simple. The purity of the magnetic centre must be scrupulously maintained from the start and all through his evolution.”

One can see now very clearly that much of the New Age and pop-spirituality is in actuality ‘A’ influences packaged in a ‘B’ wrapping. Truth mixed with lies, which can divert the seeker from his real “I” and true awakening. An example would be the whole abstract new age bits of “sending love and light into the world”, focusing just on “good” thoughts, visualizing the “light body” as a means of ascension, or just “being open”, avoiding anything “bad” or “negative”, ignoring the “unpleasant” and just focus on manifesting one’s desires, etc … As long as one has not established the purity of the magnetic center through deep selfwork and conscious suffering one just acts in STS, putting the false personality’s (ego’s) subjective will on to the world which only fuels entropy and feeding dynamics, strengthening the STS polarity while lying to oneself about one’s state of being and awareness. In that sense much New Age material is just like fundamental Religion. It works on blind belief, wishful thinking, not Knowledge and Truth. And so many seekers are developing a false magnetic center, a false foundation, “who are themselves duped or who dupe others, and who have no direct or indirect link with the esoteric Centre.” That’s also how wanderers can be duped and being vectored away from the mission they came to accomplish. Furthermore, the one’s promoting just to focus on “love and light” (without understanding the true meaning of these words) and ignoring the “bad/negative” the loudest are the ones most heavily duped, more duped than the average sleeping man, because the former actually thinks he has awakened and can “see” now…….little does he know that he’s going in circles vectored by ‘A’ influences and staying in the “wilderness”, dreaming to be awake. On that note, there is nothing “wrong” with desires of the ego/personality and just creating reality based on unquestioned desires of the “I”, nothing “wrong” with shutting off anything “bad” and “unpleasant” and keep living in a subjective tunnel vision and wishful thinking based on Service to Self (STS). Enjoy! It’s a free will universe. Everyone can do as they want to, be it you, me, Bush, Obama or anyone else. However, what needs to be kept in mind is that this approach has nothing to do with conscious spiritual evolution or the “path of ascension”. It is the reason why the world and its people are on a course to self-destruction. It’s not a spiral upward but a spiral downward that grinds itself into an abyss. Humanity has evolved technologically, but not spiritually/consciously really at all and man is still mostly driven by his lower centers and mechanical personality. “What strikes us from the very beginning is that man confuses moral progress with technical progress, so that the development of science continues in dangerous isolation. The brilliant progress that has come from technology has changed nothing essential in the human condition, and will change nothing, because it operates only in the field of everyday events. For this reason it touches the inner life of man only superficially.” - Mouravieff, Gnosis

Life on Earth as we know it, this 3rd density experience is based on STS, Service to Self. STO, Service to Others, is something man can aspire to through conscious evolution. During this Time of Transformation the choice to be made is really between STO and STS and truly understanding what that means, differentiating between A and B influences, separating lies from truth, inside oneself and outside in the world. This is the age of awakening but also the age of deceit and deception, not only through the obvious political circus, but through corrupted spiritual teachings as well, be it dogmatic religion or New Age hype. “The next is manipulation of spiritual values and tendencies.It is no accident that in the last four years that we’ve seen in new religious thought the religion of acquiescence and passivity: trusting in the process; whatever happens is what needs to happen; everyone is right where they need to be;… you don’t resist; you acquiesce; to resist is to be negative, is to be fearful, is to be unconscious. A great prescription for convincing the natives to give over the keys to the kingdom, a very good, clever form of manipulation.” - M. V. Summers It’s like taking the red or blue pill (as in the film “The Matrix”), truth or illusion, waking up or staying asleep. There is no “right” or “wrong” choice. There is only choice, as it is, respecting free will. However, most people do not even know that there is a choice to be made in this time of transition and are in the dark about what is happening on this planet, manipulated through hyperdimensional STS forces working through themselves, government, religion, official culture, corrupted new age teachings, channeled material, etc… .

Interestingly, one can also see how the mystery teachings were also describing a “Hyperdimensional Control System“, the “General Law” in esoteric terms, acting on man, keeping him in line with mechanical unconscious behavior to be “Food for the Moon”. In order to escape the Matrix/General Law man needs to align oneself with “The Law of Exception”, engaging in esoteric work with conscious effort. There is a threshold to be crossed, a void, which puts the seeker on The Way. The process and necessity of moral bankruptcy ,which initiates the seeker into “The Way” of esoteric work, is described in more detail in Boris Mouravieff’s “Gnosis”. This also relates to the idea of wanderers and their initiation/awakening process. “This void, which can only be crossed at the cost of considerable effort or even of super-efforts, operates selectively. The character and the quantity of effort necessary differs for each person, depending upon the nature and degree of deformation of the mind of each exterior man; an individual factor… Man was compared to a cell of organic life on Earth. Because he belongs to this organism, man is subject to the General Law, and it is only when he has escaped it that he is elevated to the Law of Exception.We are not aware of how much we are bound by the action of the General Law. Acting on us as it does on our cells, this law immobilizes us or constantly tends to bring us back to our place. Its strength leaves us little freedom of action outside the limits of its direction and scope. It acts in various ways. One can say that if man lives ‘like everyone else’, if he doesnot venture off the beaten track, he will never perceive the existence of thisforce, or rather this force will ignore him.“ We can see this very clearly in our world. Everyone who is just going along with the masses and the accepted reality of official culture has not much struggle in the world. Birth, school, choose a career, get a job, buy a TV, consume, reproduce, entertain, be nationalistic or religious, follow your desires and impulses unexamined, etc… Not knowing himself, but a slave to the outside world, fully asleep, dreaming to be awake under the control of the General Law/Matrix, the common man has no free will, although he thinks he does. However, whenever someone awakens, steps up and tries to “escape” the General Law/Matrix by speaking up and seeking truth, forces are put on to him to put him back in line, back to sleep. They will be ridiculed or even silenced (Gandhi, MLK, John Lennon and many other truth seekers most people haven’t even heard about), depending on their impact. Anything that is not a threat to the MCS (Matrix Control System) or General Law will be ignored or even promoted heavily, be it dogmatic religion, politics, entertainment or new age fluff which works in favor of the PTB (powers that be). “But if his enterprises are out of the ordinary, no matter what field they are in, but especially in esotericism, this force begins to act, and stirs up all sorts of obstacles in order to bring him back to the point where — according to the General Law — he must reside. Even without knowing this force, we have an intuition of its existence and of the many forms which clothe it. The Holy Scripture sspeak of it more than once, especially where esoteric work is concerned.

Thus, if this conservative force, which is the servant of the General Law, does not succeed in ‘calming’ man by actingdirectly upon him, it tries to reach him indirectly through the people of hishousehold, either through the feelings they invoke or the coolness and contempt they openly show him. As long as it is not mastered, the force of illusion keeps each one of us in his place, obliging him most often to mistake the false for the true. Submerged in unreality, instead of advancing, man marks time; one step forward and two steps backwards; two steps forward and one step backwards, and so on.We generally agree to recognize the existence of the danger of Illusion, but rather theoretically; most often, we see its action on those round about us, but not on ourselves. We continue to live day by day in the same old way, so that the power we know as the Devil still triumphs. Whatever name we give it, it remains ever-present. We live in an artificial, illusory world. The power of illusion which chains us exerts its action individually on each one of us, as well as collectively. Each mind is falsified in a way peculiar to it. What can be the outcome of such a situation? If we keep quietly to our place, human careers open to us … just as long as we stay far away fromt he void. We may have a happy or unhappy life; a family life; a life of loves; we may make discoveries, travel, write. Then comes the end. Our reasoning starts to become more realistic if our attention is concentrated on this end. Everything can happen to us in life; or nothing. Our aspirations can be fulfilled or unfulfilled, but there is a sure end, which is death.” “The Threshold” to be crossed out of the wilderness which grants the access to the “The Way” and staircase to transcend the Matrix/General Law is described in esoteric parables:

Lost in a forest full of wild beasts, moved by confused but deep feelings, a bewilderedman searches for the way. Exhausted after running the gauntlet of a thousand dangers, he emerges at the edge. Spread out before him is a view which fills him with admiration mixed with fear: agreat castle of primitive beauty is on the other side of a large moat filled with clearand living water. Behind the castle a happy valley opens out, lit by the last rays of thesun. To the left, a dark reddish horizon warns of a coming storm. Marveling, and seized by a passionate desire to reach the castle, he forgets the dangers and fatigue to which he has been exposed. - ‘How do I get there?’ He asks himself. Suddenly he hears a Voice speaking to him from his inmost heart. ’The moat’, it says, ‘can only be crossed by swimming… the current is strong and the water icy. ‘In spite of this, the man feels a surge of new strength mounting within him. Committed, he throws himself into the moat. The cold paralyses his breathing, but by an extreme effort of will he reaches the other side in a few strokes and jumps onto the first step of the stairs, where he gets a foothold. Three more immensegranite steps tower above him. They lead to a large stage in the form of a semicircle, defended by two towers. Two closed doors give access to them. A roaring sound comes to his ears. The man turns. At the place where he stood only instants before, a pack of wolves paw at the ground.The day is coming to an end. In the dusk he can still distinguish the blazing eyes ofthe hungry beasts. Again he hears the Voice telling him: - ‘All in all, the risk was not that great. If you had refused, you would have been torn to shreds by the wolves.’ Terrified by his escape from that danger, the man estimates the difficulties that will accompany his climb.He had hardly started to climb the second step when a deluge of rain falls, making the stones slippery and obstructing his movement — yet he ends by getting a foothold. The storm passes and the rain diminishes. His face and clothes drip heavilyonto the stone. - ‘Little does it matter,’ says the Voice, ‘you had already got wet crossing the moat’ The man regains his breath again and starts climbing. Night falls, and the crescentof the new moon appears pale and golden on his right, towards the setting sun. - ‘A good sign,’ he hears within himself. The man smiles. Now he clings to a tiny ledge, reaching for the third step. He reaches it, hands and legs stained

with blood. No sooner had he stood up than a gustof glacial wind almost throws him off again. Clinging to the ground, he climbs up to the wall forming the fourth step, and finds shelter there. - ‘That is not all,’ says the Voice. Do not waste time taking shelter. The step can split, and then the earth will swallow you up.’ His resistance to the storm, instead of exhausting him, redoubles his strength. Now he climbs the fourth step with little difficulty, although it is as high as the preceding ones. Standing, he hears an alarm trumpet like thunder. Suddenly, a scorching windstrikes him in the face. He lifts his eyes. In the obscurity of the night, a shining figure stands to attention before him: It is the Guardian, clad in armor and shining helmet, arms outstretched, a blazing sword in his hand and pointed towards the man. - ‘Who are you, pilgrim?’ he asks. ‘To what end and in whose name have you passed these obstacles and climbed the steps of paradise?’ Overcome by a surge of ineffable joy, the man repeats in a loud voice the words he has just heard in the depth of his heart. He feels as if they are now his, and answers the Guardian with courage. - ‘I am the Soul in search of divine happiness; a particle aspiring to unite with the Creative Principle I’ - ‘Your answer is correct’, replies the Guardian. The door to the tower on the right opens. The sword returns to its sheath. The Guardian takes the man by the hand and leads him across the threshold of the opendoor…Dawn gilds the eastern sky. Precursor of the Sun, the morning Star shines above the happy Valley. Here is another one of these fragments, taken from classical literature: a passage from Turgenev: I see a great building, one enormous mass. In the front wall is a narrow arch withopen doors; behind them, dark mists. In front of the high threshold there is a young girl… a pretty Russian girl. A breeze comes from the dark and icy mists, a current of freezing air, bringing with it from the depths of the building the sound of a slow and muffled voice. - ‘You who aspire to cross this threshold, do you know what awaits you here? - ‘I know,’ answers the young girl. – ‘Cold, hunger, hate, mockery, scorn, injustice, prison, illness and even death?’

- ‘I know it. ‘- ‘Do you expect to be shunned by everyone? Do you expect to be totally alone?’ - ‘I am ready. I know it. I shall bear all the suffering and all the blows’. - ‘Even if they do not come from enemies, but from parents, from friends?’ – ‘Yes… even from those…’ - ‘Good. Do you accept the sacrifice?’ – ‘Yes’. - ‘An anonymous sacrifice? You will perish and nobody… but nobody will evenknow whose memory to honor?’ - ‘I have no use for recognition and pity. I have no use for a name.’ – ‘Are you ready for crime?’ The young girl bowed her head. – ‘Even for crime.’ The voice which was questioning her did not continue right away. At last it started again: — ‘Do you know that one day you will believe no more in what you believe innow, and come to think that you have been a dupe and that it was for nothing thatyou have lost your young life?’ — ‘That too I know. Well though I know it, I wish to enter.’ The young girl crossed the threshold. A heavy curtain fell.Gritting his teeth, someone uttered behind her: – ‘A foolish girl!’ At which, from another place, a voice replied: – ‘A saint!’ Mouravieff explains the meaning of those parables: “These two fragments, both of esoteric origin, give some idea of the access to the Way. The further our studies progress, the better we will decipher their meaning, as everything they say is significant. For now, we draw the attention of the reader particularly to the first clue, the most important for him: the way is a one-way street. Meaning that whoever begins to walk it is forbidden to turn back. This is not because of some kind of external imperative, but due to the fact that each step forward on the Way irrevocably modifies the content of whoever has started walking it. It follows that he will become more and more of a stranger to his surroundings; that he will lose more and more interest in exterior life, in which only yesterday he participated fully. The appearance of things, and especially of beings, undergoes a deep change in his eyes. He will one day be surprised to constate that certain faces which only yesterday he found very beautiful now reveal to him marks of bestiality behind their features: not all, but many of them!” “The more man progresses on the Way, the more his feeling of being a stranger is intensified. Soon he will become boring: later still he will become unbearable, and finally, odious. That is why ‘the prophet is despised in his country, among his close relations and in his own house.‘ That indication is precise and leaves no room for doubt. He who wants to start esoteric studies is invited to think it

over twice, and weigh it all, before he rushes to cross the moat-threshold. We repeat that it will not be possible for him to return to exterior life and to find his place, his pleasures and his satisfaction there as in the past. However, as well as the difficulties which are the first results of his evolution, such a man will receive comforting impressions, especially in his human relations. He will be surprised to perceive one day that certain faces which only yesterday appeared to him ordinary, today shine in his eyes with a bright beauty. It is because his sight, sharpened by esoteric work, has acquired the faculty of penetrating beyond the external crust. It is amongst these brighter beings that he will find his new friends. Their society will welcome him as one of their own. He will be understood among them, and their community of common aims and interests will be a stimulus and a help for all.“ Looking back at my life I can certainly relate to this and maybe others who are in the same process of seeking truth and starting esoteric self-work can see this in their lives and associations as well. Literally all the friends I thought I had showed dis-contempt toward the things I was getting into and was talking about, be it through ridicule or making fun of me or even attacking me for daring to question their beliefs. As I was coming to terms with my own predator, programming and mechanical behaviors I saw it even more in others. I saw the feeding and the lies people were telling themselves. Not only that, but I realized that I have been feeding on others myself and they were feeding off me. It seemed something else was in control of humanity and working through us. ‘Think for a moment, and tell me how you would explain the contradiction between the intelligence of man the engineer and the stupidity of his systems of beliefs, or the stupidity of his contradictory behavior. Sorcerers believe that the predators have given us our systems of beliefs, our ideas of good and evil, our social mores. They are the ones who set up our hopes and expectations and dreams of success or failure. They have given us covetousness, greed and cowardice. It is the predators who make us complacent, routinary, and egomaniacal. ‘… In order to keep us obedient and meek and weak, the predators engaged themselves in a stupendous maneuver – stupendous, of course, from the point of view of a fighting strategist. A horrendous maneuver from the point of view of those who suffer it. They gave us their mind! Do you hear me? The predators give us their mind, which becomes our mind. The predators’ mind is baroque, contradictory, morose, filled with the fear of being discovered any minute now…. “ Through the mind, which, after all, is their mind, the predators inject into the lives of human beings whatever is convenient for them. And they ensure, in this manner, a degree of security to act as a buffer against their fear.”

- Don Juan Matus, The Active Side of Infinity (Carlos Castaneda) “There are a thousand things which prevent a man from awakening, which keep him in the power of his dreams. In order to act consciously with the intention of awakening, it is necessary to know the nature of the forces which keep man in a state of sleep. First of all it must be realized that the sleep in which man exists is not normal but hypnotic sleep. Man is hypnotized and this hypnotic state is continually maintained and strengthened in him. One would think that there are forces for whom it is useful and profitable to keep man in a hypnotic state and prevent him from seeing the truth and understanding his position.” - G. I. Gurdjieff I was living a lie based on my false “I”, dreaming to be awake. I also realized that all the talk and notions about love and happiness were buffers and illusion people tell themselves for self-calming and had nothing to do with real love. I mistook many things for love myself. During my “dark night of the soul” and “moral bankruptcy” I had intense periods of deep despair and depression, sometimes not being able to get out of bed, but lying in fetal position and crying a lot. As I mentioned before I was even contemplating suicide a lot back then. It was emotionally and physically intense as if something within me was dying. Later on as I gained more knowledge about the process I was going through esoterically and psychologically, I realized that my depression was actually a stepping stone towards becoming my true self.

Kazimierz Dabrowski is a Polish psychiatrist and psychologist who developed the Theory of Positive Disintegration (TPD). The Theory of Positive Disintegration is a novel approach to personality development and relates to “depression as a stepping stone”. What is very interesting about this model is how it is similar in ways to certain esoteric teachings, such as Gurdjeff’s Fourth Way, Mouravieff’s Gnosis or Shamanism as transmitted through Don Juan Matus. It sees crisis such as depression or maladjustment to social norms as important stepping stones and potential for personality development. Contrary to mainstream psychology, which tries to adjust the individual to society and its norms (sometimes through anti-depressants or any other mood-influencing pharmaceuticals), the Theory of Positive Disintegration sees it as a “good” sign if one is getting maladjusted to society, seeing it as potential for higher integration and values (non ego-centric). Certain generic New Age teachings also merely avoid the aspect of positive Disintegration through denial and a distorted understanding of negative emotions (such as just focus on the “positive”, avoid anything “negative”, meditate on “peace”, etc….). The levels of development as defined by Dabrowski can be compared to the staircase of esoteric evolution and the moral bankruptcy man experiences when his old conditioned self conflicts with the emerging individuality. Like Gurdjieff, Dabrowski saw the “average” man as mechanical robot-like beings (Level I) who simply exist on lower impulses as dictated by society and “official culture”, living in a reactionary state of external stimuli and influences. No true individuality can be formed on that level. Certain people who experience so-called overexcitability (OE) (“Supersensitivities” in terms of Psychomotor, Sensual, Emotional, Intellectual, and Imaginational) have the potential to grow out of the lower levels and integrate their being into the higher ones. However, just as explained in the aforementioned esoteric teachings, Darbrowski also points out that this process requires conscious work and it doesn’t happen by itself. In other words, if one does not use the “shocks” to further one’s evolution and does “the work” to gain self-awareness, one will stay at the lower level where most of humanity exists, mechanically and reactionary, feeding one’s little “I’s” based on conditioning and programming. In light if what we’ve explored so far, one can see how OE (especially in children) could also be an indication that one may be a wanderer. I certainly can relate to Darbowski’s TPD and see how it applies to my upbringing and personality development. From “A very brief sketch of Dabrowski’s theory of Positive Disintegrstion” by W. Tillier: Suffering, aloneness, self-doubt, sadness, inner conflict; these are our feelings that we have not learned to live with, that we have failed to appreciate, that we reject as destructive and completely negative, but in fact they are symptoms of an expanding consciousness. Dr. Kazimierz Dabrowski has spent 45 years piecing together the complete picture of the growth of the human psyche from primitive integration at birth; the person with potential for development will experience growth as a loosening of the stable psychic structure accompanied by symptoms of psychoneuroses. Reality becomes multileveled, the choices between higher and lower realms of behavior occupy

our thought and mark us as human. Dabrowski called this process positive disintegration, he declares that psychoneurosis is not an illness and he insists that development does not come through psychotherapy but that psychotherapy is automatic when the person is conscious of his development... Without intense and painful introspection and reflection, development is unlikely. Psychoneurotic symptoms should be embraced and transformed into anxieties about human problems of an ever higher order. If psychoneuroses continue to be classified as mental illness, then perhaps it is a sickness better than health. To Dabrowski, real therapy is autopsychotherapy; it is the self being aware of the self through a long inner investigation; a mapping of the inner environment. There are no techniques to eliminate symptoms because the symptoms constitute the very psychic richness from which grow an increasing awareness of body, mind, humanity and cosmos. Dabrowski gives birth to that process if he can. Initially, people who are acting on low impulses or who are simply robotically emulating society have little self conflict. Most conflicts are external. During development, the clash between one’s actual behavior and environment and one’s imagined ideals creates a great deal of internal conflict. This conflict literally motivates the individual to resolve the situation, ideally by inhibiting those aspects he or she considers lower and by accentuating those aspects he or she considers higher. At the highest levels, there is a new harmony of thought, emotion and action that eliminates internal conflict. The individual is behaving in accord with their own personality ideal and consciously derived value structure and therefore feels no internal conflict. Often a person’s external focus shifts to ‘making the world a better place. “Without passing through very difficult experiences and even something like psychoneurosis and neurosis we cannot understand human beings and we cannot realize our multidimensional and multilevel development toward higher and higher levels.” - K. Dabrowski. It is part of a necessary process and even today there are times of depression (although not as intense anymore) as I keep working on myself and peel off the layers of my false “I”. The work never stops, it just becomes more refined and deeper. At the same time the moments of true love as a state of being and consciousness increase (not dependent on anything or anyone outside myself) as opposed to an chemical emotional experience. I feel more and more aligned with my real “I”, making the personality/ego a vessel/instrument for the higher self to work through and not letting the ego be in the driver’s seat. Just as

noted in the quote above, there happens a shift at one point away from pre-occupation with oneself towards “making the world a better place.”, not acting on mechanical selfabsorbed lower impulses but conscious actions based on the higher centers. This can also be related to a shift from STS towards STO activating the Wanderer’s mission profile to be of service and assistance. However, I still slip into the mechanicalness of my little “I’s” if I’m not watchful and make the effort to stay conscious. Despite society’s view that there is something wrong with you if you are depressed and selling you anti-depressants, it is actually a GOOD thing. The soul and true self is screaming for attention. As J. Krishnamurti said: “It is no measure of health to be well adjusted to a profoundly sick society.” One shouldn’t avoid it or numb it with medication, drugs or “feel good” pop-psychology but go with it and trust that it is actually a natural process that can be used as a catalyst for growth and esoteric development. Laura Knight-Jadczyk talks about this process in an exchange with the Cs: Q: (L) My experience has been, over the past couple of years, that whenever there is a significant increase in knowledge, that it is sort of cyclical – I go through a depression before I can assimilate – and it is like an inner transformation from one level to another. Is there something we can do, and if so, is it desirable, to increase or facilitate this process in some way? A: It is a natural process, let it be. People support each others’ pathologies and neediness, mistaking that for love and their emotional and physical addictions for happiness. There are no conscious actions, just prerecorded patterns playing themselves out. People are not in control of themselves, not realizing the prison they are in. I saw the “horror of the situation” and what Gurdjieff told Ouspensky in “In Search of the Miraculous”: “‘What do you expect?” said G. “People are machines. Machines have to be blind and unconscious, they cannot be otherwise, and all their actions have to correspond to their nature. Everything happens. No one does anything. ‘Progress’ and ‘civilization,’ in the real meaning of these words, can appear only as the result of conscious efforts. They cannot appear as the result of unconscious mechanical actions. And what conscious effort can there be in machines? And if one machine is unconscious, then a hundred machines are unconscious, and so are a thousand machines, or a hundred thousand, or a million. And the unconscious activity of a million machines must necessarily result in destruction and extermination. It is precisely in unconscious involuntary manifestations that all evil lies. You do not yet understand and cannot imagine all the results of this evil. But the time will come when you will understand.… …A considerable percentage of the people we meet on the street are people who are empty inside, that is, they are actually already dead. It is fortunate for us that we do not see and do not know it. If we knew what a number of people are actually dead and what a number of these dead people govern our lives, we

should go mad with horror.” These were trying times since I realized I had no authentic friends, because I hadn’t been authentic myself. I tried to wake up my friends and family, but this just created more conflict and attacks. I still hadn’t learned the basic lesson of esoteric work and what STO truly means: Don’t give without being asked and be externally considerate. Free will needs to be respected, even if it is people’s free will to stay ignorant and asleep. No one can be forced to wake up. However, as I started to wake up and engaged in the work, letting go of my associations and friends, new people and help came along, just as Mouravieff wrote, fellow seekers who saw what I saw and who were struggling with the same things. The importance of networking with like-minded and collinear people was imperative, because alone a man can do nothing. There were not many, but it is about quality over quantity. During that time I also spent much time alone, not engaging in relationships or drawn to exterior life at all. I didn’t enjoy the things I used to enjoy. Everything seemed so shallow, empty and fake. I knew I had to disengage from certain associations and be conscious about who and what I gave my energy to, so I didn’t slip back into the “wilderness” where the Matrix/General Law is trying to keep man to be food for our hyperdimensional overlords. “When man goes in search of the Way, it generally signifies that something within him has collapsed. Apart from exceptional cases, this collapse is preceded by a re-assessment of moral values, which in the searcher’s eyes lose the value he had previously given to them. “Interior collapse leads to certain consequences. Man starts to see things in a different light. Two diametrically opposed effects can result. If man is sufficiently strong and impartial, he will not lower his eyes before implacable reality. He will have the courage to face things directly, and to accept the constatations which are imposed on him, no matter how disagreeable they are. This signifies that he has firmly started on the track which leads to the path of Access to the Way. On the other hand, if the man is weak, this experience will weaken him even more. The law is explicit: ‘To whosoever hath, to him shall be given. But whosoever hath not, from him shall be taken away even that which he hath.’ If man does not accept his situation and, in particular, his inner state as it appears to him, thanks to brief illuminations from the consciousness of the real ‘I’— if he is obstinate against all evidence, justifying his Personality by protecting himself behind logic, legitimacy and justice, he will then turn his back on the path of Access, and thrust himself further into the wilderness. “Nobody can reach the path of Access to the Way, without first passing through an interior bankruptcy; a moral collapse.“ “Economy of energies too is a must, as the walk to and on the Way demands their total mobilization. Any unjustified expenditure can lead in the end to

failure. We must always keep this in mind. In general, the reaction of those around towards someone who begins to search for the Way is negative. This negative attitude is the result of the action of the General Law, which, as we know, tends to keep man in his place. Not being able to do this directly by the action of Illusion, the General Law, when it loses its dominion over the man who ‘moves’, acts indirectly by the mediation of those around him.“ “It is a classic situation. From his side, after having passed through moral bankruptcy, he who seeks the Way becomes different from men who continue to live within the limits permitted by the General Law, and thus take mirages for reality. Due to this, he will feel himself more and more isolated. The centre of gravity of his interest will progressively turn to esoteric work, which will end by absorbing him completely. But it is entirely in his interest not to show the new attitude which he has taken towards exterior life. The ‘World’ will be hostile to him, because its own purposes are different; it is not in his interest to provoke this tendency, and even less to keep it alive. The day will come — if he remains in the same milieu — where, apart from rare exceptions he will be openly or secretly hated.” “If we ponder this in depth, we shall understand that psychologically this hostile attitude of the ‘World’ towards someone who carries on esoteric work is not only a normal phenomenon but is so to speak, a necessary one. If he who lives in the wilderness — and is satisfied to be there, were to approve of the attitude of one who walks on the track, it would be equivalent to recognizing his own bankruptcy. That is why the ‘World’ considers the latter as a failure. The more he progresses with his work, the more he becomes an object of hate. That is why it is said that: ‘no prophet is acceptable in his own country’ and also: ‘A prophet is not without honour, save in his own country, among his own kin and in his own house.‘” Let’s examine the part “If he who lives in the wilderness — and is satisfied to be there, were to approve of the attitude of one who walks on the track, it would be equivalent to recognizing his own bankruptcy“ a bit closer in relation to today’s’ world and events. One can easily refer this to people who keep denying that 9/11 was an inside Job or that UFO’s are and have been visiting this planet for ages and human beings are being farmed for “food”. The common man lives in the wilderness of the General Law/Matrix and has a very conditioned/limited view of reality. If he’d approve the truth of 9/11, the hyperdimensional manipulation of humanity or that Psychopaths with no conscience are ruling the world, it would produce an immense internal and psychological discomfort forcing him into moral bankruptcy as his long held beliefs would be shattered and he would have to face himself, confronting the illusionary existence he’s been living since birth based on lies. The common man has much invested in his illusion, psychologically and materialistically, his image, career, rank and status, and he will protect it against whoever threatens it, defending the prison he is in.

As Morpheus tells us in “The Matrix”: The Matrix is a system, Neo. That system is our enemy. But when you’re inside, you look around, what do you see? Businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters. The very minds of the people we are trying to save. But until we do, these people are still a part of that system and that makes them our enemy. You have to understand, most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are so inured, so hopelessly dependent on the system, that they will fight to protect it. The Matrix is everywhere. It is all around us. You can see it when you look out your window or when you turn on your television. You can feel it when you go to work… when you go to church… when you pay your taxes. It is the world that has been pulled over your eyes to blind you from the truth. We can see now how esoteric work with all its struggle, suffering and attacks relate to the awakening process and initiation of the Wanderer. Super efforts are needed to truly wake up and accomplish one’s mission, whatever it turns out to be. There is also nothing “special” being a wanderer. The opposite, it takes great humility, awareness and responsibility combined with sincere self-work, gaining knowledge and learning the lessons to walk the talk and be truly of service. “Disillusion” is a painful process and can be prolonged, depending on how much time the individual takes to realize he is living artificially and that this condition is a product of his internal dreams. Great courage is required to face reality and to destroy the mirage of a pleasant dream.” - John Baines, The Stellar Man “Every time a man sets himself to learn, he has to labor as hard as anyone can, and the limits of his learning are determined by his own nature. Therefore, there is no point in talking about knowledge. Fear of knowledge is natural; all of us experience it, and there is nothing we can do about it. But no matter how frightening learning is, it’s more terrible to think of a man without knowledge.” - Don Juan Matus

We live in intense times. A lot of things are happening on our planet. Technology has advanced exponentially, yet human consciousness has not evolved at the same rate. We are in the midst of a major transformation, the shift of the ages, which many prophecies and mystery teachings have talked about. The Wave is approaching. It won’t be over by 12/21/2012. Far from it.

This work is also open for any souled humans, not just Wanderers. Many are called, yet few choose to answer the call. Wanderers are not any better than “humans”. We all are multidimensional beings who have access to the deeper knowledge within us. We are them in the future. They may just have come back in “time” (since time doesn’t really exist but is a 3D concept, which doesn’t apply on higher densities) for assistance, but not to do the work for us. There is a spiritual war happening with forces at work most people are not even aware of. Understanding the Theological Drama behind STO/STS dynamics and the how the matrix control system works through ourselves is crucial for the awakening process of the wanderer and any sincere truth seeker. “And as we have learned from Jesus, Gurdjieff and the Gnostic Sufis, Castaneda, and the Cassiopaeans, the rules of this World in which we live were set up and are controlled by this STS hierarchy and have been for a very long time. Each and every time the revelation of this Control System is attempted, the Matrix goes into overdrive to destroy it. And it is clear that this is the present situation….It is in “seeing the unseen” that we become aware of higher levels of being; it is in ordinary human interactions that we experience the “battles” between the forces of STS and STO! And it is most definitely

this factor that the Matrix Control System vigorously attempts to conceal!… In other words, we are not just talking about a “petty dispute,” we are talking about a battle of forces at other levels, manifesting – as ALWAYS – in human dynamics.“ - Laura Knight Jadczyk, “The Wave” Volume 5&6 “Petty Tyrants & Facing the Unknown” It takes much work and effort to anchor TRUE Love and Light, freeing ourselves from this current STS frequency. Just as individuals who have soul potential are called to engage in sincere self-work, making the darkness conscious and understanding what it truly means to BE the change we want to see, so the world needs to go through a collective “moral bankruptcy” and “dark night of the soul” before any true shift of consciousness can occur. We are in the muck and mire of the Kali Yuga. “This is the hardest time to live, but it is also the greatest honor to be alive now, and to be allowed to see this time. There is no other time like now. We should be thankful, for creation did not make weak spirits to live during this time. The old ones say ‘this is the time when the strongest spirits will live through and those who are empty shells, those who have lost the connection will not survive.’ We have become masters of survival -we will survive- it is our prophecy to do so.” - Tiokasin Ghosthorse “I wish it need not have happened in my time,” said Frodo. “So do I,” said Gandalf, “and so do all who live to see such times. But that is not for them to decide. All we have to decide is what to do with the time that is given us.” - from ‘Lord of the Rings’ These are difficult times but also exciting times. There is love, help and support out there and good things are and can happen, but it all depends on us. The shift into 4D, the ascension and transformation into the STO vibration of Love in Light in the deepest meaning it these words is an opportunity, a choice – not a guarantee - for the ones answering the call. The struggle, for the most part, is with oneself. As the Cassiopaeans said: “The war is through you!”

August 28, 2011

Being the change you want to see in the world By Bernhard Guenther

Over the years as my eyes have been opened to what is really going in the world behind the curtain and smokescreen of appearances, it became increasingly clear to me that just trying to change the world without changing oneself through sincere self-work is a deadend road, or, like Don Quixote, chasing illusory windmills. Gandhi was right, we must be the change we want to see in the world. However, I got into self-work before even starting to look at the world more critically and questioning what we’re being told and taught. Dealing with depression growing up, not able to “fit in” and being emotionally very sensitive, I just wanted to understand and figure myself out. My internal suffering lead me to the works of Carl Gustav Jung, J. Krishnamurti, and eventually to G.I. Gurdjieff and other esoterica, psychology, shamanism, and the healing arts like bodywork, breathwork, meditation, qigong, and yoga, all of which have been (and continue to be) very healing and insightful. Drumming and music have also been a big part in my life and very therapeutic, releasing emotions physically and creatively. Diet and nutrition are important factors as well, because what we eat affects our thinking process, emotional states and overall well-being. Essentially, self-work is an ongoing process that is different for each person and just takes on different levels and qualities. I also came across certain New Age material and pop psychology which seemed to be a gross distortion of what true self-work and raising consciousness entails. Nothing really got resolved by just focusing on the “good”, ignoring the “bad”, meditating on “peace” or visualizing what I’d like to have/be/do. It merely put me into a blissful ignorant state of mind with a very superficial understanding and experience of love, lying to myself all along.

Many things didn’t just go away by simply focusing on myself, the “Now” and trying to become the “happiest” and most “joyful” person through affirmations, while ignoring what was really going on in the world. My conscience didn’t allow me to close my eyes to the suffering in the world. Eventually I realized that it is a two-fold process, for just focusing on the self does not necessarily result in a change in the world. “It is no measure of health to be well adjusted to a profoundly sick society” - Jiddu Krishnamurti The question is what is true “happiness” anyway? Many people seem to conceive their ignorant state of being as happiness while believing in lies about the world and themselves. Trying to adjust to a sick society that has taken on pathological values as the norm with a smiling face didn’t work for me and I suffered even more trying to do so. It was during that process that I started to question in more depth official culture, history, politics, religion, education and even self-work/spirituality as promoted these days in the mainstream and the New Age arena. Many of these new “teachings” seemed to be a corruption of true spiritual and esoteric knowledge where truth is mixed with lies as explored in ●•٠· KNOW THYSELF ·٠•● “Access to knowledge requires courage, as it demands a special psychological effort from the Seeker: he has to accept the postulate that “the truth is out there, but it is very difficult to find”, while at the same time disregarding his own ideas and personal beliefs.” - Laura Knight-Jadczyk

The burning desire to know the truth about humanity, our universe and the world we live in led me to the fringe world of conspiracies. In the process I had to let go of everything I ever believed was true or not, weeding through the sea of information and disinformation. Many people tend to laugh at the term “conspiracy theories” and even use it with a negative, condescending tone. The social reality that they are taboo solidifies this also deeper into people’s minds, subconsciously. Nobody wants to be called a “conspiracy theorist.” It’s like calling somebody a “wacko” and commonly used as an ad hominem attack that lacks critical thinking. Most people don’t have a true understanding what the word “conspiracy” actually means. Historian Richard M. Dolan brings some common sense to this issue: “From a historical point of view, the only reality is that of conspiracy. Secrecy, wealth and independence add up to power. …Deception is the key element of warfare, (the tool of the power elites), and when winning is all that matters, the conventional morality held by ordinary people becomes an impediment. Secrecy stems from a pervasive and fundamental element of life in our world, that those who are at the top of the heap will always take whatever steps are necessary to maintain the status quo. [...] The very label ‘conspiracy’ serves as an automatic dismissal, as though no one ever acts in secret. Let us bring some perspective and common sense to this issue. The United States comprises large organizations – corporations, bureaucracies, ‘interest groups,’ and the like – which are conspiratorial by nature. That is, they are hierarchical, their important decisions are made in secret by a few key decision-makers, and they are not above lying about their activities. Such is the nature of organizational behavior. ‘Conspiracy,’ in this key sense, is a way of life around the globe.“ Having said that, what I noticed over the years was that not many people are actually engaged in both: separating truth from lies within AND without. Many activists who are trying to change the world “out there” by fighting the system don’t seem to be engaged in any sincere self-work as their actions are mostly mechanical and reactionary, going in line with how the system WANTS them to respond, even with violence and riots, as we saw recently in London. But can we blame them? No, not everyone is inclined to do spiritual/esoteric work and we all know that suppression of knowledge is the name of the game. The masses are being programmed to act and react in certain ways, rather than educated to think for themselves or even to know themselves. People who have been living in the poorest of conditions in a system that keeps them in poverty on purpose and steals from them on a daily basis don’t have the privilege of contemplating on the “Now” as someone in Santa Monica reading Eckart Tolle in between a yoga class and going to Rawvolution for a healthy snack. Billions of people live in conditions we cannot even fathom. They don’t have the luxury of pursuing the so-called “spirituality” as promoted by Oprah since they fight for survival and basic life necessities. Yes, it’s cute to see that Jim Carry finally “got it” and understood the source of his

“suffering” when reading Eckart Tolle. But if you make 20 million dollars per movie as a white man , you live in a different world/reality with different “problems” than someone in the city slums or in Palestine. Yet many people in better life circumstances who focus so much on “the man behind the curtain” also don’t seem to make the effort to put the magnifying glass on themselves. Alex Jones is a good example of someone who is just ranting and shouting, sometimes even doing more harm than any good, clearly not engaged in any form of sincere selfwork. The problem that comes with truth seekers and activists who only focus on the outside is that they can easily fall into the trap of disinformation or they resonate with lies because their “Reading Instrument”, the Self, is not “tuned” correctly through sincere self work which would help their critical thinking abilities. It becomes harder to separate truth from lies and one may even spread disinformation unknowingly because one is less likely to see the “unseen” or the “devil in the details” so to speak, resulting in oversimplifications, assumptions, and misconceptions. In other words, I need to understand my “machine”, my habitual way of thinking and how my emotional reactions and attachments can distort things, how I take in information and how my own bias and conditioned beliefs filter information which can result in cognitive dissonance. “Sometimes people hold a core belief that is very strong. When they are presented with evidence that works against that belief, the new evidence cannot be accepted. It would create a feeling that is extremely uncomfortable, called cognitive dissonance. And because it is so important to protect the core belief, they will rationalize, ignore and even deny anything that doesn’t fit in with the core belief.” - Frantz Fanon Sincere self-work, and understanding what that implies (working towards objectivity within and without), is needed so our actions are aligned with our true self/essence and don’t come from our mechanical reactive and conditioned personality. According to G. I. Gurdjieff, the human organism is constituted by two fundamental functions: “essence” and “personality”. Essence is what we are born with, the raw material of one’s being. It includes the physical body, genetic make-up, energy metabolism, the inborn capacity for emotions and sensations. There are also external influences that affect us, such as planetary vibrations, present in the immediate environment at conception, during the fetal stage, and at birth. An astrological birth chart can give some insight into that. As we grow, our essence is molded by cultural influences. It can mature along the lines of its inherent nature and potential, or it can become blocked in its maturation and hence form something that works against its inborn potential. Essence would evolve in societies where essential practices and values predominate, such as sincerity, love, truth, compassion, knowledge, and so on. Obviously we live in a world where such values have become distorted and ponerized, meaning that our society at large has taken on

pathological values that are seen as normal and people can no longer make the distinction between healthy and pathological thought processes and logic. One is no longer able to draw a line between correct thinking and deviate thinking. The influence of higher density beings and forces may also have an effect on us as explored in “UFOs, Aliens and the Question of Contact” Personality is the mask we carry over our essence. The vehicle for essence to work through so to speak. Our personality is conditioned and programmed through upbringing in a society that is built on lies, and the stronger the programming, the harder it is for essence to come through. Hence, de-programming and facing the lies of one’s personality is key so it becomes a direct reflection and expression of essence, which ultimately leads to conscious actions based on one’s inherent potential. In a mature person, essence and personality form one continuous “I”, which is to say that the person is unified. “People are always infused with all kinds of fantastic ideas about themselves, the world, people, love, idealism, society, etc. Led by his eagerness to evade a disagreeable reality, man gives free rein to his imagination and is inclined to believe the first agreeable lie he encounters along the way. The individual projects his personal illusions onto a cold and immutable reality, and thus deceiving himself, he endeavors to contemplate reality through rose-colored glasses. “Disillusion” is a painful process and can be prolonged, depending on how much time the individual takes to realize he is living artificially and that this condition is a product of his internal dreams. Great courage is required to face reality and to destroy the mirage of a pleasant dream.” - John Baines

On the other hand, many spiritually inclined people only focus on the self, believing that will change the outside eventually, without making the effort to look at the world more objectively and acting upon it. Gandhi’s call to “be the change you want to see in the world” has also been misunderstood that way. First of all the “kind of change” people want to see is different for each based on one’s subjective understanding of it, which can be very distorted, especially if one is avoiding seeing the world as it is, believing in lies and just projecting one’s desires and hopes that are based on the conditioned personality, resulting in wishful thinking. For example, just being “nice” because I want to see a “nice” world does not automatically make the world so, especially since some humans are “wired” differently. A couple of weeks ago I posted a couple of articles on Facebook about the Norwegian shooting where over 90 people were killed. It seems clear that it was not just the work of a “lone nutter”, but had a Zionist/Israel signature written all over. On one of the articles I posted, which examined the Zionist connection in more depth, someone calling himself “Shadowmeister” commented and basically blamed me for projecting my shadow on to the world (the irony!). In his words: “You are frothing madness here… projecting the shadow onto everything is no solution either, it is just paranoid, ungracious conspiratorially-infected paranoia. Mossad, Cia, Nato, your mother, whoever… it is too easy to look for blame and continue scapegoating. These faceless agencies that you attribute so much to, it is a childish fantasy wish that they could be so organized….. I am the shadowmeister, and I smell foul. take it for what you can…“. Now usually I just ignore posts like that, but in this case it is a comment from someone who has worked as a Jungian psychotherapist for 30 years and even wrote some books on Carl Jung’s work. So I thought it was interesting and an eye opener, especially since I like Jung’s work and have gotten much out of it. There is certainly truth to the idea of “the shadow” as I’ve written about in previous blogs. However, the post of this “shadowmeister” confirmed what I’ve seen many times in the “conscious movement” where certain people try to explain everything through one system or teaching and do not see its limitations or even distort it to mold it into their belief system. First of all there is a difference between blaming/scapegoating and simply seeing things as they are and examining them. If I see person A hitting person B and find out that person C may have told person A to do so and then point out that person C has some involvement in the attack of person A on person B, then this is just my objective observation. I don’t blame or scapegoat person C, nor do I project my shadow into this situation or am paranoid in any way. I’m not emotionally involved at all. I just call it out as it is. Now people like “Shadowmeister” who are not aware of the “third man” and see that as “childish fantasies” (and who never made any sincere research into the reality of conspiracies to begin with) are caught in their own subjective tunnel vision, especially when trying to explain everything through one lens/teaching. In this case the concept of the Shadow according to Carl Jung. Not everything “negative” in the world is a manifestation of our shadow material, nor is everything that happens to us our karma, nor do we attract everything with our thoughts. Sure there is truth to the idea of karma, but using that explanation to justify all the

atrocities in the world is short-sighted and misses the point as we still have to act and learn our lessons, not just “turn the other cheek” or stand by and keep silent, saying “oh it’s just your/their/my karma”. We are not the peak of God’s creation and so special and holy that nothing other than ourselves would harm, control or manipulate us. It’s actually quite arrogant and anthropocentric to think that way. We don’t do everything to ourselves. It’s not about blaming, but getting out of our self-centered view of reality and the universe. There are other forces acting on us, just as we influence, consume and to a certain extent control lower life forms such as plants and animals. As above, so below. The learning never stops and humanity still has much to confront and learn about that may require a whole new understanding of reality including a different view on Psychology, just like there are different or expanded views now in science compared to what Einstein and Newton had discovered. Psychology and Psychotherapy is also not exempt from it and it keeps going, for there is always more to learn and find out that requires an adjustment and new understanding, expanding our view and understanding of reality. It is what raising consciousness implies. People who are stuck in one idea or teaching and try to explain everything through it are building their own limited reality box. This also relates to astrology, philosophy or any religion (east and west) where many “experts” in any of these systems are looking through one lens (many of them distorted/false to begin with), not realizing that this approach can easily lead to distortion and a tunnel vision. It can also become an egotistical point of pride preventing that person to admit to him/herself that there is maybe more to the story which one hasn’t considered before, especially when they have written books about it, their career depends on it and they have an image to sell/live up to. I’ve seen the same fallacies with successful yoga teachers, reformers, visionaries, healers and other therapists and self-help gurus, where career and image seem to take precedence over truth and reality. There are many topics that affect us more than many of them are aware of, be it the idea of hyperdimensional manipulation, genetic psychopathy or soulless humans. But instead of being more open to such topics and looking into them sincerely and unbiased, these seemingly intelligent and aware teachers ignore or debunk them right off-hand exposing their own lack of critical thinking. Awareness and study of the aforementioned topics and also looking into the “taboo” subject of conspiracies would actually help and expand their knowledge and ability to truly help others and society at large. Our views on life and existence, science and religion, spirituality and evolution, consciousness and psychology as well as reality as we know it would take on a whole new understanding when looking deeper into topics we dismiss so easily simple because we don’t “believe” them to be true. Let’s not forget, not too long ago we believed that the earth is flat. “Consciousness means, literally, “knowing-together.” A development of consciousness would therefore mean knowing “more together,” and so it would bring about a new relationship to everything previously known. For to know more always means to see things differently.” - Maurice Nicoll

We’re being lied to in virtually all areas of our lives and our attention is being vectored away from the truth. The corruption of science plays a big part in it as well. As a matter of fact, those who get too close to the truth are often attacked and ridiculed. Truth is no good for business in a ponerized society with psychopaths in power, steering the ship where pathological traits have become the accepted norm in our official culture. Coming back to popular spiritual work such as “Inner Peace”, living in the “Now” and gaining self-knowledge without seeking truth in the world “out there”. This also relates to the concept of “You Create Your Own Reality” which has been corrupted in the New Age arena, making people believe that they live in solipsistic vacuum and nothing can harm them as long as they think “positive” thoughts of what they want to experience, which has been explored before in “The Positivity of Objectivity and the Time of Transition”. Just focusing on the self while ignoring objective reality is not only ignorant but actually quite “un-spiritual” in a world where people are more and more connected and global events affect everyone to some extent. It can result in more self-delusions, mistaking bliss and emotional highs for love or enlightenment and even narcissistic behavior because one is pre-occupied with oneself. “[...]Knowledge of self, if it is not matched by knowledge of the world “out there”, feeds a subjective vision and interpretation of the world, limited by our experiences, our routines, our illusions, our prejudices, and our social conditioning. To escape, to find the way out from this sea of suffering, one needs to see the world as it is, without any blinders. Unfortunately, knowing that certain members of the flock will always attempt an escape, those at the top who benefit from our ignorance, the evil shepherds, knowledge of whom forms part of this necessary knowledge of “out there”, have erected many fences that must each be broken through on the way out. We are caught in a labyrinth, where paths that appear to lead towards the exit will double back at the last moment and leave us even more deeply entrapped; where teachers who claim to know the way out will leave us even more lost in illusion because we think we are seeing clearly when all we see is our own subjectivity enshrined as Truth. Some of these teachers are sincere, being themselves deluded. Others are truly spiritual predators feeding off of the thirst for truth and knowledge of their followers. Whether sincere or conscious predators, they serve the same purpose, keeping the flock hypnotized and imprisoned. [...] This pernicious idea of Inner Peace as presented by many teachers ensures that people who have started to ask questions, who are drained by the horrors and suffering of the world, and of their own lives, will continue to feed those

predators around them by developing an ability to tap into a hidden source of energy or bliss. A fixation on the Present – in the particular context of limitation to “right now” – blinds us to our past experience and the application of our lessons to the current moment and the consequences in the future. Knowledge defined as emotional certitude, freezes us in ourselves, locking us away from those people who may be able to see us more clearly than we can see ourselves, thereby closing off any hope of escape. Any or all of these teachings can be accompanied by techniques designed to produce an altered state in the seeker, a state of altered consciousness that triggers certain neuro-chemicals that “feel like” bliss and this then serves to reinforce the idea that the teaching is “good” and “real”. [...] The goal of any esoteric work must be that of objectivity, first in our understanding of ourselves, and then, as our filters and programs are dislodged, of the world. A true esoteric teaching will, therefore, not only focus on “Know Thyself”, but will also provide knowledge about the reality of our reality. If one or the other of these aspects are missing from a teaching, then you can be certain that it is incomplete, and an incomplete teaching, even if through ignorance of the teacher, even if unconscious, is dangerous.” - Henry See, “Spiritual Predator: Prem Rawat AKA Maharaji“ Seeking truth and making the darkness conscious needs to happen within AND without, not just one or the other. Activism and spiritual self-work go hand in hand. It’s not separated but interrelated. Granted, this work is not for everyone, nor can everyone engage in it for reasons that have been explored here. Not everyone is a Warrior (as coined by Castaneda) and everyone has different lessons to learn and talents to develop. For that reason there also won’t be a collective awakening where everyone is all of a sudden “enlightened” or “aware”. Many folks who are eyeballing 12/21/2012 or 10/28/2011 (according to Calleman) for that to happen will be greatly disappointed. Awaking implies evolving consciously. Now is an opportunity (not a guarantee), a “window” to move up a level so to speak, but it doesn’t happen by itself. Conscious effort and work are needed to counter the forces of entropy for there is a way up and down as the Hopi Indians said about this Time of Transition. “What is difficult to understand is that without conscious effort, nothing is possible. Conscious effort is related to higher nature. My lower nature cannot lead me to consciousness. It is blind. But when I wake up and I feel that I belong to a higher world, this is only part of conscious effort. I become truly conscious only when I open to all my possibilities, higher and lower. There is value only in conscious effort.” - Jeanne De Salzmann

However, the ones who are aware and who have the “seed” so to speak also have the responsibility to do the work within and without. Responsibility to live according to their higher self/essence and soul calling, acting for their destiny and doing what needs to be done, which isn’t necessarily what one’s conditioned personality likes to do with all its desires, hopes and wishes. There are countless distractions, temptations and deceptions that keep the seeker away from Truth and Awakening in this Matrix Control System with various forces acting on humanity to keep us asleep. The work to awaken and seek truth is not a hobby, job or about running around with a megaphone and hugging cops. It’s not a popularity contest. I recently listened to this interview with Charlie “Love Police” Veitch when he made a sudden 180 degree turn on 9/11 after stating for years it was an inside job. Well, I don’t even know where to begin with all that nonsense he is talking about, be it his so-called “field research” about 9/11 up to what he understands under “spirituality”, “love” and “negativity”. He certainly could benefit from a course in critical thinking. There are countless logical fallacies, generalizations and assumptions that make me really question his intelligence and level of awareness. But it shows you that just shouting cool slogans through a megaphone and attracting a big following because of his oversimplified message of “love” without having any clue of the deeper issues this world faces, does not equate to being evolved. And he even claimed to have “evolved” beyond “demonic conspiracy theories”. Sounds more like he has joined the ranks of COINTELPRO/Controlled Opposition. Interestingly he wrote me some months ago because he really liked the “Know Thyself” video. Seems he didn’t get it though. He claims to be a “spiritual person who lowers fear and raises love”. Well, he’s as far from being a “spiritual person” as he’s from understanding himself as well as 9/11. “In order to understand the interrelation of truth and falsehood in life, a man must understand falsehood in himself, the constant incessant lies he tells himself.” - G.I. Gurdjieff The same goes for popular movements like “The Zeitgeist Movement” or “Anonymous”. It seems people just latch on these movements because they “sound” good and at least “someone is doing something” so they can be part of a “Revolution” without questioning and understanding some deeper issues of reality or themselves. To be honest, I had my hopes up with “Anonymous” at the beginning too but it was wishful thinking and something didn’t vibe right to begin with as it became clearer later on with their actions and announcements. Anyone can claim to be “Anonymous”. It’s actually a perfect tool/setup for COINTELPRO/Psy-Ops and Controlled Opposition. It takes more for true change to happen than putting on masks, hacking into computers or posting flyers. “Anonymous” = a bunch of (mainly American) people who got carried away with the movie ‘V for Vendetta” and think they can apply the concepts in that movie in a physical way. They are totally clueless about the true nature of our

reality and the forces that control it, and therefore have no chance of changing it. That’s the positive interpretation of this “collective”. - Joe Quinn There are also so-called “conscious festivals” like Lightning in the Bottle (LIB), which I attended this year to see for myself what it is all about. It was fun for what it is, but there was much superficial and pretentious “spirituality”. Lots of pretty people in hip “counterculture” clothes, feathers, furry hats and eye candy. However, there was nothing on the program of talks and workshops that dealt with the topics we need to become aware of as a species if we want to make the right turn. Simply focusing on “positive thoughts” with the complete distorted application/understanding of “love and light” ain’t gonna cut it. It’s just more self-calming self-deception. What I have to ask is this, at a festival that claims to be “conscious” and “spiritual” and is supposedly the reflection of the “counter-culture”, why were there no workshops/lectures about the genocide in Palestine, the crimes by the US government aka Military Industrial Complex, the idea that psychopaths without conscience seem to rule our world and institutions, that 9/11 is a lie that has cost oppression and misery all over the world based on a fake war on terror, that Obama is a corporate puppet just as the old “boss”, that UFOs are not signs of our “space brothers” coming to help us but that we are actually “food” in many ways, or that we are not “one big human family”, but that there may be souled and soulless humans and many other issues? ……all these topics are part of being “aware” and “conscious”, are they not? But of course, it is seen as being too “negative” to bring up such topics at a festival where people want to be all “love and light”. I’m not against “fun” and party at all. I enjoy dancing to some good music, but please don’t pretend it to be more than what it is. It seems that “conscious” festivals like that are becoming more and more a hip thing (and good cash cow from a marketing perspective) rather than using it to truly help people become aware of the shadow that needs to be made conscious of and shined light into. It’s not just about doing yoga, eating raw food and knowing permaculture, nor is it simply about being “positive” for the sake of being positive or “manifesting” your desired income (as it was the topic of one of the workshops we stumbled into). There is much narcissism and ignorance disguised as spirituality these days. Marianne Williamson, who gave a talk at LIB, hit the nail on the head: http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=AM38NOf7ZhI Many are called, few are chosen. Now is the time for the ones who feel “called” to ask themselves, what am I doing with my life, where is my attention and focus? Am I doing the best I can to help in this time of transition in terms on working on myself and seeking truth? Conscious Reality Creation happens when we are connected with our true self/higher self and we become a vessel for higher energies to work through us which are in alignment with the universe and one’s soul’s purpose, not the desires, wants and needs

of the conditioned personality. If our actions and beliefs are in alignment with what IS, we become a transducers of energies that not only benefit us individually but the world at large, bringing order out of chaos. For that reason it is important that the ones who are sincerely engaged in seeking truth connect with others who are like-minded, so we become colinear and act as alarm clocks for each other, keeping each other awake and help in the process of separating truth from lies. A nucleus of truly conscious people, acting as conscious transducers of higher energies and seeing the universe as it sees it self, objectively (working towards objectivity), can provide the qualitative frequency resonance vibration that will create the template for the new world. The more people do this work consciously the better, but it is about quality over quantity. Anyone who has some neurons firing in their brains and is somewhat aware can see that we’re in very precious times and there are forces who do not wish for this new world to manifest. There are undeniable earth and climate changes that are clearly not related to the human-made global warming propaganda (which seems to be merely a distraction from what is really happening on our planet). We see a global economic melt-down, food shortage, riots and revolutions popping up. Obviously it affects the poorer people first. There are cosmic changes and prophecies that have been talking about a “shift” and “transition” in this day and age. But there is also much disinformation and nonsense out there relating to that around the hyped date of 12/21/2012. Truth is mixed with lies. So again, it comes down to discernment and without inner work in order to “see” the “unseen” we cannot raise our Being to truly BE the change we want to SEE according to our higher nature and not our conditioned personality. At the same time “Being the change” entails facing reality and see things as they are, not as we hope, wish or want them to be. It’s a holistic approach. Just as we need to cleanse and detoxify our body and give it the proper nutrition, we also need to detoxify the world “out there” by separating truth (nutrition) from lies (toxins). This has also nothing to do with trying to “save the world”, but simply engaging in the process of conscious evolution, nor is it about “controlling external reality”, but acting in alignment with the universe. And we only become truly aligned if we engage in the work to see the universe as it sees itself. Being entails seeing the world as it IS.

Many people talk a lot about the need for compassion and forgiveness which relates to love obviously. But what is true compassion and forgiveness? It doesn’t mean keeping silent about things that need to be addressed if one has conscience. Does Forgiveness imply that we just “forgive” Israel’s genocide on the Palestinian people (as an example) and simply stand by in our idealized state of LOVE where we believe that all is good as long as we are “forgiving” and “nice”? Forgiveness is a word that, just as love, has been distorted and abused. Being compassionate and empathetic implies standing up for justice, if one truly feels for another. Relating it to healing work, being a professional bodyworker and working with people one on one, I have much compassion, acceptance and understanding for what people are going through on an individual basis. I see first hand (literally) what they are struggling with on a personal and emotional level in these times we’re in as it is manifested in their bodies physically and energetically. I’m not exempt from it either. But the biggest lesson and insight I’ve learned in my own healing process and when working on others is that the dark needs to be made conscious, within AND in the world “out there”. That is the path towards healing, wholeness and essentially true Love. It’s a process that is different for each as we all have our own lessons to learn, karma to work out and talents to develop in this time of transition. In that sense everyone also has unique skills which he/she can contribute to the whole, so we can support each other, moving from Service to Self and competition towards Service to Others and sharing. It’s about working together creating synergy, but also respecting each others individuality at the same time. What may work for one, may not work for another. But to know this, we need to know our true self and also make the effort to see the world as it is, so our actions have real impact and power beyond self-gratification or senseless rioting. “Every man has his own vocation. The talent is the call. There is one direction in which all space is open to him. He has faculties silently inviting him thither to endless exertion. He is like a ship in a river; he runs against obstructions on every side but one; on that side all obstruction is taken away, and he sweeps serenely over God’s depths into an infinite sea. This talent and this call depend on his organization, or the mode in which a general soul incarnates in him. He inclines to do something which is easy to him, and good when it is done, but which no other man can do. He has no rival. For the more truly he consults his own powers, the more difference will his work exhibit from the work of any other. When he is true and faithful, his ambition is exactly proportional to his powers. By doing his work he makes the need felt which only he can supply.” - Ralph Waldo Emerson

June 10, 2011

All you need is Love! By Bernhard Guenther

That’s what John Lennon was singing and it is true, all we need is love. But do we really know what love is? Love is a word that is sung about in songs, written in poems, talked about a lot and it is something many people long for one way or the other, mostly in form of a partner. We hear it a lot these days: “Be heart-centered” and “Be love”, “Love is the answer, because love always wins!”, “Send Love and Light!” and so on. People post it on Facebook as their Religion: Love, and use it casually in conversation in their every day lives. It is seen as the solution to all the world problems. All you need is Love!

If that’s so easy, how come nothing has changed fundamentally on planet earth despite the obvious technological progress? It’s 2011 and we still see genocide, oppression and wars happening. Hundreds of thousands of children and civilians have died in the Middle East and around the world because of the war machine under the control of psychopathic leaders who couldn’t care less about anyone who holds up the peace sign with a proclamation of love as the force for change.

Looking at it more closely we can see that “Love” is one of the most abused and misunderstood words. We mistake things like gratification, sentimentality, obligation, duty, passion, desire, and other superficial emotions, ideas and conditioned concepts as “Love” in order fill something that is lacking within us. These distortions are also used (unconsciously) as buffers to avoid facing reality as it is by looking at the world with rosecolored glasses on, instead of seeing oneself and the world more objectively beyond appearances. “For the great majority of mankind are satisfied with appearances, as though they were realities, and are often more influenced by the things that seem than by those that are.” - Niccolo Machiavelli There is personal love between humans, motherly love, love of family and community, love for oneself, love for something greater than the self, love for god and even love for man-made ideologies and concepts such as for a nation and country, etc. So what is love? How can we describe or define such a powerful force? Words are very limiting and can only point to it, but are not it. Maybe we can start by examining what love is not. When it comes to interpersonal relationships we often see control games, jealousy, and envy which is obviously not love, but expressions and behaviors based on fear and need. Love is related to emotions and feeling, but they can be merely based on chemical reactions in the brain that result in a “high”, where people feed off each other which is also be the basis for psychic vampirism. Many relationships are based on this feeding mechanism, which has nothing to do with love, but is a parasitic need resulting in codependance. Sexual attraction is also mistaken for love at times. Many people get into relationships for the wrong reasons, be it to escape their loneliness, to fill a hole in their lives or feed off another person. For the most part this happens unconsciously and so people tend to lie to themselves about love and their relationships in many ways, not seeing the other person as he/she is and not even seeing themselves clearly as they are. “People convince themselves of their own lies, becoming victims of their own inventions as they begin to direct their lives by standards of behavior, ideas, feelings, or instincts which do not correspond to their inner reality. What is truly serious in this matter is that the individual loses all points of reference regarding what comprises truth, and what comprises lies. He becomes used to considering as true only that which is convenient for his personal interests; everything that is in opposition to his self-esteem or in conflict with already established prejudices, he considers false.” - John Baines

© Francene Hart To truly love another person we need to see the other as he/she is without trying to change that person. That is the basis for unconditional love, but for that to happen we also need to know ourselves and see us as we truly are, so we don’t fall into the trap of illusory projections which only result in disappointment and hurt once the romantic phase is over. It’s about acceptance and consideration, being able to give and receive, to be externally considerate and not expect anything. But beyond personal relationships, the idea of love has also been distorted and used superficially as slogans, especially in the so-called New Age and “Love and Light” movement. It is equated with being positive, open, friendly, not saying or focusing on anything “bad” or “negative”, to be always cheerful and have a smile on ones face. Of course there is nothing wrong with kindness and friendliness as well as being positive, but it must be based on truth and reality, not lies, self-calming rationalizations or avoidance, including political correctness which only leads to complacency and ignorance. As I wrote in The Positivity of Objectivity and the Time of Transition: Something that I hear a lot these days as well is the need to be more “”heartcentered”, loving and compassionate. I agree, obviously we all need to connect more to our heart, show empathy and compassion, especially extending it the whole world, beyond our close friends and family. But what does that really mean? Many people seem to associate love with emotions and feelings or “niceness”, but is it not more than that, like a higher state of

consciousness/being? We seem to mistake many things for “love” and even judge the intellect as “bad” (mistaking it for the monkey/predator mind), hence many suggest that we should “think” with our heart and do what we “feel” like doing, which mostly results in mere self-deception and lack of critical thinking. It’s about aligning the heart with the intellect, intuition with logic, mysticism with science. I’ve come across many individuals who seem to force themselves into this artificial and superficial state of “love” through contrived affirmations and “feel good” spirituality, ignoring anything that may be a threat to their “positive” life view. However, the body (physically and energetically) doesn’t lie and in some of the people I worked on in my massage & bodywork practice I encountered suppression and armor that is manifested by denying the shadow part of themselves and the world as they ignore objective reality. On the surface they don’t even think that anything is “wrong” with them. It’s very much a blissful ignorant state, trying to stay “high” on artificial emotional projections, avoiding anything that may give them a “downer” and living in a subjective tunnel vision with blinders on. I can see this kind of attitude in many self-proclaimed “aware” and “conscious” people who follow shallow New Age teachings and pop psychology resulting in self-calming but lacking deeper healing, growth and essentially real love. “The Shadow describes the part of the psyche that an individual would rather not acknowledge. It contains the denied parts of the self. Since the self contains these aspects, they surface in one way or another. Bringing Shadow material into consciousness drains its dark power, and can even recover valuable resources from it. The greatest power, however, comes from having accepted your shadow parts and integrated them as components of your Self. Everyone carries a Shadow, and the less it is embodied in the individual’s conscious life, the blacker and denser it is. At all counts, it forms an unconscious snag, thwarting our most well-meant intentions. One does not become enlightened by imagining figures of light, but by making the darkness conscious.” - Carl G. Jung “When you distance yourself from the source of suffering, when you name it as opposite to what you want to be (I assume that you all want to be good, don’t you?), you lose a chance to change it. Because it continues to live inside you, as part of you, making you make many of your choices, but you refuse to recognize it, so you remain in ignorant bliss and you continue to suffer.” - Olga Kharitidi, “The Master of Lucid Dreams” Love is not merely an emotional state, but a state of consciousness. Just like there are different levels of consciousness, there are also different levels of love one can access on the spectrum of consciousness based on ones level of being and awareness. There is carnal love based on the sexual center and animal part in man which is the biological drive to procreate, ensuring that organic life on earth continues. This drive is mechanical tied to the

General Law and somnambulistic state sapiens is under. “As a cell of humanity, man forms part of organic life on Earth. This life in its ensemble represents a very sensitive organ of our planet, playing an important role in the economy of the solar system. As a cell of this organ, man finds himself under the influence of the General Law, which keeps him in his place. In fact, this law leaves him a certain margin or tolerance. It allows him some free movement within the limits it sets. Within these boundaries, which are very limited objectively although subjectively they appear vast, man can give free rein to his fantasies and his ambitions. Without going too far into the definition of these limits and detailed description of the components of this General Law, we can say as an example that one of those factors is hunger: the servitude of working to assure our subsistence. The chain: sexual instinct; procreation; and the care of parents for their children, is another factor. The esoteric maxim that applies to this aspect of life is conceived thus: carnal love is necessary for the general good.” - Boris Mouravieff Then there is courtly love based on the higher centers, which is a higher state of being that can only be accessed through sincere self-work, not giving in to mechanical and chemical driven behaviors and choices. It means to see the world, oneself and others more objectively. From an esoteric perspective it’s about evolving towards this objective love. In other words, the more we are objective with ourselves and the world, raising awareness and see things as they are, the higher the degree of love we can access. It is based on knowledge, being and understanding, not merely emotional states and “happy thoughts”. “Subjective love is attached to one’s own idea of the other or to what can be gained or obtained from the other. People call the most various desires love. These can have to do with social status, addiction to power over or domination of another, sexual interest and so forth. The emotion fluctuates between satisfaction of getting and fear of losing and is generally centered on the self. Subjective love seeks to somehow forcibly appropriate another into one’s extended self. One example of this is showing off what a clever or goodlooking partner or child one has in order to somehow increase oneself. Any games of domination or co-dependence which often involve the term love fall in this category. The relationship between love and attachment is subtle. The subjective perspective hardly makes any difference between love, desire to possess, need and attachment. Still, love completely without wish to be or interact with the beloved or some emotional bond or attachment to the person seems a contradiction in terms. We should not take the notion of ‘if you love someone set them free’ to the extreme of seeing all as potentially interchangeable objects of love. This misses the possibilities of specificity and reciprocity inherent in the

concept. Love often gets confused with need. If love in the objective love sense is to be a giving interaction, in order to love one must be willing to and have something appropriate to give. The idea of need reverses this concept and makes the love of the other into love of self. There is much pop psychology hype about the concept of loving self before loving another. This ties in with the idea of giving versus needing but the notion of self-love gives this a self-serving twist. It is better to say that one needs to be in order to love. Being and self-love as intended in the above paragraph are entirely different. Being here means internal consistency. One cannot love if one I loves, the other obsesses over jealousy, a third sees this as foolish and a fourth does not even know of the whole thing. Besides, to love anything except one’s illusion, one needs to know the beloved. The capacity of knowing is again predicated on being. Love often implies specific dedication or commitment. Again, these mean little if one is without internal consistency of being. Thus work on the self is needed for better to love.“ from Cassiopedia However, by doing the work towards objective love one shouldn’t ignore or suppress anything that doesn’t live up to the ideal of higher love beyond the self. Everyone is on a different level of being with different lessons to learn and integrate. It seems to happen very often in spiritual and esoteric circles that people claim attributes to themselves and inflate their being above the actual state of where they are and what they need to learn and confront in order to grow and evolve. Objective love is not a detached unemotional state of existence. It simply means to act from one’s true self beyond conditioning, programming and projections with a “clean” emotional center, not one that is shut down. Our emotions are the gateway to love, but they are not love. It’s about opening up to vulnerability and not suppressing negative emotions such as anger, sadness, jealousy, grief, but work through them which leads to compassion and empathy, not only for oneself or close friends and family but for the world and humanity at large. This also means to experience and feel emotions so we can let them go without suppressing them or projecting them on someone else. There are many ways to do this. Art, music, journaling as well as breathwork, bodywork and other healing modalities can help in the process of transmuting the shadow into light through emotional cleansing. It’s a delicate and deep process that doesn’t happen over night. In that sense relationships are also lessons in love and not an end it itself. We also tend to attract people who can show us valuable lessons as they serve as mirrors and expose parts of ourselves we wouldn’t be able to see as we all have subjective blind spots. “According to the Great Work, a friend is one in which you support and encourage the others expansion in either the mind or the spirit.Otherwise they

are people you are sentimentally attached to it because they would eat cinnamon bun with you. And they will say ‘hee, hee, hee’ aren’t we having fun”. Drug addicts do the same thing. Drug addicts want to be around people who will support them and be away from real friends. Do you know why? Because it feels good. To be a member of a mystery school can be catastrophic to the ego and to the ego’s habits and to the propensity for mediocrity. No one ever cried striving for excellence. They only cried when their mediocrity was taken away from them and pointed out to them.” - Jerhoam The more lessons are learned, the more knowledge gained, understood and applied, the more we purify our emotions, the more one’s being and awareness raises as the higher centers are activated and the more we can “see the unseen”. This is a process that is different for each depending on many factors. There is also the topic of “Organic Portals”, a type of human who has no access to the higher states of love because the inner wiring is missing so to speak. That doesn’t mean that they are automatically “bad” people. They simply have a different experience of love based on their level of being. As mentioned in the article about Organic Portals, we all are on the level of the Organic Portal until one makes the effort and engages in the work to activate the higher centers. Different levels of being and consciousness is not a value judgment based on better or worse, but just shows the different states we live in as not everyone is the same. Psychopaths on the other hand (about 6% of humanity) have no capability to experience anything close to love, compassion and empathy by birth. It’s not a psychological disposition but a genetic one. That is another topic which is very misunderstood and ignored, especially since most psychopaths can appear as “normal” through their “mask of sanity“. They are not necessarily criminals in prisons, but can be CEO’s, politicians, spiritual leaders, a husband, wife, child or the neighbor next door. To assume that we are all the same and that everyone has access to this higher love (or any form of love) is selfdeceiving at best and we see those kind of assumptions in the oversimplified idea of “we are all one!”. You cannot BE what you’re not, nor can you give what you don’t have.

© Alex Grey If one looks into accounts of Near-Death experiences (NDE) and what people have “seen” or realized, there is a common theme: This profound experience of “objective” Love,

which is not related to the Love as the human personality experiences it and cannot even be expressed in words. It can only be described as what it is not. They can’t truly explain what they experienced or what love is but only what it isn’t. It is for example, as one person who had a NDE said, “not a sentimental, get a tear, ‘feel someone’s pain’ feeling, not an emotion. It is beyond sentiment or feeling someone else in this form, but relates more to an all expansive, knowing and understanding.” “The problem is not the term “love”, the problem is the interpretation of the term. Those on third density have a tendency to confuse the issue horribly. After all, they confuse many things as love. When the actual definition of love as you know it is not correct either. It is not necessarily a feeling that one has that can also be interpreted as an emotion, but rather, as we have told you before, the essence of light which is knowledge is love, and this has been corrupted when it is said that love leads to illumination. Love is Light is Knowledge. Love makes no sense when common definitions are used as they are in your environment.

To love you must know. And to know is to have light. And to have light is to love. And to have knowledge is to love.” - from the Cassiopaean sessions Ultimately there is no love where there is no truth and knowledge. Love entails to see the world as it is not as we like, want it or assume it to be, hence true love is essentially linked to how much one can access objective reality. In order for love to be the agent of change towards a better world and to bring about positive change we also need to acknowledge the darker side of life and the world we live in, the things and issues many people look away from, believing that by simply focusing on the “good” and “positive” there will be a shift in consciousness. That kind of thinking is the blind spot in many New Age teachings these days, which actually results in the opposite of what is intended for the unacknowledged shadow grows bigger and stronger, manifesting itself unconsciously through our collective. As the saying goes, the road to hell is paved with good intentions. “An Ideal is merely an escape, an avoidance of what is, a contradiction of what is. An ideal prevents direct action upon what is. To have peace, we will have to love, we will have to begin not to live an ideal life but to see things as they are and act upon them, transform them.” - J. Krishnamurti The many ideas of just focusing on love (and how people interpret that) or sending love to the world leaders and humanity or even to the planet are not acts of real love, but merely emotional projections which are self-deceiving and put man more into sleep, believing he’s actually doing something and bringing about positive change. True love respects free will

and one cannot give or send love to someone who didn’t ask for it. I have to wonder when people talk about world peace and love but still vote for Obama and believe the lies we’re being told by our governments, be it about 9/11, the war on terror or anything else that has been clearly used for social control. One can have as many positive/loving/nice thoughts and emotional highs as one like, if one still believes in lies, follows teachings based on lies, there will be no raise in consciousness nor access to a higher love that can actually be a true agent of healing and awareness. The contrary, believing in lies feeds entropy, no matter how well-meaning the intent. Love is beyond words and no change is going to happen if people simply repeat that “love is the answer” or “all you need is love” while still clinging to illusions and not engaging in sincere self-work. Without a deep understanding and knowledge of what love truly is and entails we just keep going in circles as history is repeating itself. If we really want a shift in consciousness then we need to take a look into the mirror and also do the work to see the world as it is without ignoring things that may not look that “pretty”. There is still much we have to confront before we can enter a new world based on love, peace and truth. “To search means, first, I need Being, Truth; second, I do not know where to find it; and third, an action takes place that is not based on fantasies of certainty — while at the same time a waiting takes place that is rooted not in wishful thinking but in a deep sense of urgency.” - Jacob Needleman http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=is3CPHzCg_w

“Love is not a behavior, an attitude, a mannerism. It is not etiquette. It is not convention. Love may express itself in many different ways—softly or forcibly. Love can appear meek. Love can appear strong. Love can challenge you. Love can criticize you. Love can expose your illusions, your fantasies and your selfdeception. Love is not what people really mean when they talk about love, in nearly all circumstances…. Real love emanates from Knowledge. It in essence is the expression of Knowledge. It is this greater love that is so far beyond and distinct from the love you hear about in conversation. People say, “I love this. I love him. I love her. I love this food. I love this place. I love your dress. I love nature. I love the woods. I love the ocean.” Real love is something beyond all this. The real love that moves you to give your life, that refocuses your life, that tells you that you are in error, that confronts you with the fact that your life has been misspent and you are trying to take it in a direction that is not its true direction, this is love! The love that keeps orienting you towards your greater purpose for coming into the world regardless of your plans and goals, the love that does not change, the

love that does not adapt to your wishes, this is the love. Knowledge will take you somewhere you could not take yourself. Knowledge will take you beyond your fears and your preferences because all preferences are based on fear—the fear of not having, the fear of being wrong, the fear of losing, the fear of death. What is love? Love is the movement of Knowledge. It is only when you realize that getting more of what you want will not make a difference that you will turn to Knowledge. It is only when your plans for personal fulfillment are shown to be weak and fallible and unfulfilling that you will turn to Knowledge. Here profound disappointment is extremely important and holds a great opportunity for you. But extreme disappointment is what everyone wants to avoid, so they keep trying to plan and scheme and focus their life to get what they want. Their predicament is only deepened. Knowledge is speaking to them all along, but they cannot hear. They are not open to that. They want what they want. They are driven by fear and preference. And so love is unknown to them. There is a greater love. This love does not have only one appearance. It is not associated with a certain kind of behavior or etiquette. It is not a social convention. This love will pull you away from danger. This love will challenge your thinking and your attitudes. This love will show you that your life is going nowhere. This love will move you to go one way when you want to go another. This love will restrain you. This love will redirect you. You take everything you are doing in life, and you ask yourself, “Fundamentally, is this what I really need to be doing?” Every relationship, “Is this relationship helping me? Is it important for me now?” Everything! And you will have a deeper sense of it coming from Knowledge, way deep inside of you. Perhaps it will be a feeling. Perhaps it will be an image. Perhaps the answer will come a week from now. You have to keep asking and listening. You are asking for the Great Love to redeem you, to reunite you, and to put you in a position where your greater gifts can be realized and given to the world. Only Knowledge can take you there. Knowledge can bring two people from opposite ends of the world together for a greater purpose. That is the power of the Great Love. And the Great Love is what the world needs now.” - from “The Great Love” by Marshall V. Summers

National Pride and The Bogeyman By Bernhard Guenther “Patriotism is a pernicious, psychopathic form of idiocy.” - George Bernard Shaw

The public reaction to the alleged killing of Osama bin Laden has revealed once again the darker side of America, reminiscent of the response to 9/11 in 2001. Flags everywhere and national pride being displayed with an undeniable disturbing undertone glorifying murder and revenge. This video reminds me of a time in the past in Europe, where people were also blinded in an emotional high of nationalism. http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=6kI8EUqbWdM Despite the fact that the official story of the killing of the “biggest enemy of the free world” has just as many holes and questionable reports as the official story of 9/11 and that all the evidence leads to the high probability that Bin Laden has been dead for years, not many people seem to see anything wrong with glorifying the death of another human being. Millions of innocent people have died in the almost 10 year-long war on terror. Where are the voices for those voiceless, the ones that have suffered and died because of lies and American imperialism under the disguise of bringing “freedom” and “democracy”? The hero and man who will go into history as the president who hunted and killed Osama bin Laden, Barack Obama, decided not to show the picture of Bin Laden’s corpse in respect to the sensibilities of the American people since the pictures are apparently too gruesome, if they exist to begin with. I think (and it’s certainly not the most popular view), we need to see more of these images, regardless how graphic they are. Not for the sake of voyeurism, but to SEE what is really happening in the world, what this “great country” is doing to the people in other parts of the world in the name of “freedom” and the “war on terror”. Let us see the real images of millions of children and women killed, raped and mutilated in Iraq and Afghanistan. Let us see the pictures of the genocide happening in Palestine under the psychopathic apartheid state of Israel WITHOUT censor. Why not? There is death and blood on TV, video games and so-called entertainment. People pay for movies to see action, shooting, killing, gore and blood, but they get offended when they see it in real life and Obama is protecting us from a picture of an alleged killed “terrorist” because it’s too much? What hypocrisy!

We need to see more of reality, more of what is really going on without getting distracted by filtered and fake news. It’s been almost ten years now and the 9/11 lie is still in place, a lie that has cost millions of innocent lives and the loss of freedom worldwide. How can that be? How quick would all the wars and terror end if people would truly SEE and REALIZE the suffering!

This is life. And things will only get worse if we don’t start taking an honest look at the world as it is and ourselves as we are. With this Bin Laden scam we may have an opportunity to do the right thing. Maybe the PTB (Powers That Be) shot themselves in the foot with their conflicting stories, but if we keep silent they just keep going, bringing more misery to the world as the masses cheer them on. So, what are we really going to do about it? It’s really up to each one of us and all of us together for these are precious times. The truth won’t be seen or realized as long as we try to stay safe, in our comfort zone and just playing “nice” in order not to disturb our sensibilities, which ultimately only leads to complacency and conformity. It all comes down to 9/11 again and the fact that the official story doesn’t hold up at all, nor is Bin Laden the mastermind behind it. Osama bin Laden is just another chapter of “enemy creation” in the history of false flag attacks. You need a bogeyman to distract the masses and the announcement of his “capturing” and “killing” seems to be essentially a

publicity stunt to kick off Obama’s election campaign and is merely a distraction from other issues affecting our world. It is a test for critical thinking beyond the herd mind of blind acceptance. On the other hand, it’s also not surprising how many people believe it and cheer “USA!” in blind nationalistic fashion. Hook, line and sinker. Very predictable. Like Plato’s allegory of the cave, people get distracted by the shadows on the wall as history keeps repeating itself.

©AP “Naturally the common people don’t want war neither in Russia, nor in England, nor for that matter in Germany. That is understood. But, after all, it is the leaders of the country who determine the policy and it is always a simple matter to drag the people along, whether it is a democracy, or a fascist dictatorship, or a parliament, or a communist dictatorship. Voice or no voice, the people can always be brought to the bidding of the leaders. That is easy. All you have to do is tell them they are being attacked, and denounce the peacemakers for lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger. It works the same in any country.” - Herman Goering It seems like a long way to go in terms of “shift in consciousness” and it feels like the collective has taken a step back when looking at the public reaction to Bin Laden’s death. But there is always opportunity to wake up from the slumber and maybe this incident will not work for the PTB and may backfire on them, revealing the man behind the curtain. But as I said before, that depends on each one of us and if we make our voices heard. 4th of July seems to be a big deal here in the country of the brave. People pack out their stars and stripes, organize parties and barbecues, ignite fireworks, flags are being raised left and right. So what are people celebrating on the 4th of July? What are Americans so proud of? The general public thinks it is the Independence from England and the birth date of the “free country” called USA. Is that really so? Is the USA really independent and are its citizens free or is it merely a smokescreen for something else, a distraction to make

the public believe and act in a certain way? And even if this would be the truth (the “Independence”), why would it be a reason to celebrate? Can we look at some little forgotten facts? This country was basically founded by privileged white men who stole the land, committing genocide on millions of Native Americans and most of them to this day live in reservations, forgotten, their culture raped, while the citizens watch fireworks in the horizon in celebration of the “birth” of this country? Something seems very wrong with this picture. But it’s not only the past, America’s empire conquests in the name of corporate capitalism, profit and ultimately greed has cost millions of deaths and suffering all over the globe. No other country in the world has started more wars than the USA. So how does the American public usually react to that on the 4th of July? By outrage, protest and standing up for truth and justice? Yes, some people with conscience and concern do stand up and say “no more!”, but unfortunately they are usually overshadowed by the majority of brainwashed Americans who just do each year what they always do, waking up with a hang-over the next day after partying a bit too much in celebration of this country. “God Bless America!”. And we saw a taste of this blind nationalistic fever in the recent celebration over Bin Laden’s death. When will people come to their senses and stop cheering and waving their flags? All the romantic stories they tell people and kids about this “great” country in school, media and from”official” sources are mostly fiction and distorted facts in order to make people complacent and ignorant to what really happened and is actually going on. War means business. That’s why Roosevelt provoked Pearl Harbor to have an excuse to go to war. Same with the Inside job of 9/11, the CIA creation of Al Qaeda and the phony war on terror, America’s support for Israel and its genocide on the Palestinian people and so on. No soldier in this country is actually fighting for freedom or for the country, but for interests of a small psychopathic elite that sells the lie of patriotism and “honor”. The troops are being duped and die for lies, not for protecting or defending a “country”, nor for bringing “freedom” to another country.

“Flags are bits of colored cloth that governments use first to shrink-wrap people’s brains and then as ceremonial shrouds to bury the dead.” - Arundhati Roy But this is done on purpose, and it is part of the” dumbing down” of America, the necessary social control to keep the sheep in the herd, satisfied with material comfort, so no one asks uncomfortable questions. “They don’t want a population of citizens capable of critical thinking. They don’t want well-informed, well-educated people capable of critical thinking. They’re not interested in that. That doesn’t help them. That’s against their interests… . Forget the politicians, they’re an irrelevancy. The politicians are put there to give you the idea that you have freedom of choice. You don’t. You have no choice. You have owners. They own you.” - George Carlin And so the “dumbing down” continues until we make an effort to seek truth and act upon it. Sadly, many nice and honest people swallow the lies and can’t see their own conditioning. The whole Obama hype is a good example for that. Many well-meaning folks have put their hope into this guy and believed all the slogans of “change” and “unity” he uttered like a hypnotist, without really clearly seeing behind the smokescreen of this two-party system. That’s how the political system works, twisting reality in such a way to make people believe they have choice and freedom within the system, when in fact they have none. The best way to control a people is to make them believe they are free, while controlling their choices, behavior, desires, opinions and options through conditioning of official culture, the control of education, media, religion, science, history and economy. Control through force in the past became Mind Control as the people police each other and are not aware of the prison they’re in. “The ultimate tyranny in a society is not control by martial law. It is control by the psychological manipulation of consciousness, through which reality is defined so that those who exist within it do not even realize that they are in prison. They do not even realize that there is something outside of where they exist.” - from ‘Bringers of the Dawn’, Barbara Marciniak http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=acLW1vFO-2Q “None are more hopelessly enslaved than those who falsely believe they are free.” - Johann Wolfgang von Goethe

Jidduh Krishnamurti said it well, over forty years ago, in regards to politicians and belief systems. Paraphrased from a talk he gave: “It is like you are in a prison cell and all you do is re-arrange the furniture, maybe put up a new tapestry, but essentially you are still in prison, though for the moment it may seem new and fresh, but you are still behind walls. How about breaking out of the prison and seeing what’s up on the mountain, behind that forest, down that lake…….?” People just keep re-decorating their prison cell based on illusory security their government promises them. But let’s not get caught up in a political debate. The roots of the problem are deeper than choosing a puppet on election day. We all know that, but as George Carlin said: “If honesty were suddenly be introduced into American Life, the whole system would collapse! No one would know what to do. Honesty would screw this country up.” Very true words. If people would realize that they have been living a lie for the majority of their lives, they wouldn’t know what to do. They rather deny it than face it. It’s like a psychological unconscious defense mechanisms to avoid truth, regardless of the facts presented. Let’s go deeper than just focusing on America, and look into the whole notion of belief in a country, nation and the question of patriotism, no matter what country you belong to or “identify” yourself with. Nothing changes when we just keep cutting the branches of the tree, for they will grow back. We need to tackle the root of the issue and the root is IDENTIFICATION and BELIEF. Sometimes I see a bumper sticker saying: “Peace is Patriotic”. I have to ask myself, who came up with that nonsense? Peace is not patriotic. Patriotism is a lie sold to the people, which we need to let go of if we really want to evolve to a better world. Countries don’t matter anymore, nor do flags. It’s all about global corporate interest under the guidance of psychopaths in power. The leaders know that, they just play the part they need to play to keep the herd in place. Any identification with a nation, flag or country fuels separation and hence conflict. All borders are man-made, based on outdated values and shortsighted ideologies that we as awake and aware people of this day and age need to let go of. We’re not Americans, Germans, Jews, Arabs or Chinese, we are human beings, are we not? You think this is impossible? It’s only impossible as along as you and I feed the illusion. Of course I’m not talking about a nation-less world under a totalitarian one world government, but a world based on higher values beyond control and fear. I know that this is a very idealist and Utopian idea when looking at the world objectively and I have my doubts if we ever see the return of a Golden Age. At this point it seems it has to get far worse before people wake up and anything close to a Golden Age is going to manifest. And maybe not all are even going to wake up for other reasons humanity is not aware of. Especially in this day and age, when we realize more and more how our beliefs and

intentions affect the outside world, we need to be careful who and what we feed. As long as we believe in lies or follow the lies told to us through politicians, media, religion and government controlled education, we will create more and more conflict and misery, no matter what we wishfully think to be, visualize or otherwise, regardless of our wellmeaning intentions. Before we can “change” anything we need to see clearly the world not as we like it to be, but as it is, without rose-colored glasses on and that entails questioning our long-held beliefs. The question of national Identification, the absurdity or patriotism and worship of a flag is becoming more and more absurd. No one, no leader, no government, no army, no guru, is going to change the world unless we fundamentally change ourselves and act upon it. The emphasis is on FUNDAMENTALLY, not just avoidance and trying to be politically correct or retreating to some very questionable New Age “Teachings” to create the “reality” we desire in our subjective tunnel vision. This goes beyond re-decorating the prison cell (a.k.a. voting) or just focusing on ourselves without looking at what is happening in the world and the crimes committed in this country by its own government. There is too much at stake in this day and age and I’m not sure if people actually realize the great danger we are in. I suggest looking at this whole Bin Laden frenzy in a different light, and see how we’re being manipulated through nationalistic and patriotic identification, so we can break down the walls of this prison we’ve put ourselves in.

“The nationalist is a curse because through his very nationalistic, patriotic spirit, he is creating a wall of isolation. He is so identified with his country that he builds a wall against another. What happens when you build a wall against something? That something is constantly beating against your wall. When you resist something, the very resistance indicates that you are in conflict with the other. So nationalism, which is a process of isolation, which is the outcome of the search for power, cannot bring about peace in the world. The man who is a nationalist and talks of brotherhood is telling a lie; he is living in a state of contradiction. [...] What causes war religious, political or economic? Obviously belief, either in nationalism, in an ideology, or in a particular dogma. If we had no belief but goodwill, love and consideration between us, then there would be no wars. But we are fed on beliefs, ideas and dogmas and therefore we breed discontent. The present crisis is of an exceptional nature and we as human beings must either pursue the path of constant conflict and continuous wars, which are the result of our everyday action, or else see the causes of war and turn our back upon them. Obviously what causes war is the desire for power, position, prestige, money; also the disease called nationalism, worship of a flag; and the disease of organized religion, the worship of dogma. All these are the causes of war; if you as an individual belong to any of the organized religions, if you are greedy for power, if you are envious, nationalistic, you are bound to produce a society, which will result in destruction. So again it depends upon you and not on the leaders; not on so-called statesman and all the rest of them.” - J. Krishnamurti

April 18, 2011

Organic Portals – Soulless Humans By Bernhard Guenther “A considerable percentage of the people we meet on the street are people who are empty inside, that is, they are actually already dead. It is fortunate for us that we do not see and do not know it. If we knew what a number of people are actually dead and what a number of these dead people govern our lives, we should go mad with horror.” - G.I. Gurdjieff

These are interesting times. On one hand there are changes happening on a global scale that can’t really be ignored much longer. On the other hand the majority of the population seem to live their lives as if everything is just as it always is and always will be, locked in a tunnel vision of personal and material interest. As long as we keep lying to ourselves based on conditioning, wishful thinking, suppression or denial and believe the lies “out there”, mistaking them for truth, nothing will change. This goes also beyond having a “positive” attitude, where hope can be merely a trap and lie to the self. Believing in lies that are “positive” in appearance (regardless how well-meaning the intent or good-hearted the person) is actually being negative and blocks one’s awareness and spiritual evolution. Being positive can mean acknowledging something negative because it is the truth, seeing it for what it is. If you believe a lie, even if it seems positive and makes you “feel good”, you give away your free will and that has spiritual implications. In these times of transition it becomes imperative to do seek truth and strive towards objectivity so we don’t take the “wrong” turn into entropy. With the approach of the era of the Holy Spirit, everything must be gradually brought to the light of day, not only the secrets of the laboratory but the deepest meanings of esotericism. The same must happen with illusions, errors and lies, which must also be revealed so that they can later be rectified. […] The world is suffering from a lack of harmony which gets deeper on every plane, and this is a serious danger to the moral and spiritual recovery of

humanity. It also involves a serious risk of failure in the last stage of this Time of transition that we are now entering. If this risk is not overcome, the Deluge of Fire awaits us. We wilI have to make an immense effort to ward off this fate, and we have very little time in which to do it. Man has only himself to blame for the greatness of the effort needed: this is a result of his obstinate refusal to heed the warnings that have been addressed to him time and again by the Divine Voice, just as he continues today to blind himself to the fact that the Deluge of Fire is being made ready. [ Gnosis II, Boris Mouravieff ] Many people are not aware of the path this world is currently going towards. Sure, there are some self-proclaimed “aware” and “conscious” folks out there who believe that all is just going as it has to go and humanity will wake up eventually in 2012 or the Golden Age where everyone is enlightened without having to do anything at all to reach that state. “Just be” and show “love” is the mantra these days, without really understanding what “being” and “love” means to begin with or so it seems. However, I don’t want to get into the traps of the Pseudo Spirituality promoted through this “New Age Religion” these days. Past writings and videos have examined that. My goal is also not to try to convince anyone of anything, because no one can make another one change. This is just about questioning some fundamental beliefs and giving food for thought. Some sources that talk about a Shift or Transformation occurring in our age also mention a “splitting” of humanity and that not everyone is going to wake up. The main reason for this can be found in a very interesting issue this planet faces and which has been written about in various esoteric teachings as well as transmitted through certain channeled material. It relates to two different “races” or “humanities” coexisting on earth, alike from the outside, but unlike in the inside. The common spiritual lofty idea that runs through the world these days is “we’re all one” and just by recognizing this we should unite under world peace and harmony. All what the world leaders need to do is recognize the same, hence many people send “love and light” to the rulers and leaders , so they may see this “truth” as well, because they are so misguided and just need “love” and “compassion”, etc……Well, yes, everything is one from a HIGHER perspective. As a matter of fact, it is pretty obvious that All is One, is it not? The devil, however, is always in the details. Laura Knight-Jadczyk gives a good insight into the misplacement of “higher truths” in her book “The Secret History of the World”: Many modern day “teachers” and “gurus” tell us “Since there is only One Being which permeates all things, all we have to do is see everything as only light”, and that will transmute the darkness, and we will “create our own reality of light.” Such a statement ignores the fact that the statement “God is One” describes a reality that is a higher level from which our own “mixed being” manifests. The man who assumes that he can become like God at this level just by thinking

it, ignores the facts of Being vs. Non-being which outrays from “God is One” at a level of existence that is clearly several levels above our own. Evil is REAL on its own level, and the task of man is to navigate the Cosmic Maze without being defiled by the Evil therein. This is the root of Free Will. Man faces a predicament as REAL as himself: he is forced to choose – to utilize his knowledge by applying it – between the straight path which leads to Being, and the crooked paths which lead to Non-Being. Human beings are required to discern between good and evil – consciousness energy directors – at every stage of their existence in this reality. Because, in fact, they must understand that God is consciousness and God is matter. God is good, and God is evil. The Creation assumes all the different properties of the many “Names of God.” The Cosmos is full of Life-giving and Slaying, Forgiveness and Vengeance, Exaltation and Abasement, Guidance and Deception. To attempt to assume God’s point of view and “mix everything” at this level, results only in STAYING at this level. Therefore, human beings must always separate God’s point of view from their own point of view and the fact that all creation assumes the divine Names and Traits. Yes, we’re all one, but we’re not all the same in this 3rd density experience here on planet earth. Sure, Gandhi and Hitler are one, but one of them doesn’t seem to have any conscience. The biggest illusion and projection regular folks seem to have is the assumption that the people in positions of power think and feel just like we all do and if they don’t it is assumed that they are just misguided and lack love in their lives. However, what if there exists a type of human who has no connection to the higher centers of universal love/awareness at all by birth? He/she is not even genetically wired this way, not being able to access it this lifetime around but he/she can emulate and fake these higher characteristics quite well and even distract you from evolving by sapping your energy and feeding off it. They can tell you exactly what you want to hear, appear compassionate, empathetic and understanding without meaning or feeling it one bit. And what if this type of human makes up half of the world’s population? He/she might be even a family member, a co-worker, neighbor, boss or even a close friend, a lover, husband or wife? Certainly not a pleasant thought and certainly a blow to the popular New Age paradigm of “we’re all one and humanity is becoming enlightened just by focusing on Love, Light” and so-called “positive thinking!”. When exploring this idea more closely, with an objective, open and critical mind, it gives huge clues to the state of the world. Let’s look at some of these sources that talk about the two different “races” of humanity. One of it is Boris Mouravieff’s “Gnosis” Trilogy.

Suppression and distortion of esoteric knowledge is one of the means for control of the masses here on planet earth. This has been going on for thousands of years. Even the material presented in “Gnosis” is covered around a biblical gloss that one needs to weed through. As we enter the Time of Transition, deeper Knowledge about our reality and world is coming to the surface again, but only the ones able to SEE will truly recognize it. Truth vibrates on a certain frequency and it requires a certain state of “Being” to see, understand, and most importantly apply it. This is achieved through esoteric work. Mouravieff notes that all serious esoteric teaching, as in ordinary education, is almost uniform: It is generally accepted that nobody can go on to secondary school without having completed an elementary education. Nor can a person be admitted to a university without having a secondary education. These graduations automatically “select” those able to become active members of the cultural elite of human society. Exactly the same is true in the esoteric Tradition. However, in our modern world, we encounter a curious phenomenon. For example: we would not seek to discuss Newton’s binomial theorem without having studied algebra, for without this, every opinion we expressed on the subject would be worthless.

Yet, in the esoteric field, we find a host of “experts” who declare their opinions on esotericism without having ever learned even the rudiments of this knowledge. At the same time, some of them demand “simplicity” from esoteric teachings on the generally accepted principle that Truth itself must be simple. They conclude from this that access to Truth ought to likewise be simple. Then they assert that the methods to access Truth must be easily assimilable. This argument would be perfectly correct if human beings and the problems they face were simple and just. However, that is not the case. There is a long road to travel from our state of distorted inner disorder to any “original simplicity.” In practice, the doctrine of “simplicity” – if regarded as an axiom – turns the student aside from the strait gate and the narrow way that leads to Life. Impelled by this counter-truth, he believes he stands before this door, when he is in reality – although undoubtedly in perfectly good faith – walking the wide path that leads to perdition, ad majorem Diaboli gloriam, of course. The Doctrine of Simplicity, correct in itself, but wrongly interpreted, becomes a snare for hearts and minds that are already too corrupt; a danger which should be recognized and avoided. Some people complain that the subject of the fundamentals of esotericism is not simple. Others have said that it leads to great clarity. This apparent contradiction is explained by the fact that esotericism is addressed to readers who are predisposed to esoteric culture by their nature, formation or personal experience. It is difficult, if not impossible, for an esoterically unevolved person to discern false prophets spontaneously. He will recognize them more easily by their “fruits,” by the observable results of their works, which serve as signs. The Tradition knows and teaches a whole Science of signs. The above excerpt is crucial in understanding what is presented these days as “Spirituality”. True esoteric Knowledge has not much to do with popular New Age/Self Help literature these days, as promoted by the mainstream, what is shown on Oprah (from E. Tolle to “The Secret”, etc…) or what is on the bestseller list and “in”. Too many people speak too quick as if they already “know” and repeat New Age Slogans, such as “we’re all one”, “all is illusion”, “all you need is love”, “just be yourself”, “be in the now”, etc.. without truly understanding the depth of these words and their true meaning beyond the fast-food spirituality these days. Not all is false what these sources state, however, lies are mixed with truth and the devil is always in the details. The world is full of self-proclaimed gurus and spiritual leaders who

promise to show seekers the “Way” as they cash in and feed off the credulity of their followers. Most popular New Age material (including channeled sources) merely serve as buffers and excuses, another form of illusion/escape, but not as a catalysts for true spiritual Growth. As Mouravieff writes: Comfort, the prevailing word for Progress in its many different aspects and to varying degrees, forms a sufficient aim for the majority of civilized men of our era. Under these conditions of our times, man is only open to divine values in carefully measured doses, kept within limits so that they do not trouble his bourgeois or socio-communist conscience or threaten the material well-being he has acquired. However, there is another issue and that is, true esoteric work and knowledge can only be grasped and applied by a certain type of human and that another type of man does not posses this ability in his/her current life cycle. One type has a soul, the other one is soulless, so to speak. There is no difference on the outside and in terms of personality, but the inner life is vastly different. No one is better or worse than the other, but all are part of this evolutionary cycle. The idea of the soul is something that many religions, philosophers and spiritual teachings talk about. The question is, what is the soul and does everyone really has one? According to “Gnosis”, as transmitted by Boris Mouravieff, there exist two kind of humans: adamic man and pre-adamic man. One type with soul potential, the other has no individual soul. Only the former has the inherent capacity to evolve esoterically and build the magnetic center by fusing the lower with the higher centers. The latter does not have the possibility in his current evolutionary cycle to bridge to the higher centers and no access to higher knowing/awareness/love. Looking at the Indian chakra model, one could say that pre-adamic man only exists on the lower three chakras without any access to the higher ones, while adamic man also mostly exists on the lower centers, but has the ability to activate and bridge the higher centers through conscious esoteric work. Mouravieff writes: In the first volume of ‘Gnosis’, we already referred several times to the coexistence of two essentially different races: one of Men, and another of Anthropoids. We must emphasize the fact that from the esoteric point of view the latter term has no derogatory meaning. …The Scriptures contain more than one reference to the coexistence on our planet of these two humanities – which are now alike in form but unlike in essence. We can even say that the whole dramatic history of humanity, from the fall of Adam until today, not excluding the prospect of the new era, is overshadowed by the coexistence of these two human races whose separation will occur only at the Last Judgement. …The human tares, the anthropoid race, are the descendants of pre-adamic humanity. The principal difference between contemporary pre-adamic man and adamic man – a difference which is not perceived by the senses – is that the

former does not possess the developed higher centres that exist in the latter which, although they have been cut off from his waking consciousness since the Fall, offer him a real possibility of esoteric evolution. Apart from this, the two races are similar: they have the same lower centres, the same structure of the Personality and the same physical body, although more often than not this is stronger in the pre-adamic man than in the adamic; regarding beauty, we must not forget that pre-adamic man and woman were created by God on the sixth day, in His image and after His likeness, and that the daughters of this race were beautiful. By identifying himself with the ‘I’ of his Personality, Adam lost consciousness of his real ‘I’ and fell from the Eden that was his original condition into the same condition as the pre-adamics… The two humanities, coming from two different creative processes, later mingled on the level of organic life on Earth… From then on, the coexistence of these two human types, and the competition which was the result of this, became the norm…we can see that throughout the centuries, even in our own day, adamics in their post-fall condition, have been are are generally in an inferior position to the pre-adamics. … this situation, with its practical consequences and problems, will be the object of a deeper study. This is necessary because the Era of the Holy Spirit is approaching, at the end of which the question of the separation of the tares from the good seed will arise. For the moment we will restrict ourselves to repeating that contemporary adamic man, having lost contact with his higher centres and therefore with his real ‘I’, appears practically the same as his preadamic counterpart. However, unlike the latter, he still has his higher centres, which ensure that he has the possibility of following the way of esoteric evolution. At present, pre-adamic man is deprived of this possibility, but it will be given to him if adamic humanity develops as it should during the era of the Holy Spirit.

© Alex Grey

Not everyone has access to higher states of Being and Seeing Mouravieff gives us examples of how the existence of the two “races” has been distorted and misused by means of racism and social control. Adamic and pre-adamic men are mixed throughout all humans from all over the globe. There can be even both types in the same family. The difference has nothing to do with racial, cultural or national characteristics. The true meaning of the two “humanities” goes back to the idea of “blue blood” and the “pollution of the bloodline” when both “races” intermingled, after “the fall” of adamic man from his original state and his identification with his false “I”, the “I” of the personality/ego. First constated [realized] very long ago, this fact, although it has been distorted because it is generally seen in a false light, was part of the national, social and judicial consciousness of many ancient and modern peoples. One finds its influence in the Indian idea of the Untouchable, the Greek Helot, the Jewish Goy, the medieval European white Bones and black Bones, the German Nazi Untermensch, etc… Incidentally, the legend of blue blood does not belong to the domain of pure fantasy. The error is not in the conception of blue blood as a ‘psychosomatic’ phenomenon, but in the naive medieval belief that this so called aristocratic blood passes automatically from father to son…. We must also note that the other extreme, the equalitarian conception of human nature, so dear to the theoreticians of democratic and socialist revolutions, is also erroneous: the only real equality of subjects by inner and international right is equality of possibilities, for men are born unequal. What follows are excerpts from an essay called “Organic Portals – The “Other” Race” by the Quantum Future Group (QFG) based around the Cassiopaean transmissions , Mouravieff’s “Gnosis” and psychopathology. There is also an online forum discussion about it here. This Esoteric Glossary is helpful to look up concepts that are being used throughout this blog. For readers unfamiliar with channeled material it is recommended to read “Channeled material and the Age of Transformation“. The topic of Organic Portals is also addressed in more depth in “The Secret History of the World” by Laura KnightJadczyk. Organic Portals is a term coined by the C’s and relates to the pre-adamic man according to Mouravieff. [my comments in italic] ————————————–

Organic Portals – The “Other” Race One of the more difficult concepts discussed on this site is the concept of the Organic Portal. We have received hate mail over the years, primarily from mainstream religious types and new age believers, but we get even MORE letters from people who nearly shout in relief at finally having something of an explanation for things they have observed all their lives. What seems to cause offense is the concept that there may be more than one

type of human. Let us be clear on this point: we do not mean what is commonly or traditionally understood as race, and abhor any attempt at labeling and making checklists. What we mean exactly will be clarified further into the article. […] Mouravieff is telling us that there were originally TWO races that evolved on the earth, and that these two races while being physically almost identical, were very different from a soul point of view. It seems that one had the potential to develop a sovereign and integral soul in this lifetime, while the other were as empty cylinders in comparison and were destined to wait another “turn of the wheel” or cosmic cycle. The adamic race is the race that suffered the Fall, which meant the breaking of the connection between the higher centers (giving access to higher knowing/awareness) and the lower centers (which govern physical existence), and which left adamic man in the same “playground” as pre-adamic man, effectively rendering us all OP’s until we learn how to develop the soul. Basically, until adamic man starts to develop himself consciously through esoteric work, he is on the same level as pre-adamic man (Organic Portal), however he has the potential to develop a soul (activating the higher centers) through work and conscious efforts. Hence everyone is essentially an “Organic Portal” until the Awakening of the higher centers, which is only possible for adamic man. As our research into psychopaths continued, and especially in reading the work The Mask of Sanity by H. Cleckley, we came to the conclusion that there exists what we call the “garden variety” psychopath. This is the psychopath who is “successful” in the sense that he doesn’t get caught. He operates invisibly in society. He looks and acts just like “we” do, going about the activities of daily life, and yet something is “missing.” As Cleckley describes it: The observer is confronted with a convincing mask of sanity. All the outward features of this mask are intact; it cannot be displaced or penetrated by questions directed toward deeper personality levels. The examiner never hits upon the chaos sometimes found on searching beneath the outer surface of a paranoid schizophrenic. The thought processes retain their normal aspect under psychiatric investigations and in technical tests designed to bring out obscure evidence of derangement. Examination reveals not merely an ordinary two-dimensional mask but what seems to be a solid and substantial structural image of the sane and rational personality. He might then be thought of, in the full literal sense, as an example of what Trélat meant to designate by his expressive term, la folie lucide. Furthermore, this personality structure in all theoretical situations functions in a manner apparently identical with that of normal, sane functioning.

Logical thought processes may be seen in perfect operation no matter how they are stimulated or treated under experimental conditions. Furthermore, the observer finds verbal and facial expressions, tones of voice, and all the other signs we have come to regard as implying conviction and emotion and the normal experiencing of life as we know it ourselves and as we assume it to be in others. All judgments of value and emotional appraisals are sane and appropriate when the Psychopath is tested in verbal examinations. Only very slowly and by a complex estimation or judgment based on multitudinous small impressions does the conviction come upon us that, despite these intact rational processes, these normal emotional affirmations, and their consistent application in all directions, we are dealing here not with a complete man at all but with something that suggests a subtly constructed reflex machine which can mimic the human personality perfectly. This smoothly operating psychic apparatus reproduces consistently not only specimens of good human reasoning but also appropriate simulations of normal human emotion in response to nearly all the varied stimuli of life. So perfect is this reproduction of a whole and normal man that no one who examines him in a clinical setting can point out in scientific or objective terms why, or how, he is not real. And yet we eventually come to know or feel we know that reality, in the sense of full, healthy experiencing of life, is not here. Cleckley is describing a person who is able to mimic the human personality, but who leaves the impression that something is not there. They have a personality structure which “functions in a manner apparently identical with that of normal, sane functioning” and yet when all is said and done, “we are dealing here not with a complete man at all but with something that suggests a subtly constructed reflex machine which can mimic the human personality perfectly” to the point that “no one who examines him in a clinical setting can point out in scientific or objective terms why, or how, he is not real.” Moreover, we must remember that Cleckley is dealing with clinical cases, the psychopath who has been caught, who has a program malfunction, otherwise they would not have been in his office. These people, even with minor glitches, can pass almost imperceptibly among us. The type referred to here as “Organic Portals” (for reasons which will become clear), are people whose abilities of imitation are so developed, so much an integral part of who they are, that they can only be discovered after years of observation. The psychopath is the failed organic portal.

Most Organic Portals have no inclination to break laws, in fact the majority have no real inclinations at all other than to pursue the “A influences” (Mouravieff’s term) otherwise known as the social norms, such as money, career, sex, marriage, fame or any of a host of other “ideals” that we are all encouraged to strive for from an early age. The attainment of these goals is held up in global society as the culmination of the search for happiness, yet it is evident from the state of our world today that true happiness remains as illusory and elusive as ever…at least for those who have an inkling that there is “something more”. So where do these “life goals” that serve us so badly come from? Is it possible that they are in fact someone else’s ideas and goals for us…is it in someone else’s interest that most of us expend our energies and efforts in a fruitless pursuit of chimerical happiness? This concept is not new at cassiopaea.org and is therefore an idea that will not be strange to regular readers of the site, but what is new and indeed very strange is the idea that there could be billions of these Organic Portals who have been vectored toward keeping those unaware of this concept lost in the “wilderness and desert”, ensuring the continued production of “loosh” from all of humanity. It should be noted here that we are not talking of some form of malignancy or evil on the part of Organic Portals, rather it would seem that they are simply doing and acting according to their natures, which it appears is to a large extent “soul-less”. This is a very important point. There is nothing “wrong” with Organic Portals or being an OP. They serve a specific function in the grand scheme of existence. They can’t be anything else but that. As the research, ideas and thoughts developed it was one revelation after another, and it soon became clear how possible this grand plan could have been implemented: It seems there are possibly 3 billion organic portals sharing the planet, that is, one out of two people on the planet may be effectively soul-less. Mouravieff’s description of the “Fall” of the Adamic race also follows the same lines as the description given to us from the C’s where we see that this is a symbolic version of the “Fall” of our consciousness unit. The following excerpts by the C’s contains some words and concepts that may be new to some readers. STO = Service to Others and STS = Service to Self. The concepts of service to others (STO) and service to self (STS) are the central cornerstone of the teaching of first Ra and then Cassiopaea. These same fundamentals are expressed in different terms throughout esoteric culture. The concept of densities is also a cornerstone in the Cassiopaea and Ra materials. Density denotes a qualitatively distinct level of being. Each density has its own structure of life forms, perception and typical lessons for the consciousnesses residing in it. These are topics than need careful study and understanding and, as mentioned before, it is recommended to read the original sources for more insight. The term “Lizzies” is a short-hand notation for those theorized denizens of hyperdimensional realities whose “essence” is read as reptilian. [Q: the Questioner; A: The C's communicating]

08-28-99 Q: Well, this is one of the problems I am dealing with in trying to write this history of mankind. As I understand it, or as I am trying to figure it out from the literature, prior to the ‘Fall in Eden,’ mankind lived in a 4th density state. Is that correct? A: Semi/sort of. Q: Please be more specific. A: 4th density in another realm, such as time/space continuum, etc. Q: Okay, so this realm changed, as a part of the cycle; various choices were made: the human race went through the door after the ‘gold,’ so to speak, and became aligned with the Lizzies after the ‘female energy’ consorted with the wrong side, so to speak. This is what you have said. This resulted in a number of effects: the breaking up of the DNA, the burning off of the first ten factors of DNA, the separation of the hemispheres of the brain… A: Only reason for this: you play in the dirt, you’re gonna get dirty. Q: (T) What were we before the “Fall?” A: 3rd density STO. Q: (T) We are STS at this point because of what happened then? A: Yes. [...] Q: (T) We were 3rd density STO at that time. Was this after the battle that had transpired? In other words, were we, as a 3rd density race, literally on our own at that point, as opposed to before? A: Was battle. Q: (L) The battle was in us? A: Through you. Q: (T) The battle was through us as to whether we would walk through this doorway… (L) The battle was fought through us, we were literally the battleground. (T) Was the battle over whether or not we walked through that door? A: Close. Q: (T) Okay, we were STO at that point. You have said before that on this density we have the choice of being STS or STO. A: Oh Terry, the battle is always there, it’s “when” you choose that counts! [...] Q: (T) This must tie into why the Lizards and other aliens keep telling people that they have given their consent for abduction and so forth. We were STO and now we are STS. A: Yes, … “When” you went for the gold, you said “Hello” to the Lizards and all that that implies. Q: (T) …By going for the gold, we became STS beings because going for the gold was STS. A: Yes. Q: (T) And, in doing so, we ended up aligning ourselves with the 4th density

Lizard Beings… A: Yes. Q: (T) Because they are 4th density beings and they have a lot more abilities than we at 3rd density… A: You used to be aligned with 4th density STO. Q: (T) And we were 3rd density STO. But, by going for the gold we aligned ourselves with 4th density STS. A: Yes. Q: (T) And by doing so we gave 4th density STS permission to do whatever they wish with us? A: Close. Q: (T) So, when they tell us that we gave them permission to abduct us, it is this they are referring to? A: Close. Q: (J) Go back to what they said before: “Free will could not be abridged if you had not obliged.” (T) We, as the human race, used our free will to switch from STO to STS. (L) So, at some level we have chosen the mess we are in and that is the Super Ancient Legend of the Fallen Angel, Lucifer. That is us. We fell by falling into that door, so to speak, going after the pot of gold, and when we fell through the door, the serpent bit us! A: But this is a repeating syndrome. Q: (L) Is it a repeating syndrome just for the human race or is it a repeating syndrome throughout all of creation? A: It is the latter. The adamic race with its full set of DNA, with its connection to the higher centres in place and functioning, is what the C’s describe here as 3D STO living in a “semi/sort of” 4D state aligned with 4D STO. In making the choice to experience greater physicality, the consciousness unit fractures and “Falls” from the STO state, loses its connection with the higher centres, and finds itself at the same level as the pre-adamic race – those who have no possibility of reaching the higher centres because the DNA hardware isn’t in place. Because this new 3D STS existence was not the “natural habitat” for a body with the potential to reach the higher centres, the fallen race is at a disadvantage compared to the pre-adamics.

What is the Organic Portal? Having seen the similarities between Mouravieff’s description of the two races and Cleckley’s description of the psychopath, Laura decided to pose a few questions to the C’s. Q: In Book III of his Gnosis, Mouravieff discusses what he calls “pre-Adamic humanity” and “Adamic humanity.” As I read this I could see that the thing I was struggling to understand in terms of psychopathy as discussed in the Adventures Series, was exactly what Mouravieff was describing. However, he was using the Bible to explain it, and that just didn’t quite work. Nevertheless,

the basic idea is that pre-Adamic human types basically have no “soul,” nor any possibility of growing one. This is certainly shocking, but there have been many recent scholarly discussions of this matter based on what seems to be clinical evidence that, indeed, there are human beings who are just “mechanical” and have no “inner” or “higher self” at all. Gurdjieff talked about this and so did Castaneda. So, I asked if his ideas about the two basic TYPES of humans were, as far as they went, accurate. A: Indeed, though again, there is a “Biblical Gloss.” [The pre-Adamic types are] “organic” portals between levels of density. This, of course, raised the issue of whether or not trying to “help” or “save” such individuals was a waste of time. A: Pretty much. Most of them are very efficient machines. The ones that you have identified as psychopaths are “failures.” The best ones cannot be discerned except by long and careful observation. One of the longtime members of the group then wanted to know if any of us had ever encountered one of these “organic portals” and if so, would the C’s identify one for the sake of instruction. A: If you consider that the population is equally distributed, then you will understand that in an ordinary “souled” person’s life, that person will encounter half as many organic portals as souled individuals. BUT, when someone is in the process of “growing” and strengthening the soul, the Control System will seek to insert even more “units” into that person’s life. Now, think of all the people you have ever met and particularly those with whom you have been, or are, intimate. Which half of this number would YOU designate as being organic portals? Hard to tell, eh? Q: (V) Is this the original meaning of the “pollution of the bloodline?” A: Yes. [...] ——————Now this is a highly significant point by the C’s which we can find in Mouravieff’s “Gnosis” as well. The “Control System” relates to the “General Law” and forces acting upon the seeker who tries to “escape” or transcend it by entering “The Way” of esoteric work: “Economy of energies too is a must, as the walk to and on the Way demands their total mobilization. Any unjustified expenditure can lead in the end to failure. We must always keep this in mind. In general, the reaction of those around towards someone who begins to search for the Way is negative. This negative attitude is the result of the action of the General Law, which, as we know, tends to keep man in his place. Not being able to do this directly by the action of Illusion, the General Law, when it loses its dominion over the

man who ‘moves’, acts indirectly by the mediation of those around him.” On the other hand, if man just lives along without any efforts of waking up or is no threat to the “General Law” or Matrix Control System, he will be left alone and he can even make a brilliant career, be successful, have family, kids, be “happy” in his illusion, yet he will not have progressed esoterically as he feeds the General Law by following “A” influences. “We are not aware of how much we are bound by the action of the General Law. Acting on us as it does on our cells, this law immobilizes us or constantly tends to bring us back to our place. Its strength leaves us little freedom of action outside the limits of its direction and scope. It acts in various ways. One can say that if man lives ‘like everyone else’, if he does not venture off the beaten track, he will never perceive the existence of this force, or rather this force will ignore him.“ If man spends his life without distinguishing between ‘A’ and ‘B’ influences, he will end it as he started, one could say mechanically, driven by the Law of Accident. However, according to the nature and the intensity of the resultant forces to which he is subjected, it can happen to him to make a brilliant career, in the meaning the world gives to this expression. Yet he will come to the end of his days without having either learned or understood anything of Reality. And earth returns to Earth.” That can be seen very clearly in our world. Everyone who just goes along with the masses and “accepted” reality has not much struggle in the world. Birth, school, choose a career, get a job, watch TV, consume, reproduce, entertain, be nationalistic or religious, follow your desires and impulses unexamined, etc… Not knowing himself, but a slave to the outside world, full on under the control of the General Law/Matrix, the common man has no free will, although he thinks he does. However, whenever someone awakens, steps up and tries to “escape” The General Law/Matrix by speaking and seeing truth, forces are put on to him to put him back in line, back to sleep. He will be ridiculed or even silenced. His only chance of protection is to apply esoteric Knowledge and fuse the centers, so he doesn’t fall back to sleep. Anything that is not a threat to the MCS (Matrix Control System) or General Law will be ignored or even promoted heavily, be it through religion, politics, entertainment or popular new age ideas. “But if his enterprises are out of the ordinary, no matter what field they are in, but especially in esotericism, this force begins to act, and stirs up all sorts of obstacles in order to bring him back to the point where — according to the General Law — he must reside. Even without knowing this force, we have an intuition of its existence and of the many forms which clothe it. The Holy Scriptures speak of it more than once, especially where esoteric work is concerned. Thus, if this conservative force, which is the servant of the General Law, does

not succeed in ‘calming’ man by acting directly upon him, it tries to reach him indirectly through the people of his household, either through the feelings they invoke or the coolness and contempt they openly show him.” “This conservative force, the Servant of the General Law” acts through pred-adamic man, the Organic Portals. It’s not that the person him/herself is the cause. Pre-adamic man is being used literally as a portal through which the Matrix works and tries to keep man in his place through hyperdimenstional forces (4D STS). Think of Agent Smith being able to inject himself into any charakter in “The Matrix” trying to stop Neo from awakening. Hence, blind people, people who are asleep, plugged into the Matrix, the grand illusion, become “tools” of the Matrix to make sure no one jumps out of line. It’s how the sheep control the sheep. “You have to understand, most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are so inured, so hopelessly dependent on the system, that they will fight to protect it. “ - Morpheus in “The Matrix” ——————It also became clear that the work of discerning these “organic portals” from souled human beings is CRUCIAL to the so-called “ascension” process. Without the basic understanding of transformation of, and conservation of energies, there is no possibility of fusing a magnetic center. And thus, it seems that the experiences described in the Adventures Series were not only necessary to further refine the energies, but also to develop the discernment process to a very high level. At this point, the group member stated that there was a member of her family who she was certain was one of these “organic portals.” The C’s jumped to respond: A: Now, do not start labeling without due consideration. Remember that very often the individual who displays contradictory behavior may be a souled being in struggle. Q: (L) I would say that the chief thing they are saying is that the really good ones – you could never tell except by long observation. The one key we discovered from studying psychopaths was that their actions do not match their words. But what if that is a symptom of just being weak and having no will? (A) How can I know if I have a soul? A: Do you ever hurt for another? Q: (V) I think they are talking about empathy. These soulless humans simply don’t care what happens to another person. If another person is in pain or misery, they don’t know how to care. A: The only pain they experience is “withdrawal” of “food” or comfort, or what they want. They are also masters of twisting perception of others so as to seem to be empathetic. But, in general, such actions are simply to retain control. Q: (A) What does having a soul or not having a soul have to do with bloodline? A: Genetics marry with soul if present.

Q: Do “organic portals” go to fifth density when they die? A: Only temporarily until the “second death.” Q: (V) What is the “origin” of these organic portal human types? In the scheme of creation, where did they come from? A: They were originally part of the bridge between 2nd density and 3rd density. Review transcripts on the subject of short wave cycles and long wave cycles. The questions then moved onto issues about sleep. Ark had been reading the transcripts and noted that the C’s had said that sleep was necessary for human beings because it was a period of “rest and recharging.” They had also said that the SOUL rests while the body is sleeping. So, the question was what source of energy was tapped to recharge both the body and the soul. A: The question needs to be separated. What happens to a souled individual is different from an organic portal unit. At this point, we stopped and talked about the possibility that the life force energy that is embodied in Organic Portals must be something like the soul pool that is theorized for flora and fauna. This would, of course, explain the striking and inexplicable similarity of psychopaths, that is so well defined, that they differ from one another only in the way that different species of trees are different in the overall class of “Tree-ness” So, we divided the question and asked first: Q: … where does the energy come from that recharges Organic Portals. A: The pool you have described. Q: Does the recharging of the souled being come from a similar pool, only maybe the “human” pool? A: No - it recharges from the so-called sexual center which is a higher center of creative energy. During sleep, the emotional center, not being blocked by the lower intellectual center and the moving center, transduces the energy from the sexual center. It is also the time during which the higher emotional and intellectual centers can rest from the “drain” of the lower centers’ interaction with those pesky organic portals so much loved by the lower centers. This respite alone is sufficient to make a difference. But, more than that, the energy of the sexual center is also more available to the other higher centers. Q: From where does the so-called “sexual center” get ITS energy? A: The sexual center is in direct contact with 7th density in its “feminine” creative thought of “Thou, I Love.” The “outbreath” of “God” in the relief of constriction. Pulsation. Unstable Gravity Waves. Q: Do the “centers” as described by Mouravieff relate at all to the idea of “chakras.” A: Quite closely. In an individual of the organic variety, the so-called higher chakras are “produced in effect” by stealing that energy from souled beings. This is what gives them the ability to emulate souled beings. The souled being is, in effect, perceiving a mirror of their own soul when they ascribe “soul qualities” to such beings.

Q: Is this a correspondence that starts at the basal chakra which relates to the sexual center as described by Mouravieff? A: No. The “sexual center” corresponds to the solar plexus. Lower moving center – basal chakra. Lower emotional – sexual chakra. Lower intellectual – throat chakra. Higher emotional – heart chakra. Higher intellectual – crown chakra Q: (V) What about the so-called seventh, or “third eye” chakra? A: Seer. The union of the heart and intellectual higher centers. This would “close the circuit” in the “shepherd’s crook” configuration. Q: (V) What about the many ideas about 12 chakras, and so forth, that are currently being taught by many new age sources? A: There are no such. This is a corrupted conceptualization based on the false belief that the activation of the physical endocrine system is the same as the creation and fusion of the magnetic center. The higher centers are only “seated” by being “magnetized.” And this more or less “External” [unseated] condition of the Higher Centers has been perceived by some individuals and later joined to the perceived “seating” locations, in potential. This has led to “cross conceptualization” based on assumption! Q: Are the levels of initiation and levels of the staircase as presented by Mouravieff fairly accurate? A: Yes, but different levels accessed in other so-called lives can relieve the intensity of some levels in “another” life.

Summing Up Using clues the Cassiopaeans provided, a clearer picture emerged that two races may exist, and that, once the Biblical gloss was removed, Mouravieff’s description was accurate. They were able to deepen our understanding by situating the pre-adamic race within hyperdimensional reality and the Matrix control system. Let’s look at four points they raised: • The pre-adamic race serve as portals between levels of density. • They are “very efficient machines” and “The best ones cannot be discerned except by long and careful observation.” • They steal energy from souled beings so as to emulate them. • They make-up one-half of humanity.

© Red Pill Press

There is another very important point to understand before we can go any further: the two races have been interbreeding for a very, very long time.

Intermixing of the Races It is extremely important to understand that the two races have been interbreeding for thousands, if not tens of thousands of years. It is impossible to look at the races on the earth today, the red, the white, the black, or the yellow, and argue that one or the other is this “pre-adamic” and soulless race. We cannot speak of groups, nations, tribes, nor peoples who are members of the “soulless” race as a group. The DNA of the two races is completely mixed, and this is the real meaning of the pollution of the bloodline. Only those with the appropriate genetic makeup are actually able to accommodate a soul and therefore pursue esoteric work, which means that no color or ethnic group is either excluded or has an advantage.

Consider this further. The DNA of these two races is so mixed that both can be found within the same families. We wish to insist on this point so that the hard of thinking will not accuse us of racism. The two races are so intermingled that it is a question of the individual genetics of each person on the planet. You will notice that the C’s are pointing us in the direction of individuals and away from groups. It is not “groupings or classifications”, it is the “individual aura profile.” And this coincides with Mouravieff’s statements on the issue as he remarks here: …But the mixing of chromosomes was already an accomplished fact, so that the hormonal symmetry of the adamics has naturally diminished through the generations until it has become stabilized at the point it has now reached. … certain indications in the Gospel lead us to believe that the two human races that coexist on the earth are numerically equal… (p. 130) We repeat: The DNA of these two races is so mixed that both can be found within the same families. Your brother, sister, mother, father, daughter or son. Not somebody “other” across the world or across the street worshipping a different god or with a different skin colour. It may be somebody you live with every day of your life, and if so, they have but one reason to be here, to drain, distract and deflect souled beings from evolving. The way back to the activation of the DNA necessary to attain the contact with the higher centres is not through genetic manipulation, which is seeing the question through the “A” influences. The way back is through the ancient spiritual science, the real work of the alchemists, … which through the heating of the crucible, the neo-cortex, rewires the brain so that the ancient and broken connection with the higher centres can be reestablished. It is the fusing of the “magnetic center” the establishing of the insoluble, the real “I”. This is “genetic modification” seen as a “B” influence. Big difference.[…]

OPs and the Big Picture That there exists a soulless race, now numbering close to 3 billion inhabitants of this planet, certainly helps explain why the planet is in its current state. That this soulless race are portals used by the 4D STS to maintain their control over us further explains the depth of the manipulations. […] It seems entirely possible that the function of an OP has been coopted by 4d STS as a feeding tube for them. By this, I mean that the original purpose or function for an OP may have had nothing at all to do with feeding on the “adamic race”. […] It was also said by the Cs that OPs recharge their life force energy from a “pool”, as if they are part of a group soul much in the same way that trees are suggested to be… But the question is, what is the nature of this bridge between 2nd and 3rd density function

that OPs were originally intended for?..and in what way was it usurped…Is it that they are in fact 2nd density souls or parts of a 2D group soul that are inhabiting 3D bodies? Again here we see that Organic portals are not “bad” or “evil” in the sense that we might ascribe to them without understanding their nature. We can see from the above that their original function was to serve as vehicles for newly evolved 2nd density souls, which, by definition do not, as yet, have integrated souls themselves. However, the key word in the above is “originally” – they were originally part of the bridge between 2nd and 3rd density. This suggests that their function or purpose has been corrupted or usurped and they are now being diverted for some other use…a few words come to mind..energy drain, distraction, confusion, manipulation … (of souled beings)… […]My impression is that OPs are the means for beings in 2D to manifest in 3D as a natural part of their growth, the next stage. It would be the first step. But because they were portals, they could be used by 4D, too. Especially as they would have no knowledge with which they could protect themselves.There is this from that session: Q: Do the “centers” as described by Mouravieff relate at all to the idea of “chakras.” A: Quite closely. In an individual of the organic variety, the so-called higher chakras are “produced in effect” by stealing that energy from souled beings. This is what gives them the ability to emulate souled beings. The souled being is, in effect, perceiving a mirror of their own soul when they ascribe “soul qualities” to such beings. It occurred to me that this might be the way that an OP comes into contact with soul energy and is thus able to grow. This “mirroring” of the soul which they do might be similar to the process Gurdjieff discusses when he talks about individuals saying to themselves “I AM”. They are not yet, but by saying this, they are able to begin to act “as if.” Souled individuals who are attempting to contact this higher part of themselves “pretend” they already “AM” – please excuse the grammar. They can do this because they are aware that this higher level exists. They have this knowledge. The OP, not having any experiential clue that a soul exists, learns about it through “stealing that energy from souled beings.” This would make this process of “stealing energy” a natural part of the plan of growth, while at the same time creating the existence of the “door” which can be used by 4D STS to feed off of this soul energy. I think we are all beginning to see just how pervasive this OP scenario is and how it has been affecting us all down the ages. If “knowledge protects” is true, perhaps this is one of the biggest examples yet. It’s also possibly the most important thing we will ever master – in terms of seeing the unseen. We certainly have our work cut out for us.[The] discussion brought out and developed some interesting ideas:

1. The function of the OP as a bridge. 2. Their relationships to soul pools of flora and fauna. 3. The idea that there is nothing here to “fix”. The Organic Portal is performing a function in the universe. It has its place. But the discussion was leaving out one very important function of the Organic Portal which is mentioned above: their aforementioned coopting by 4 D STS as a means of draining energy from those who have chosen to work their way out of the Matrix. This was brought home by a post from M*** which is worth reading in its entirety. One of his arguments is presented this way: They are generic vehicles or portals, in human form, open for use by a variety of forces, which is why they make excellent matrix puppets. It just so happens that they’re being used now by 4D STS to control 3D STS / 4D STO candidates through “clapper” and “vampire” functions — keeping us locked into a behavioral pattern matching the orchestrated norm, and being physically close to us to sap our energies and keep us from having enough “escape velocity” to remove ourselves from the Matrix Control System’s tug, via development of our magnetic centers.”Thus we see that the “natural” function of the OP of imitation of the soul energy, the process by which they were able to progress and evolve, assumes a specific character with the STS development stream of collecting the soul energy of souled individuals in order to pass it along the feeding chain to 4D STS. The principal role of the OP is now to prevent the genuine seeker from advancing along the Way. This is clear when we look at the following: OPs collect soul energy from souled individuals. This energy is transmitted to 4D STS. OPs are intermixed in families with souled individuals. When a souled individual makes the commitment to the “work,” he or she needs to learn to conserve the soul energy for without it the work cannot be done. • When one makes a commitment to the “work,” one comes under attack. • This “attack” comes from those closest to you: family and friends. • “BUT, when someone is in the process of ‘growing’ and strengthening the soul, the Control System will seek to insert even more ‘units’ into that person’s life.” • • • •

So in many ways, the actual work of learning to discern the “A” influences from the “B” influences involves learning to discern the true nature of your relationships in order to conserve your energy from the OPs around you so that you have that energy to grow and strengthen your soul. This is made clear by Mouravieff when he makes the following comments about understanding the “film” of your life: In theory, the film in which a man is born and in which he lives can go on until the end of the world, on condition that he is happy, satisfied with himself, attributing his virtues to himself, and blaming others for his mistakes and

misfortunes. Properly speaking, this kind of existence cannot be considered as human; it could be described as anthropoid. This term is justified in the sense that exterior man, immersed in self-satisfaction, represents the crowning achievement of millions of years of evolution of the species from its animal ancestors, yet, from the point of view of esoteric evolution, he is a possibility which has not yet been realized. If we envisage the problem of esoteric evolution from the point of view of the film and the different parts man can play in it, it is clear that this kind of evolution is impossible as long as the film can always be considered as running in the same circle. People who perform in such a film are those we have called anthropoids, puppets, the dead who, in the words of Jesus, ‘believe themselves to be alive’. Esoteric evolution starts when man, by his conscious efforts, proves capable of breaking the circle and transforming it into an ascending spiral. [Gnosis, Book I, pp 234-5] For those who aspire to be conscious and to learn how to “do” in the esoteric sense, must step out of their personal film peopled with Organic Portals. It takes two to tango, and generally neither party will find fulfillment. As we have just said, man most often comes to this idea of evolution after he has already complicated the film to which he belongs. But true evolution, the journey toward the purity of the centres, especially the emotional centre which – at last at the start – is the sole receptacle of ‘B’ influences, and seat of the magnetic centre, cannot occur while mired in the original film. Purification of the heart is the sine qua non condition of success. [Gnosis I, p. 238] The heart cannot grow toward purity while engaged in a dance with Organic Portals.

How An Organic Portal Views the Organic World Fortunately, because the OP can be intelligent, observant, and analytical, and because they appear to include some of our most famous scientists, they are able to describe for us how they see the world and their interior “life” very accurately and in great detail. At the bottom of this is perhaps the answer as to the source of one of the most enduring debates of human history i.e. good versus evil. Why is it that there is so much strife in the world, why are so many divided over the promotion of war or peace, respect or disrespect, environmental protection or destruction, in short, a purely material self-serving outlook or a spiritual serving of others outlook? Perhaps we are getting close to the answer, for the truth would seem to be that there is not and never has been a homogenous “we” (the human race) on the planet, “we” are not all alike, “we” do not see the world in the same way, “we” are not just a divided race, we are two different races.

It becomes clearer then why most “top scientists”, in their theories, do not consider the spiritual dimension, or quickly write off any “unconventional” theories. The OP scientist (and just how many OP scientists there are is discussed further below) has no notion whatsoever of “spirit” or of the existence of higher centres. They are incapable of experiencing these higher centres, and therefore their descriptions of the world are lacking them. And because they cannot experience them, they deny their existence for everyone, including for those who are capable of “seeing” what the OP is incapable of seeing. In a materialistic world, where Organic Portals are in their Natural Element, and Souled Beings are NOT, with Organic Portal science drawing the boundary between what is true and what is false, there is no place for the Higher realms. It is “false” compared with the selfevident “truth” of materialism as experienced at all levels by the OP. The Organic Portal in his role of scientists is bound to come to a materialistic explanation for the workings of the universe because that is all they know and are able to see. This is very clear when we look at the question of consciousness itself. The answers are very revealing. The apparent ability of humans to be “self-aware” and the question of consciousness is one that has troubled the minds of philosophers, psychologists, scientists and the odd layperson, too, since time immemorial. Today more than ever consciousness is one of the most perplexing problems outstanding in science, and one that reflects on our very nature and relation to reality. Western culture has seen various theories put forward as to the nature of human consciousness. Most of these can be included in one of two main schools of thought, i.e. the materialistic, Darwinist, evolutionary/”survival of the fittest” approach which proposes that mind/consciousness is an epiphenomenon which arises on top of material existence. From this scientific viewpoint the brain is a computer, with neurons and synapses acting as basic switches and “bits”, and consciousness is thought to “emerge” as a novel property of complex computation. On the other hand, we have the more “spiritually” inclined school of thought, which holds the above to be wholly inadequate in explaining the phenomenon (undoubtedly fuelled by various religious teachings and creeds), and which holds to the concept of an ethereal spirit inhabiting the body/mind and expressing itself in the form of consciousness and that this is the fundamental aspect of life. Other schools mixing and matching from the two also exist. To this point, it is interesting to look at just who are the various exponents on opposing sides of the argument. In one camp we have the many scientists and MDs of various disciplines such as the “neural Darwinism” of Edelman and the “memes” of Dennet and Dawkins. In the other camp we find “new age” gurus and authors and the odd respectable scientist such as David Chalmers, as well, of course, as the Church and the many twisted turns of Christianity. We find there that many OP concepts have been utilized to coopt spiritual truth. We find many OPs, imitating souled beings in their “spiritual searching,” promoting ideas

and theories that are fundamentally flawed because they are “imitations” of the real thing which the OP can never, by his very nature, perceive accurately. Again and again, I can only point to the New Age Movement and popular easy-to swallow pseudospiritual half-truths. In light of the information we just examined, could it be possible that certain popular New Age Gurus, many of them who are millionaires and feed off attention in multiple ways, are in fact OP’s, imitating something they are not and do not posses? Be it the successful yoga teacher who has his/her following, marketing him/herself shamelessly or the typical self-help guru on Oprah selling millions of books based on re-washed spiritual half-truths. The idea of Organic Portals opens up a whole can of worms and questions if someone really is who he/she claims to be or just pretends to be. Startling figures recently released show that 50% of all medical and scientific papers are published by the same small group of academics, who account for just 6% of the total number. If we take it as real that our reality is manipulated to a large extent, then the logical step to keeping the scientific world under control would be to ensure that it is populated with people that will reflect the views and opinions that suit a specific agenda. The same is true for the spiritual and esoteric world. 4th Density STS makes sure that the religions, spiritual concepts, and nearly the entire metaphysical “world” is dominated by OPs to keep the “cattle in the fence.” As I mentioned above about the New Age Movement and the popular “Gurus”, this also relates to questionable channeled material, which may be transmitted by 4D STS sources. For example, claiming to be “The Galactic Federation of Light” and coming here to “save” humanity is in fact disinformation (for more about why higher evolved beings and ET’s would not “save” us, check out this video) in order to keep the “cattle in the fence”, so to speak, targeting the credulity and wishful thinking of the channel and audience (with the usual emotional hooks). In other words, they are “negative” forces posing as “positive” ones. Of course not all channeled material is bogus, so discernment is key. There is much deception coming through the ether and not all channeled material is to be trusted. This article goes more into that. Indeed, a perfect strategy might be to ensure that top posts are held by organic portals allowing the controllers to rest safely in the knowledge that all mainstream theories and research will have a definite materialistic and non-spiritual slant, thus perpetuating the Darwinist evolved “monkey clinging to a godless lump of rock spinning in space” shtick and keeping those pesky souled beings under their spell. One “top man” with a relatively new axe to grind is Richard Dawkins. Richard Dawkins, while developing the singular theory that humans were the method developed by genes to perpetuate themselves, coined the term “meme” in 1976 as a way to describe and validate the idea outlined above, i.e. that consciousness is merely a function of groups of ideas or concepts in our minds. What differs, however, in his interpretation is that it is not the “machine” that collects and organises data and then takes some predetermined action based on it, rather these “memes” take on a more hostile attitude and in a “virus”-like way, they invade the human mind (individual and mass) and compete with each other for dominance and, therefore, survival in the fertile ground that is the human neurological network.

In the words of Dr Susan Blackmore (another chief “meme head”): Memes are ideas, skills, habits, stories or inventions, that are passed from person to person by imitation. Like genes they compete to get copied, but unlike genes their competition is for space in our memories, and for the chance to get into books, magazines and television programmes. The survivors in this game are the ones we see all around us. Just as genes have created our bodies, so memes have created our minds and our cultures. This explains, so the theory goes, our incurably religious nature, our unusual forms of cooperation and altruism, our use of language, and our ability to defy our genes with birth control and genetic engineering. We humans, alone on this planet, are meme machines. The term ‘meme’ (to rhyme with cream or dream) was coined in 1976 by Richard Dawkins, in The Selfish Gene. The purpose of his book was to explain the power and generality of Darwin’s great insight. What Darwin had realised was that a simple mindless process can account for evolution — without a designer. If you have creatures that vary, and if only some of them can survive, and if the survivors pass on to their offspring whatever it was that helped them survive, then the next generation must be better adapted than the first— and so the process goes on. In more modern terms, if you have variation, heredity and selection, then you must get, as philosopher Dan Dennett puts it “Design out of Chaos without the aid of Mind”.And this inevitable process works on anything that is copied— not just genes. Dan Dennett had this to say about memes and viruses: Dawkins points out that we can think of cultural items, memes, as parasites, too. Actually, they are more like a simple virus than a worm. Memes are supposed to be analogous to genes, the replicating entities of the cultural media, but they also have vehicles, or phenotypes; they are like not-so-naked genes. They are like viruses (Dawkins, 1993). As with viruses, there is a phenotype/genotype distinction, but just barely. Basically, a virus is just a string of DNA (or RNA) with attitude. And similarly, a meme is an information-packet (the information, not the vehicle) with attitude–with some phenotypic clothing that has differential effects in the world that thereby influence its chances of getting replicated. Dan Dennett is one of the most ardent defenders of the theory “mind as program”, although in Dennett’s theory, the mind is not one program, it is a collection of very simple programs which each do one thing very well. This is detailed in his book Consciousness Explained. Dennett proposes that this collection of programs gives the impression of a unity that is the “self,” but that this self as unity does not exist. Dennett is giving a very accurate description of the way the mind works in an Organic Portal. It is also the way of the mind for an External Man, that is, the “souled” man who has not yet begun the work of building his magnetic centre which will permit the balancing and fusion of his three lower centres and the establishment of a permanent link with the higher centres.

Mouravieff writes: When we ask someone who lives under this constant pressure of contemporary life to turn his mental vision towards himself, he generally answers that he has not enough time left to undertake such practices. … If he acquiesces, he will in most cases say that he sees nothing: Fog; Obscurity. In less common cases, the observer reports that he perceives something which he cannot define because it changes all the time. This last observation is correct. Everything is in fact continually changing within us. A minor external shock, agreeable or disagreeable, happy or unhappy, is sufficient to give our inner content a quite different appearance. If we follow up this interior observation, this introspection, without prejudice, we will soon note that our “I” of which we are so consistently proud, is not always the same self: the “I” changes. As this impression becomes more defined we begin to become more aware that it is not a single being who lives within us but several, each having his own tastes, his own aspirations, and each trying to attain his own ends. If we proceed with this experience, we will soon be able to distinguish three currents with that perpetually moving life: that of the vegetative life of the instincts, so to speak; that of the animal life of the feelings; and lastly that of human life in the proper sense of the term, characterized by thought and speech. It is as though there were three beings within us, all entangled together in an extraordinary way. So we come to appreciate the value of introspection as a method of practical work which permits us to know ourselves and enter into ourselves. The inner content of man is analogous to a vase full of iron filings in a state of mixture as a result of mechanical action. Every shock received by the vase causes displacement of the particles of iron filings. Thus real life remains hidden from the human being due to the constant changes occurring in his inner life.

Even so, as we shall see later, this senseless and dangerous situation can be modified in a beneficial way. But this requires work; conscientious and sustained effort. Introspection carried out relentlessly results in enhanced internal sensibility. This improved sensibility in its turn intensifies the amplitude and frequency of movement whenever the iron filings are disturbed. As a result, shocks that previously were not noticed will now provoke vivid reactions. These movements, because of their continuous amplification, can create friction between particles of iron so intense that we may one day feel the interior fire igniting within us.

The fire must not remain a harmless flare-up. Nor is it enough that the fire smolders dormant under the ashes. A live and ardent fire once lit must be carefully kept alight by the will to refine and cultivate sensitiveness. If it continues in this way, our state can change: the heat of the flame will start a process of fusion within us.

From this point on the inner content will no longer behave like a heap of iron filings: it will form a block. Then further shocks will no longer provoke interior change in man as they did previously. Having reached this point he will have acquired a firmness; he will remain himself in the midst of the tempests to which life may expose him.

Thus we see that the idea that there is no unitary self is correct from the esoteric point-ofview. Only, we go further than Dennett. We hold that the possibility to create this “self” exists and that approximately 50% of the population of the earth at this time actually possess the latent resources with which to do this. This work involves being aware of our actions and responses and bringing our “programs” to light so that we can reach what lies behind, what is obscured by the many little “I”s, the real, unified “I”. To further demonstrate the working of the organic portal scientific mind, we have the following from Francis Heylighen, a research professor at Free University of Brussels and editor of the Principia Cybernetica Project, “an international organization for the collaborative development of an evolutionary-systemic philosophy“. In attempting to convince us of the mind as machine theory, he defines this very situation and gives us an insight into and description of the mind and nature of an organic portal. In “Is there a Hard Problem of Consciousness” he writes:

First person experiences or qualia are the essentially subjective, personal feelings or experiences that each of us have (e.g. the feeling of “redness” or “cold”), and that cannot be described by words, formulas, programs or any other objective representation. According to some consciousness theorists, such as David Chalmers, an agent without such qualia would merely be a “zombie”, a creature that may behave, sense and communicate just like a human being, but that would lack the most crucial aspect of consciousness. The “hard problem” of consciousness research then consists in elucidating the nature of first-person experiences. We believe that this approach is essentially misguided. If the hypothetical zombie behaves in all respects indistinguishable from a person with consciousness, then the principle of the identity of the indistinguishable would force us to conclude that the “zombie” has consciousness. How else would we know that the people around us aren’t zombies? We assume they have conscious experience similar to ourselves because they behave in all other respects similar to us. But if you would take this reasoning seriously, then you might start to get nightmarish fantasies in which you are the only real, conscious person in the world, and all the others are merely sophisticated automatons that pretend to be like you.

Conscious human or sophisticated automaton? Have you ever had this “nightmarish fantasy” that the world is populated by zombies ? Well, guess what, it isn’t a fantasy. Half the people out there are exactly that: “sophisticated automatons that pretend to be like you”. It is entirely fitting that he uses the term “agent” (the Matrix movie anyone?) for the type of programmed being, “be they made from flesh and blood or silicon chips”. He goes on to say: Agents do not sense the world as if they were impersonal, objective bystanders, that try to internally represent the world as it is, independently of themselves. For an agent a sensation is meaningful only to the degree that it relates to the agent’s goals, which, in practice, means that it is relevant to the agent’s individual survival. Heylighen is describing the predator’s mind. This is startlingly close to the actual real life scenarios of psychopath’s behavior and thinking that are presented in Cleckely’s book “The Mask of Sanity”. The author concludes: Consciousness is not some mysterious substance, fluid, or property of matter, but a level of organization emerging from abstract processes and relations.

People who search for consciousness in elementary particles (a form of panpsychism that has been suggested as a way to tackle the “hard problem”), because they cannot otherwise explain where the consciousness in our brain comes from, are misguided. Their intuition may be correct insofar that particles, just like any other system, should be seen as relations rather than just as clumps of matter. But to attribute consciousness to these extremely simple types of relations is merely a way to evade the really hard, but solvable, problem of reconstructing the complex cybernetic organization of the human mind in all its details and subtleties. Here we have seen the Organic Portal view of themselves. Whether or not the individuals named are Organic Portals is not the issue. They may be souled individuals who have not yet been able to see behind the lie of the Personality. As long as that has not happened, souled individuals will function and see the world and themselves as if they were Organic Portals. But it is clear that this manner of “explaining” consciousness is limited, explaining only that particular form of consciousness manifested by the Personality – the exterior man. It can describe the functioning of the OP or the exterior man; it can not do justice to the consciousness of the Seeker engaged in the work of fusion to seat the soul.

We next look at the question of creativity. We have seen that the OP learns through imitation. Meme theory posits that memes spread through imitation. And works of art, books, music, scientific ideas, all of these forms of “creation”, are merely the spreading of memes. A “creator” is someone who takes memes and finds new ways of putting them together, of arranging and rearranging. But nothing is ever really “created.” This is because the moving centre of the Organic Portal, unable to draw energy from the higher emotional and intellectual centres which do not exist for him. His creativity in the form of “love” is limited in its functioning to carnal love. Mouravieff writes: It is important to remember that – except of course for adamic man – every creature taking part in organic Life on Earth, whether it has one centre to its psyche, two, or three as in the man of the VIth day [the organic portal], has only one higher centre. Indeed, on the hylic plane, the sexual centre is analogous to the higher emotional and higher intellectual centres, since it is by nature and structure whole, that is, indivisible. Except when its energy is usurped by the three centres of the Personality, the sexual centre in its direct function, which is carnal love, has a goal that is well defined by the words: Be fruitful, and multiply. In other words, in a healthy organism, this centre, like the higher emotional and intellectual centres, knows neither doubt, nor hesitation, nor sadness, which is quite the opposite with what is too often the case with the three lower centres. [Gnosis, Book III, p. 143.]

The special function of the sexual centre in souled beings is explained further by the C’s: Q: Does the recharging of the souled being come from a similar pool, only maybe the “human” pool? A: No – it recharges from the so-called sexual center which is a higher center of creative energy. During sleep, the emotional center, not being blocked by the lower intellectual center and the moving center, transduces the energy from the sexual center. It is also the time during which the higher emotional and intellectual centers can rest from the “drain” of the lower centers’ interaction with those pesky organic portals so much loved by the lower centers. This respite alone is sufficient to make a difference. But, more than that, the energy of the sexual center is also more available to the other higher centers. Q: From where does the so-called “sexual center” get ITS energy? A: The sexual center is in direct contact with 7th density in its “feminine” creative thought of “Thou, I Love.” The “outbreath” of “God” in the relief of constriction. Pulsation. Unstable Gravity Waves. True creativity comes from this connection with “7th density in its ‘feminine’ creative thought of ‘Thou, I Love’” in its conjugation with the higher emotional and intellectual centers. Thus the souled individual is able to “create” in the sense of manifesting something new through his or her thought and the connection to 7th Density. This is a profound process for it ties us directly to the “Creator”, to the One. The organic portal, when seeking to define this genuine creative impulse, is obliged to fall back upon the idea of the meme, of imitation. Look at Dennett describe the creative act: This is a new way of thinking about ideas. It is also, I hope to show, a good way, but at the outset the perspective it provides is distinctly unsettling, even appalling. We can sum it up with a slogan: A scholar is just a library’s way of making another library. I don’t know about you, but I am not initially attracted by the idea of my brain as a sort of dungheap in which the larvae of other people’s ideas renew themselves, before sending out copies of themselves in an informational Diaspora. It does seem to rob my mind of its importance as both author and critic. Who is in charge, according to this vision–we or our memes? There is, of course, no simple answer. We would like to think of ourselves as godlike creators of ideas, manipulating and controlling them as our whim dictates, and judging them from an independent, Olympian standpoint. But even if this is our ideal, we know that it is seldom if ever the reality, even with the most masterful and creative minds. As Mozart famously observed of his own brainchildren: “When I feel well and in a good humor, or when I am taking a drive or walking after a good meal, or in the night when I cannot sleep, thoughts crowd into my mind as easily as you would wish. Whence and how do they come? I do not know and I have nothing to do with it. Those which please me I keep in my head and hum them; at least others have told me that I do so.”

Mozart is in good company. Rare is the novelist who doesn’t claim characters who “take on a life of their own”; artists are rather fond of confessing that their paintings take over and paint themselves, and poets humbly submit that they are the servants or even slaves to the ideas that teem in their heads, not the bosses. And we all can cite cases of memes that persist unbidden and unappreciated in our own minds. Let us look at this notion of “where do creative ideas come from?” In the External Man, that is, the souled individual who has yet to begin the work of forming the magnetic centre, there is a connection, albeit veiled, with the higher centres. Because it is veiled, “ideas” which are able to pierce the veil will have the appearance of “appearing from nowhere.” They may well be genuinely creative acts, however, the Personality is unaware of this. The arrival of a meme in the mind of the organic portal will also have the appearance of “appearing from nowhere”, but in this case, there is no veil that has been pierced, no higher centre from which it has received nourishment. Because the OP and the souled individual who has yet to begin esoteric work are describing the same surface features of an event – the “creative” act — they may well confound the genuine creative act with the mere propagation of the meme. Thus, “creation”, our connection with “7th density in its ‘feminine’ creative thought of ‘Thou, I Love’”, is reduced to mere imitation and emptied of its expression of Love. If every creative act is an expression of Love, and every act of imitation is not, we can see clearly that we live in a world without Love.

Identifying OPs Having come to the realization that there are 3 billion Organic Portals in the world, discussion at the Quantum Future School turned to “How do we identify them?” This is not easy, as their primary talent is that of imitation, of mimicry. As we saw in the section on where they fit in the Organic world, it is through imitation that they are able to begin the process of developing their own souls. This ability to mimic must therefore be an integral part of their character. To progress, they must be good at it. This implies that the “best” OPs will be the best mimics, the ones best able to mimic being “souled.” However, the internal structure of the OP is missing the higher centres, having only the three lower centres which form the Personality, the “I” of the small “I”s, and the “I” of the body, and a sexual centre cut off from the other higher centres. A study of the following passage by Mouravieff gives indications on how a careful study of the inner dynamic of people can separate the “good seed” from the “tares”. The adamic man who has even a vague consciousness of his real ‘I’ finds that this is a source of internal conflict that he cannot solve on a purely human plane. This conflict becomes more acute from the moment he actively enters esoteric work. It is then that he becomes weak and falls a prey to uncertainty, doubt, and mistrust towards himself, for the road that leads to Truth always passes through doubts. Throughout this work, we have seen several times the considerable sum of efforts and superefforts that are demanded of the adamic man, who, after having recognized his position in life, resolutely

crosses the First Threshold and climbs the staircase to attain and pass the Second Threshold with its promised Redemption. [Gnosis, Book III, pp. 131-132] So the first indication of an Organic Portal is a lack of “internal conflict and resulting doubt.” There are people who never doubt their thoughts or what they are told or what they have chosen to believe. No matter the circumstances, the failures or set-backs, these people are unassailed by self-questioning or questioning of the system. How many of you reading this site were prompted to do so because of a feeling of conflict or doubt about what was “out there” and what some intuition or inner knowing was suggesting? The character Morpheus sums it up pretty well in The Matrix: “You are here because you know something.” An OP does not have this inner conflict, they do not react to evidence of “more to life” than material existence. But even if the OP is not beset with this type of doubt, they can and do have a form of “inner conflict” that is Personality based. Mouravieff explains: Pre-adamics are not subject to these fits of anguish and these permanent inner conflicts; not that they live in perfect peace, or are never troubled by conflicts – far from it – but in most cases their conflicts take place in the interior of the Personality, between different groups of the little ‘I’s which produce these conflicts. As a result, the character of the conflicts is purely psychic, and they are generally resolved by some kind of compromise. The more acute conflicts that take place in pre-adamic man occur between the ‘I’ of the Personality and the ‘I’ of the body. We have dwelt at length on this subject in volume II of Gnosis, emphasizing the fact that the ‘I’ of the body usually wins over the weak, changing Personality, which capitulates without much of a struggle whenever it is a question of satisfying the stomach or the sexual appetites. Justification is then sought in slogans such as those which allow us to think that it is normal to ‘act like everyone else,’ or in a maze of paradoxical reasons that are simply lies to oneself. [Gnosis, Book III, p. 132] The inner conflicts of the Organic Portal are not about his relationship to the world in the sense of his fundamental “Being” in this world. He cannot become preoccupied by such questions, because they arise from the influence of the real ‘I’. There can be no contradiction between the Organic Portal and his Being in this world because he is fully OF this world, he is the expression of it as a material realm. The souled individual, however, is different, having “fallen” into this world, retaining a memory of the higher worlds which come to him through the real “I”. The tension between this “re-mind-er” of his true nature from the real “I” and the fallen nature of his Personality is what creates the potential for esoteric work, is what creates the

grounds for the heating of the crucible as the two enter into conflict. [The conflict described in alchemical texts, the tests of the Knight on the Quest for the Grail.] But the inner conflicts of adamic man, who often enters esoteric work because he has reached the last extremity of moral bankruptcy, cannot be resolved by compromise, as there is no place for this kind of solution in the consciousness of the real ‘I’ from which he receives his calls. In him, it is the ensemble formed by the entire Personality, with the ‘I’ of the body, an ensemble which, directly or indirectly, is often made to act by the sexual centre, which flees from the voice of conscience, i.e. of the real ‘I’. He then has a choice, either to obey his real ‘I’ and triumph over himself, or to flee from this invisible Combat into selfcalming and powerful illusions offered by a life of lying to himself. In every case, if he triumphs over himself, which is what will enable the adamic man to resolve the inner conflict of the moment, this will inevitably involve a modification of his attitude towards outer life. Generally, the result will be conflict with those closest to him, unless the latter follow him step by step in his esoteric evolution, which is rare. This does not mean that those who are near and dear to him wish him any ill; on the contrary, it is nearly always his good that they have in view: the conflict arises simply from their different conceptions of what is real. If those who surround the individual in question are pre-adamic, they could never agree with him, being incapable of understanding the reasons for his change of attitude and unable to grasp the nature of the end he pursues. They will automatically become the instruments of the General Law, which makes sure that those who step out of line are brought back into the fold. This is how ‘a man’s foes shall be of his household.’ [Ibid.] Mouravieff describes the situation for the Seeker, but only hints at the activity of the Control System when he mentions the “General Law” or “A” influences. The C’s have said, in the session quoted above, “the Control System will seek to insert even more ‘units’ into that person’s life.” We have also seen how the Organic Portal’s natural role has been coopted by 4D STS. This would imply that the problems arising from different conceptions of what is real will be used, magnified, and stoked to the wildest proportions imaginable by the conscious activities of the Controllers as they seek to feed themselves and prevent the Seeker from walking the Way. Pre-adamic man cannot be subject to inner or domestic conflicts of this kind. He rarely receives ‘B’ influences. If he vaguely senses their existence, they only appear as a curiosity to his eyes and do not have the power to trouble him right down to the depths of his psyche. In him, the sexual centre reigns supreme, whether by its direct action that takes the form of carnal love [i.e. for the sake of reproduction], or by an indirect, ‘psychological’, action of the psyche to which his Personality submits. Like adamic man’s, his Personality contains three lower centres, but that is all. Equally underdeveloped and unbalanced, but

sheltered from the troubles provoked by the ‘B’ influences, this Personality lives and acts obedient to the commands of the sexual centre. Nothing within him withstands the latter, which is known in contemporary language as temperament. In the arena of the ‘exterior’ life of human society, dominated by the ‘A’ influences, the adamic man who has crossed the First Threshold proves to be weaker than his pre-adamic counterpart; and the greater the strength he acquires during his progress on the Staircase, the greater is his weakness when faced with life. [Gnosis, Book III pp. 132-133] This last comment gives another clue. The pre-adamic being is IN his or her environment in a way that an adamic being is not. The world with its “A” influences holds great attraction. The activity of the sexual center seeks gratification in a world more and more sexually charged through media and open displays of sexual imagery. The “I” of the body can exist happily on the level of a basic animal existence governed by the lower centers, but the developing real “I” in the process of activating the higher centers cannot. And throughout it all, the soulless being doesn’t feel uncomfortable, unless they have been caught up in the brainwashing of Church, etc., intended to control the souled. We see also that the organic portal will not react to “B influences” (which are evidence of a greater or spiritual reality) when they intrude upon his daily life but will rather quickly seek to dismiss them. […] After a certain period of time, we realized that there was something much deeper than just simply bald-faced lying, theft and general spiritual corruption going on out there in New Age land. […] So, we moved to another area of study: Cleckley. And he does, indeed, talk about some psychopaths who have never gone “over the line” in social terms. They are successful doctors, lawyers, even psychiatrists… [not to forget politicians and world leaders] What we now suspect is that there is an even more covert “layer of the onion” on this subject: the effective and efficient Organic Portal. The PERFECT Mask of Sanity. But more than that: the perfect Mask of Consciousness. If we accept, as Mouravieff describes, that the Organic Portal has the possibility of moving forward in his own evolution during the next cycle, moving from pre-adamic to adamic, and if we also admit that the current cycle is approaching its end, there is the following possibility. We are living in the period when a certain number of OPs have achieved an imitation of the souled being which is so realistic, so developed, that they can only come back as adamic beings. They can not evolve any further within these bodies. This forces the Seeker to develop his or her discernment, to refine it continually in order to “see” finer and finer degrees of manipulation happening around and to us. It will heat the crucible to higher and higher temperatures, creating in turn the conditions of liberation.

[In this current time of transition, the end of the Grand Cycle, it becomes important for adamic man to wake up and consciously engage in esoteric work through conscious efforts, in order to align with the Divine Plan and rectify the "error". At the same, if adamic man develops as he should ( fusing the magnetic center to establish the permanent real "I"), pre-adamic man will take the place of adamic man, granting him the possibility of esoteric evolution. If adamic man fails to do so, "the Deluge of Fire awaits us" , as Mouravieff pointed out, the way down into Entropy, the dark side of Creator, Non-Being, as mentioned in the beginning of this blog. The choice to be made is in each single one of us. No one can do the work for another, nor can any "saviors".]

Summing Up Let’s pull together the various threads and weave a tapestry which illustrates our current situation. By “going for the gold,” that is, desiring to experiment with physicality, our consciousness unit fell from its state of “grace,” that is, a 3D STO existence in a “semi/sort of” 4D state aligned with 4D STO into a 3D STS world already populated with an anthropoid race who served as organic portals, the bridge linking 2nd Density to 3rd Density. Having fallen, and thereby losing awareness of its connection to the higher centers, the souled race was in no way different from the anthropoid race when seen from the exterior. He differed only in having the potential to reconnect with the higher centers by developing the magnetic center. The DNA which seated these higher centers was burned away – disconnected and dispersed in the cell structure. However, the ability to get it back remains. This 3rd Density STS world in which Adamic man “awoke” was not his natural habitat. It is the world of the anthropoids, the meat puppets, the dead. It is a farm run and controlled by 4D STS to provide their nourishment. It is the world of the three lower centers and a sexual center limited to a role of procreation through carnal love. It is a world organized on the basis of hunger, sex, and fear. The souled race came into this world and became part of it, interbreeding with the native race until the genetic pool became thoroughly mixed. Now, the two races are so mixed that they can both be found within the same family. More than that, the models we are taught and forced to internalize are based upon the “natural” inhabitant of this realm, the Organic Portal. Thus, material explanations are the norm. The inner life of the Organic Portal, cut off from the higher centres, is the “norm.” Should we then be surprised that we live in a world which is more and more “mechanical,” which treats individuals as “units,” where “creativity” is the replication of existing ideas as in a production line, where “franchising” and “branding” are so important in the economic world, where democracy is a multiple choice test every few years rather than the creative input of individuals into the organization of their lives, where people who “see” other beings, other worlds, are shipped off into prison camps for the “mentally disturbed”, where culture consists of endless copies of the same product with slight modifications to fool the consumer that it is something “new” and

“revolutionary”. And on and on it goes. And it is all organized to prevent YOU from advancing, to distract YOU, to keep YOU concerned with a husband, wife, mother, father, daughter or son who is beyond your ability to “save” because he or she cannot be “saved” — they are fundamentally different from you, they do not have the DNA which would allow a soul to “seat” so as to enable an understanding of the possibility of a higher life. Worse, they are draining you of vital energy and thus denying you any chance of developing your magnetic centre, with the final destination of this energy being 4D STS. It feeds and maintains the Matrix. In these interactions, you are nothing but a battery and the organic portals in your life are the “feeding tubes.” You need that energy to advance. It is yours, and it is your right to claim and retain it. But to do so, you must stop this “dance of death” with the Organic Portals in your life. In a very real and important sense, determining the nature of our relationships IS the very process of discerning “A” influence and “B” influences. It is the most important work we can do. We can accomplish NOTHING else without doing this first. You cannot be “unequally yoked.” You cannot serve two masters. Instead of labeling definitively the more subtle cases of OPs, maybe it is better to focus on identifying within ourselves how much energy is being drained in any interaction. This can be done I think. And this is the crucial distinction that needs to be made. When we discern that our energy is being drained in an interaction… we are then faced with a very difficult situation especially if the OP in our lives is of the type that is not overtly “defective,” so to say. It may be a “doggie” type that is very nice to have around most of the time, though demanding and draining. For example: if we are in a relationship where we feel we “need to get away now and then to recharge” or something, but in most other respects, the relations are satisfactory, we may be involved with an OP that is very subtle and good in terms of draining our energy off. It may take years to realize that we are really getting nowhere in terms of spiritual growth, even if we do sort of manage to “hold the line” with our regular “getaways” or other coping mechanisms we develop in our relations. We are very happy to be working to leave the 3rd Density STS Planet Earth to its original inhabitants. It must be as difficult for them as it is for us to continue to cohabit the same world with such diametrically opposed points of view on how the universe works and in which direction we should be working. We wish them well in the next Cycle. ————————————– The Splitting is already happening for The Wave is approaching. As the cycle closes there is the opportunity for adamic man, souled humans with access to the higher centers, to “graduate” or ascend into a higher state of Being, activating the full DNA. However it doesn’t happen by itself, nor by bathing in the Photon belt, meditating on Love and Peace,

focusing on “positive” thoughts or creating one’s reality by following the desires of the false “I”, the personality, the “A” influences and world of the Organic portal. Conscious efforts are needed, gaining knowledge and applying it, separating truth from lies in oneself and in the world, activating the higher centers through esoteric work, so the fire can ignite the transmutation of Lead into Gold, fusing the Magnetic Center, the Holy Grail, the Path of Ascension, which leads from carnal love to courtly Love of the Absolute. This is the work to be done for the ones who are called to awaken and there are forces that do not wish that to happen, using Organic Portals to work through as well as many other traps and temptations the “General Law” (or “Hyperdimensional Matrix Control System”) puts into the path of the seeker to divert him/her in order not to lose its food source. It’s a spiritual war and we need to be discerning in our relationships, who we engage with, the “spiritual” and “new age” teachings we come across and so on. Without discernment and mastering our “I”, no spiritual progress and ultimately no ascension.

The topic of Organic Portals is deep and far-reaching. One must not to come to hasty conclusions, assumptions or judgments. We all are Organic Portals to one degree or another as the “predator” and matrix works through all of us until we make the effort to gain self-knowledge and work on fusing our higher centers that connect us to our higher self in a conscious way, dislodging our programs and conditioned, mechanical behaviors so we’re able to use our will in a conscious and awake manner. That is the basis for true free will. ‘Think for a moment, and tell me how you would explain the contradiction between the intelligence of man the engineer and the stupidity of his systems of beliefs, or the stupidity of his contradictory behavior. Sorcerers believe that the predators have given us our systems of beliefs, our ideas of good and evil, our social mores. They are the ones who set up our hopes and expectations and dreams of success or failure. They have given us covetousness, greed and

cowardice. It is the predators who make us complacent, routinary, and egomaniacal. ‘ - Don Juan Matus In the words of Laura Knight-Jadczyk from “The Secret History of the World”: [...] a major part of our esoteric work is to learn to extricate ourselves from the energy feeding dynamic inherent in relationships with Organic Portals. Moreover, because those who have the higher centers in potential are subject to the same programming and are mechanical, reaction units until they undertake the work to develop their higher centers, the same thing holds true in our interactions and dynamics with them. We are all feeders until we learn to stop our feeding off of others and how to stop others from feeding off of us. Esoteric work demands enormous amounts of energy, and this energy is the energy off of which others feed. In order to progress in esoteric work, it is fundamental to understand this underlying dynamic of feeding; it is pointless and dangerous to attempt to identify and to classify individuals as organic portals because we are all OPs until we choose to be otherwise. To turn a tool for understanding the true terror of our situation in this world of the fallen into a weapon against individuals is to empty it of its spiritual importance and render it a tool of our enslavement in the material world, the same process that has occurred to all of the world’s religions during the course of our unhappy history. A true understanding of the organic portal and the world in which we live gives us the knowledge necessary for getting out “alive”, whether that is literally or whether it is just being alive to our true nature as souls locked in material bodies in order to learn important lessons that only this world can teach. We can no more hate those who have no access to the higher truths because of who they are than we can hate the cat who plays with the mouse prior to killing and eating it.

February 2, 2011

The Positivity of Objectivity and the Time of Transition By Bernhard Guenther

Every once in a while I get a message or comment on facebook from someone asking me why I have such a “negative” view of the world, referring to some of the posts and articles I put up on my wall. He or she then goes on telling me that I should “lighten” up, be more “positive”, focus on “love” and the good things life has to offer, because we create what we “see”. I usually respond back by asking, what is so negative about posting information that exposes the lies we’re being fed and told, be it about 9/11, Zionism, the genocide in Gaza, or the fact that many people in places of high power (political, corporate, religious or even in science and media) are psychopaths with no conscience who couldn’t care less about your or the earth’s well-being? This is not being negative, but simply showing the situation as it is. Anyone who is willing to do a bit of reading and research without being attached to a conditioned world view can see this. Moreover, these topics and how they affect us and the world at large won’t go away by ignoring them or by focusing on more “pleasant” aspects of our reality. Actually by ignoring them, one is doing more harm to the world and feeding entropy as one is putting oneself in a subjective tunnel vision of wishful thinking instead of becoming more objectively aware and seeing the world as it IS, not as we like it or assume it to be. As I wrote in another article: a “shift in consciousness” and “awakening” implies a higher state of awareness, which means to become more aware of it all, which implies again to see the world and oneself more objectively, without blinders on. This doesn’t happen by itself, but requires sincere effort and work to separate truth from lies, within and without.

“Conspiracy theory” or business as usual? The truth about the topics mentioned above and others doesn’t fit into many people’s preferred world view and hence many of them deny it or judge it as being “negative” without having sincerely looked into it themselves. Some say that these are ridiculous claims and there is no proof but just “conspiracy theory” nonsense. The other day I got into a discussion with someone about 9/11. Having had many such “discussions” before, I was very reluctant to get into it, especially on facebook and I should have listened to my intuition in retrospect. However, I gave it the benefit of a doubt and even posted a “disclaimer” based on my experiences from previous unproductive discussions with the hope that this time it would be different:

When getting into discussions about 9/11 or similar topics, I’ve found that most people: • don’t read the links/information provided. • do “selective reading”and have “selected hearing” and do not address what has been ACTUALLY said. In other words, many people “talk” without “listening” first. • make quick assumptions and hasty conclusions • twist words around and read into words something else than what they actually mean. • are not aware of their own conditioning, tunnel vision and how it results in lack of critical thinking, lack of objectivity and logical fallacies. To make the story short, after many posts back and forth, all of the aforementioned issues happened. He didn’t read the articles and links I provided and if he did, he distorted the content, focusing on one point, but ignoring many others, resulting in assumptions and all kinds of ridiculous projections into what I was presenting. The same person then also claimed that he had reviewed “hundreds of hours” of material relating to 9/11 and has come to the conclusion that the official story must be true and there is not such thing as “conspiracy theories”! He suggested to me to focus more on positive change rather than looking into irrational conspiracy theories and blaming others which essentially just feeds the “us vs. them” paradigm. Let alone the fact that the official version is a “conspiracy theory”, I question anyone’s ability of critical thinking if one claims to have reviewed “hundreds of hours” of material relating to 9/11 without seeing that there are maybe some issues with the official story. I think we’d also be well advised to question the oversimplified idea of “we’re all one” on this level of reality and consider the fact that not everyone is the same inside, hence, stop projecting qualities on political leaders (and others) they simply may not possess. There seems to be a huge denial or blind spot going on about the idea of “we”. This has nothing to do about “us vs. them”, but understanding how complex humanity actually is, what we choose to believe/wish for and what we avoid to look at and confront, within and without. However, the trigger word which actually prohibited a constructive discussion from the get-go was “conspiracy”, which he couldn’t look past. “There is simply no doubt whatsoever that Mossad and elements within the US government carried out the 9/11 false flag attack. To even entertain the official version is to indict oneself of lunacy. Fact is that the official version of 9/11 is a “conspiracy theory”. Furthermore, it is the most ridiculous “theory” of them all.” - Ken O’Keefe The word “conspiracy” is a touchy word with much weight and all kinds of false projected meaning and nonsense attached these days, just like the words “Freedom”, “Love” or “Truth”. People shy away from “conspiracies” or ridicule them right away, because it

upsets their sensibility, world view and essentially exposes their fear of “not being in control” or that someone or something else may be. Most people reject something without understanding it and then distort it, which usually leads to generalizations and misconceptions. This article gives a good insight into the meaning of “conspiracy”: “The first thing we want to think about is the fact that the word “conspiracy” evokes such a strong reaction in all of us: nobody wants to be branded as a “conspiracy thinker”; it just isn’t “acceptable”; it’s “un-scientific” or it’s evidence of mental instability. Right? That’s what you are thinking, isn’t it? [...] Have you ever asked yourself why the word evokes such an instantaneous emotional reaction? Have you ever wondered why it stimulates such a strong “recoil”? After all, it is only a word. It only describes the idea of people in “high places” thinking about things and doing things that manipulate other people to produce benefits for themselves. Certainly, everyone “knows” that this happens all the time. Historian Richard M. Dolan studied at Alfred University and Oxford University before completing his graduate work in history at the University of Rochester, where he was a finalist for a Rhodes scholarship. Dolan studied U.S. Cold War strategy, Soviet history and culture, and international diplomacy. As an expert, his opinion of “conspiracy theory” is that from a historical point of view, the only reality is that of conspiracy. Secrecy, wealth and independence add up to power. …Deception is the key element of warfare, (the tool of the power elites), and when winning is all that matters, the conventional morality held by ordinary people becomes an impediment. Secrecy stems from a pervasive and fundamental element of life in our world, that those who are at the top of the heap will always take whatever steps are necessary to maintain the status quo. [...] The very label ‘conspiracy’ serves as an automatic dismissal, as though no one ever acts in secret. Let us bring some perspective and common sense to this issue. The United States comprises large organizations – corporations, bureaucracies, ‘interest groups,’ and the like – which are conspiratorial by nature. That is, they are hierarchical, their important decisions are made in secret by a few key decision-makers, and they are not above lying about their activities. Such is the nature of organizational behavior. ‘Conspiracy,’ in this key sense, is a way of life around the globe.“

Objectivity and Subjectivity There also seems much confusion about what is supposedly “positive or negative”, “subjective or objective”. Some people claim that there is nothing like “objectivity” and all is subjective. Everything depends on how we look at things and quantum mechanics, so they say, shows us that there is no objective reality or truth, but there is only “my” or

“your” truth and we create our reality by the thoughts we have, what we like to see and what we focus on. But is that really so? I certainly do not claim to be an expert in quantum mechanics, however, it seems that the science of quantum mechanics has been oversimplified into sales-bits in the new age arena and movies like “The Secret”. This doesn’t mean throwing out the baby with the bath water, as our perception seems to have an influence on reality, but maybe it’s not as simple as we have been made believe by many bestselling “self-help” gurus these days. Here’s a little insight into quantum mechanics by theoretical physicist Lawrence M. Krauss and published in ‘Scientific American’: “No one intuitively understands quantum mechanics because all of our experience involves a world of classical phenomena where, for example, a baseball thrown from pitcher to catcher seems to take just one path, the one described by Newton’s laws of motion. Yet at a macroscopic level, the universe behaves quite differently. Electrons traveling from one place to another do not take any single path, but instead, as Feynman first demonstrated, take every possible path at the same time. Moreover, although the underlying laws of quantum mechanics are completely deterministic – I need to repeat this, they are completely deterministic – the results of measurements can only be described probabilistically. This inherent uncertainty, enshrined most in the famous Heisenberg uncertainty principle, implies that various combinations of physical quantities can never be measured with absolute accuracy at the same time. Associated with that fact, but in no way equivalent to it, is the dilemma that when we measure a quantum system, we often change it in the process, so that the observer may not always be separated from that which is observed.” He singles out some abusers of quantum mechanics: “Deepak Chopra: I have read numerous pieces by him on why quantum mechanics provides rationales for everything from the existence of God to the possibility of changing the past. Nothing I have ever read, however, suggests he has enough understanding of quantum mechanics to pass an undergraduate course I might teach on the subject. The Secret: This best-selling book, which spawned a self-help industry, seems to be built in part on the claim that quantum physics implies a ‘law of attraction’ that suggests good thoughts will make good things happen. It doesn’t.” And, finally: “For the record: Quantum mechanics does not deny the existence of objective reality. Nor does it imply that mere thoughts can change external events. Effects still require causes, so if you want to change the universe, you need to act on it.”

The question about the existence of an objective truth is a tricky one to answer. Philosophical views on truth and criteria for knowing it vary with the old dispute between rationalism and empiricism. However, beyond philosophical or scientific discussion, there usually seems one element that is barely questioned in more depth: the state of being/awareness of a person which relates to how much objective reality he/she can actually access. In our current state of being and existence we cannot perceive objective reality fully, however we can work towards objectivity and expand our understanding of reality and ourselves accordingly. That is the basis of esoteric work which relates to gaining SelfKnowledge in order to raise awareness and consciousness to a higher level of Being. Subjectivity is the preference to rather consider one’s favorite beliefs than the external world. Such a tendency is generally backed by a strong emotional attachment to these beliefs. Wishful thinking, assumptions and opinions based on reactive behavior directly relate to it. Objectivity is the ability to see things “as they are”, not as we envision them to be, like them or want them to be. The ability to perceive objective reality depends upon one’s ability to clearly receive . To reach a higher state of objective awareness, one must first see themselves clearly and that entails to work through one’s lies, illusions, buffers and self-deceptions. “The survival of the ego is established pretty early in life by our parental and societal programming as to what IS or is NOT possible; what we are “allowed” to believe in order to be accepted. We learn this first by learning what pleases our parents and then later we modify our belief based on what pleases our society – our peers – to believe. [...] One of the first things we might observe is that everyone has a different set of beliefs based upon their social and familial conditioning, and that these beliefs determine how much of the OBJECTIVE reality anyone is able to access. Suffice it to say that, under ordinary conditions of reality, we almost never perceive reality as it truly IS. There are thousands of different little “hypnotic suggestions” that have taken hold of us from infancy on, that determine, in any given moment, what we believe or think or think we believe or believe we think.” - Laura Knight-Jadczyk It’s easy to over-philosophize the idea of objectivity vs. subjectivity without considering some very practical applications. For example, regardless of what one believes to be “one’s truth” or what one is thinking about and visualizing, if you walk off a cliff, won’t gravity pull you down? Isn’t one plus one two, and not three? Is the world round or flat? Consider the usual experience of romantic relationships where we at times fall in love with our projected image of a person based on wishful thinking and then find out later, usually after the emotional chemical high is over, that the person is not who we thought he/she is.

The reality check is sometimes not very pleasant as our illusions burst like a bubble and the avoidance to accept the other person as he/she is frequently results in all kinds of unnecessary conflicts and hostile divorces. Was it really “love” to begin with if we didn’t “see” the other person (and ourselves) clearly? And in regards to global issues: Is the official 9/11 story true or have we been lied to? Was it a false flag attack? Are we losing our basic rights for our protection from the “terrorists” or is there a different reason? Is the corporate mainstream media under the control of Zionists which suppresses and distorts the real news? Is Obama telling the truth or is he lying? These question can be answered objectively if proper research is done. However, the truth may not necessarily agree with one’s preferred (subjective) beliefs, opinions or assumptions. So it is important not to fall into denial or avoidance when some of our core beliefs are being challenged, especially if one is emotionally attached to them and the ego tries to (unconsciously) defend the lies in order to be “right” as the truth may open up a can of worms one is not ready to handle. Moreover, no matter how much one tries to close oneself off from the “outside world”, believing that nothing will affect them as long as one focuses on “positive” thoughts and what one “likes” to experience, the bigger issues of the world still have an effect on us all, precisely because we are all one and everything is connected. No man is an island and no one’s reality is isolated from the Whole. “What makes the YCYOR (You Create Your Own Reality) evangelist fatuous is precisely the fact that all such “personal decreeing”, “positive thinking” and confident imagining takes place in an inevitable context. There are implications! There are repercussions! No one decrees in a personal or private, solipsistic vacuum. There is a variegated World of myriad “pulls” and “claims” coexisting along with the private desires and designs of the given egosubject. But “so what?” we hear the die-hard “reality-creator” claim “don’t we remain untouched by those ‘co-existents’ as long as we keep secure in the confidence of our own private deservedness, our own authoritative affirmations and specific commissions of positive thought-re-inforcement?” No. Man does not live by “commission” alone. This is why you do not create your own reality, but merely generate reality-hypotheses or scenarios which are continuously reflected and tested against the Whole; and the Whole, being inseparable from the Potential of your own innate-global Being, is constituted by the explicit and implicit alike, by that which is produced through active or positive commission and that which results from the gaps, blind-spots and vacuums of interpretive omission. All the lines, potential and actual, exist within one’s being and are inevitably calculated into the total account! This is what it means when we say there’s a context in which all our desire-formulation and “decreeing” takes place.” - Michael Topper, “Why You Don’t “Create Your Own Reality”

There is an objective truth outside the context of what our little “I” perceives. It seems a tendency in certain Conscious Movements to overgeneralize and distort spiritual “higher” truths and quantum physics with an oversimplification of: All Truth is relative! (without realizing there are different levels). Hence unconsciously (or consciously) using that explanation as an excuse and justification for the atrocities in the world or for whatever one may want to believe in one’s own little subjective world, no matter how illusory, false and based on pure wishful thinking or emotional projections to the point of even declaring that it is all just about “my” or “your” truth and there is no objective truth. Obviously we all have our own personal lessons to learn and talents to develop, which could be interpreted as one’s “personal truth”, however that doesn’t exclude oneself from the collective lessons we all “need” to look at if we want to evolve consciously as ONE. In that sense it is important to do this work together (striving towards objectivity) in a functioning network where everyone involved has the same intent and aim: Truth and Objectivity, no matter what it is, without preference. That way we can help each other to become aware of subjective blind spots to assist in our personal lessons and observe the world more accurately by collecting data through observations, feedback and sincere research, using logic and intuition alike (the intellect and the heart), which leads to actions that are in line with the creative principle of the universe. This is an ongoing process as one’s view and understanding will expand, evolve and our awareness and ability to SEE (objective reality) increases and we act accordingly. Essentially that is conscious evolution. Simply acknowledging that we are all one, separation is illusion and seeing everything as “Light” while focusing on what one believes to be “positive” and at the same time ignoring what one perceives as “negative” does not result in change for the better. Conversely, by insisting on what one would like to see, as opposed to seeing as the world as it is, is coming into conflict with creation, which then results in entropy and MORE suffering on a global scale, not less. A deeper insight into this gives the Event Enhanced Quantum Theory developed by physicists Arkadiusz Jadczyk and Philip Blanchard: “Our universe seems to be made up of matter/energy and of consciousness. Matter/energy by itself “prefers”, as it seems, a chaotic state. Matter/energy by itself doesn’t even have a concept of “creation” or “organization”. It is the consciousness that brings to life these concepts and by its interaction with matter pushes the universe towards chaos and decay or towards order and creation. This phenomenon can be modeled mathematically and simulated on a computer using EEQT (Event Enhanced Quantum Theory). Whether EEQT faithfully models the interaction of consciousness with matter, we do not know; but chances are that it does because it seems to describe correctly physical phenomena better than just the orthodox quantum mechanics or its rival theories (Bohmian mechanics, GRW etc.) What we learn from EEQT can be described in simple terms as follows: Let us call our material universe “the system”. The system is characterized by a

certain “state”. It is useful to represent the state of the system as a point on a disc. The central point of the disk, its origin, is the state of chaos. We could also describe it as “Infinite Potential.” The points on the boundary represents “pure states” of being, that is states with “pure, non-fuzzy, knowledge”. In between there are mixed states. The closer the state is to the boundary, the more pure, more ’organized’ it is. Now, an external “observer”, a “consciousness unit”, has some idea – maybe accurate, maybe false or anywhere in between – about the “real state” of the system, and observes the system with this “belief” about the state. Observation, if prolonged, causes the state of the system to “jump”. In this sense, you DO “create your own reality”, but the devil, as always, is in the details. The details are that the resulting state of the system under observation can be more pure, or more chaotic depending on the “direction” of the jump. The direction of the jump depends on how objective – how close to the reality of the actual state – the observation is. According to EEQT if the expectations of the observer are close to the actual state of the system, the system jumps, more often than not, into more organized, less chaotic state. If, on the other hand, the expectation of the observer is close to the negation of the actual state (that is when the observer’s beliefs are not TRUE according to the ACTUAL state – the objective reality), then the state of the system, typically, will jump into a state that is more chaotic, less organized. Moreover, it will take, as a rule, much longer time to accomplish such a jump. In other words, if the observer’s knowledge of the actual state is close to the truth, then the very act of observation and verification causes a jump quickly, and the resulting state is more organized; pure. If the observer’s knowledge of the actual state is false, then it takes usually a long time to cause a change in the state of the system, and the resulting state is more chaotic. In short, everyone who “believes” in an attempt to “create reality” that is different from what IS, adds to the increase of chaos and entropy. If your beliefs are orthogonal to the truth, no matter how strongly you believe them, you are essentially coming into conflict with how the Universe views itself and I can assure you, you ain’t gonna win that contest. You are inviting destruction upon yourself and all who engage in this “staring down the universe” exercise with you. On the other hand, if you are able to view the Universe as it views itself, objectively, without blinking, and with acceptance of the reality and appropriate responses to how things really are, you then become more “aligned” with the Creative energy of the universe and your very consciousness becomes a transducer of order energy, and your actions are

consonant with what is. Your energy of observation, given unconditionally, matched by the appropriate actions, can bring order to chaos, can create out of infinite potential. [...] Since Humanity – as a whole – is an “organ for transducing energies onto our planet”, the condition of humanity – as a whole – is reflected by the planet. The suffering of humanity, the lies that humans believe, all have a profound effect on the planet. VERY IMPORTANT: it is not whether or not one “believes” in good things or bad things that makes good things or bad things happen. It is the factual observation of reality and whether or not it leads to a true assessment or lies. The effort to view the universe AS IT VIEWS ITSELF with love and acceptance even in the face of what might be termed “horror” can actually lead to amelioration of that horror. To view the universe and to deny the truth and to insist that one can believe whatever one wants to believe and thereby make it so, is to deny reality and contributes to the chaos, the destruction, the suffering. And so, what is the solution? The TRUTH – as close to it as we can objectively get – MUST be propagated as widely and as soon as possible. That is the only thing that will “save the planet”. Because it is in the creative centers of humanity… that the fate of the earth lies. [...] …how do we learn to see the universe objectively, as it sees itself? Another way of putting it is: how do we overcome our own subjectivity? The answer is by mastering the impermanent parts of our personality and bringing them under control of the part of us that is permanent, that part of us that has a link with the Creative force. And in this struggle, we discover that not only do we bind with truth spiritually, but this process also induces a change in our brain chemistry, which can literally lead to a physical transmutation.” - from “The Secret History of the World” by Laura Knight-Jadcyk

Love and Light Some people seem to mistake objectivity for negativity and wishful thinking for positivity. Most of what people see as negative or positive are their subjective projections and opinions that don’t really reflect the world as it is. Without Truth and Objectivity there won’t be a change for the “better”, nor a raise in consciousness, within and without. In that sense, many well-meaning and good-hearted folks who want a better world actually do more “harm” than any “good” by ignoring and denying aspects of our reality

that may not fit into their subjective “positive” world view; instead believing that by shutting the “negative” out and just seeing everything as “One” and “Light”, visualizing, meditating on “world peace” and projecting “love and light”, it will create peace and harmony. Nothing could be further from the truth and that is actually exactly what certain forces, who do not wish humanity to awaken for their own interests, want us to do and believe. It ties in with how religious and spiritual values have been corrupted.

In other words, the ones exposing the lies and atrocities in the world, the ones looking at the world as it is with all the different “faces of god” including the unpleasant ones which many people perceive as “negative” and hence like to ignore, are actually doing LIGHT WORK in the true meaning of the word: Making the darkness conscious, raising awareness and shining LIGHT into it. Light is information and knowledge, not just making things “light” in the sense of being “nice” or “kind” and “loving” without saying anything “bad” or “heavy”. “When we talk about compassion we talk in terms of being kind. But compassion is not so much being kind; it is being creative [enough] to wake a person up.” - Chogyam Trungpa Rinpoch This contrived “niceness” seems also very common in today’s conscious movements, where people don’t want to say anything “negative”, in their subjective understanding of it of course. In general, some folks hide behind a “social etiquette” and mask without wanting to say anything “bad” or touching on any “taboo subjects”. They speak around issues in order to be spiritually or politically “correct” so as to “not step on anyone’s toes”. The other day I was at a yoga class and the teacher finished the class with a prayer in

which she also said: “Let’s be conscious of what we say, and if we don’t have anything nice to say, it’s better to be silent”. That is a good example of the distortion of “being conscious/aware” and relates to the fact why more spiritual-minded people don’t look at the world more objectively, speaking out and standing up against the lies and psychopathic ways of our culture. Because it’s not “nice” to say that Obama is a pathological liar and that there are no “free elections” in the US. It’s not “nice” to state that Israel is committing genocide in Gaza or that there are some serious issues with the manmade Global Warming “science”. It’s not “nice” to point out that 4- 6% of humanity have no conscience by birth and are mostly found in positions of power. It’s not “nice” to claim that 9/11 was an Inside Job. Not only is it not “nice”, it’s also being “negative” according to some people’s convoluted perception, hence one should not say anything at all. This attitude of contrived “niceness” essentially creates the conditions for conformity, complacency, ignorance and the atrophy of critical thinking. Of course, that doesn’t mean that one should be mean, aggressive and rude or push information on someone who didn’t ask for it. It simply means to be sincere and honest with conscience and awareness. There is a time to speak up and a time to be silent. And sometimes you have to be direct, call a spade a spade and give the lie what it deserves: the truth, regardless of what others may think, even if it doesn’t sound “nice” and it doesn’t conform to what someone “likes” to hear. You can be considerate and still speak the truth, even if others see it as “negative” from their conditioned point of view. “Cowardice asks the question: “Is it safe”? Expediency asks the question: “Is it politic”? Vanity asks the question: “Is it popular?” But conscience asks the question: “Is it right?” And there comes a time when one must take a position that is neither safe, nor politic, nor popular but one must take it because one’s conscience tells one what is right.” - Martin Luther King, Jr. It is also interesting to note that if there is something presented which may not look that “pretty” it is sometimes judged as “fear-mongering”. If a person reacts to certain information with fear, maybe he/she needs to examine it within themselves before blaming the ones who are just showing something which not many people really have looked into or are even aware of? I’ve said many times that I do not like what I’ve come across, but it is there and it doesn’t go away by ignoring it. Sure, there are some folks out there who do engage in fear-mongering purposely with all kinds of unfounded claims and disinformation (even making money off it), so discernment is key as usual. However, “discomfort” can serve a purpose. There is a chance for healing from a shamanic and esoteric perspective. It is good to put oneself into a state of vulnerability when looking at the “darker” aspects of our reality or of oneself; truly looking at it, facing it and not giving the ego a chance to explain it all away, so we can go back to our comfort zone and ultimately back to “sleep”. It is not about buying into fear and panic either. Sometimes things need to be confronted without automatically defending our beliefs and views ,

allowing us to look at the world and ourselves more objectively. That’s part of the awakening process and it entails separating truth from lies within and without. “Sometimes people hold a core belief that is very strong. When they are presented with evidence that works against that belief, the new evidence cannot be accepted. It would create a feeling that is extremely uncomfortable, called cognitive dissonance. And because it is so important to protect the core belief, they will rationalize, ignore and even deny anything that doesn’t fit in with the core belief.“ - Frantz Fanon In the end most people are only afraid of the unknown and what they don’t understand. Once we make the effort to deprogram ourselves from our conditioning and gain knowledge and understanding within AND without (shine “LIGHT” into darkness!), our awareness/consciousness rises and we start to SEE in alignment with who we truly are, beyond preference, wishful thinking or denial and then can act in alignment with our Higher Self and the Universe. Something that I hear a lot these days as well is the need to be more “”heart-centered”, loving and compassionate. I agree, obviously we all need to connect more to our heart, show empathy and compassion, especially extending it the whole world, beyond our close friends and family. But what does that really mean? Many people seem to associate love with emotions and feelings or “niceness”, but is it not more than that, like a higher state of consciousness/being? We seem to mistake many things for “love” and even judge the intellect as “bad” (mistaking it for the monkey/predator mind), hence many suggest that we should “think” with our heart and do what we “feel” like doing, which mostly results in mere self-deception and lack of critical thinking. It’s about aligning the heart with the intellect, intuition with logic, mysticism with science. “Love is not sentiment. To be sentimental, to be emotional, is not love, because sentimentality and emotion are mere sensations. Sentimentality, emotionalism, is merely a form of self-expansion. To be full of emotion is obviously not love, because a sentimental person can be cruel when his sentiments are not responded to, when his feelings have no outlet.” - Jiddu Krishnamurti Love is where there is Truth, Knowledge and Understanding, seeing the world as it and ourselves as we are, not as we like it or want it to be. Love is Light is Knowledge. To love we must know. And to know is to have light. And to have light is to love. And to have knowledge is to love. We need to use the heart AND the intellect, de-condition ourselves and act accordingly in order to raise consciousness. If we truly love life, the world we live in and want positive change, then this also implies to look at the issues and injustices in the world so many of us like to ignore or deny. This is not being “negative”, but the work to be done during this Time of Transition.

“History will have to record that the greatest tragedy of this period of social transition was not the strident clamor of the bad people, but the appalling silence of the good people….Injustice anywhere is a threat to justice everywhere. We are caught in an inescapable network of mutuality, tied in a single garment of destiny. Whatever affects one directly, affects all indirectly. He who passively accepts evil is as much involved in it as he who helps to perpetrate it. He who accepts evil without protesting against it is really cooperating with it.” - Martin Luther King, Jr. The more we are collinear and SEE the world as it is and act as ONE, the “easier” the transition to a better world for all of us. We do create our reality and our consciousness has an effect on the outside world, but we need to be in alignment with the Whole/Universe, otherwise we will increase entropy and chaos, which also manifests in earth and climate changes, as we can see already happening. Increased awareness combined with action based on truth could mitigate any upcoming catastrophes that seem to be right over the horizon. It’s up to each one of us and all of us together. “With the approach of the era of the Holy Spirit, everything must be gradually brought to the light of day, not only the secrets of the laboratory but the deepest meanings of esotericism. The same must happen with illusions, errors and lies, which must also be revealed so that they can later be rectified. The world is suffering from a lack of harmony which gets deeper on every plane, and this is a serious danger to the moral and spiritual recovery of humanity. It also involves a serious risk of failure in the last stage of this Time of Transition that we are now entering, If this risk is not overcome, the Deluge of Fire awaits us. We will have to make an immense effort to ward off this fate, and we have very little time in which to do it. Man has only himself to blame for the greatness of the effort needed: this is a result of his obstinate refusal to heed the warnings that have been addressed to him time and again by the Divine Voice, just as he continues today to blind himself to the fact that the Deluge of Fire is being made ready.” - Boris Mouravieff, Gnosis II

December 27, 2010

Path to the Temple of Secrets By Bernhard Guenther

The Temple of Secrets is located on a high mountain, and everywhere thorns are covering the path leading to the Temple. The inconceivable, mysterious height of the mountain is the reason why many people doubt the existence of the Temple of Secrets. Some think of it as a Fairy Tale, some consider it an old Myth and others believe it to be the Truth. At the entrance of the narrow path stands Ignorance, with her sisters Stupidity and Laziness, and they tell awful tales to the travelers and of horrible adventures the travelers will encounter if they set foot on this path. That is how lazy Human Beings and fearful Human Beings can easily be persuaded to turn back. There are a few Human Beings on which ignorance attempts her deceptions in vain. They climb up the first part of the thorny steep path, and when they are about half way up the mountain, they reach a plateau on which they find the Temple of Self-Love. Next to this Temple stands Self-Conceit, Pride and Know it-All and they offer the traveler a cup, out of which he drinks his own Self in great gulps and thereby becomes intoxicated with himself, with his own “I.” These travelers then become so intoxicated with themselves that they imagine that their Temple, the Temple of Self-Love is the Temple of Secrets and there is nothing, but nothing, above them. The inscription on this temple, the Temple of Self-Love, reads as follows: The Sanctuary of the Wisdom of the World. Desires, passions and wantonness are the servants of these priests. However, those whose heart searches for the truth will not find any satisfaction with this and they will keep on searching. A few thousand steps from this Temple you will find a very secluded little hut, inhabited by a hermit, with the following inscription above the door: The Residence of Humility. The man who lives here guides the strangers to the residence of humility, which in turn leads them to Self-Recognition. This Divine Beauty becomes the traveler’s companion, and with her, he conquers the inaccessible mountain. Whosoever tries to reach the Temple of Secrets without this Divine Beauty can very easily be misled by his Self-Love, and as a result, will follow the wrong path. His greed for knowledge will lead him to the Temple of Curiosity. The inhabitants of this Temple are: fraud, seduction and deception, the founders of most of the secret societies, and those Human Beings who , in search for the Truth and for the Temple of Secrets will, if they join these Secret Societies, be robbed of the ability to see with their Soul. They are then led to the top of the mountain, where they fall into the abyss or into the labyrinth or maze, in which they will walk in circles for eternity without

finding the Truth. Humility alone is the best guide. This alone will lead the seeker to the Master of Teachers of all secrets. This Master Teacher is the PURE WILL. This pure will becomes the friend of the highest of knowledge and they enter into a bond of eternal union. The knowledge of the effects of the Eternal Light of godliness in all created beings is True Magic in Theory. The conception of this Light, or the transition from the intellect to the will, is True Magic in Practice. [from Magic: The Principles of Higher Knowledge by Karl Von Eckarthausen, 1788]

December 5, 2010

Channeled material and the Age of Transformation By Bernhard Guenther

Over the years I’ve come across all kinds of different channeled material from ET’s, aliens to various spirits, archangels, warriors and ascended masters. There are many questions to be asked. What kind of channeling is it, who is the channel, what entity/being is coming through and what is it really saying? Most of the information transmitted through these sources seems to be rehashed New Age ideas with an oversimplified presentation of YCYOR (You Create Your Own Reality) concepts or the “Law of Attraction”. Some channels have a large following with a similar devotion as to a guru, even taking audiences on cruise trips and many mediums are making quite a good living as a channel by telling people how to attract/manifest what they (think they) want. Other channels give also information about the world and the shift we’re in, but keep it on a very superficial and vague level. However, there are some channeled sources that give profound insight into the deeper nature of our reality beyond the “mind candy” and faux spirituality inherent in the New Age “arena” these days. There is a choice to be made very shortly, and it would be preferable if all of the people of this planet understand the choice that is to be made. It will be difficult for many of the people of this planet to understand what this choice is, because it is a choice that they have not considered. They have been much too involved in their daily activities and their confusion and their desires of a very trivial nature to be concerned with an understanding of the choice that they are very shortly to make. Whether they wish to or not, whether they understand it or not, regardless of any influence, each and every one of the people who dwell upon planet Earth will shortly make a choice. There will be no middle area. There will be those who choose to follow the path of love and light (knowledge) and those who choose otherwise. This choice will not be made by saying, “I choose the path of love and light,”or “l do not choose it.” The verbal choice will mean nothing. This choice will be measured by the individual’s demonstration of his choice. This choice is measured by what we term the vibratory rate of the individual. It is necessary, if an individual is to join those who make the choice of love and understanding,

for his rate of vibration to be above a certain minimal level. [...] At the time at which each of you incarnated, my friends, each of you was aware that certain lessons, hitherto unlearned, were to be the goals for achievement in this incarnation. If it seems to you that your entire incarnation within this illusion has been a series of difficulties of one particular type, then you are almost certainly aware in some manner of one of your lessons. As you can see, these lessons are not to be avoided. They are to be learned. - from Hatonn, L/L Transcripts The ones familiar with the idea of Hyperdimensional Manipulation (As Above so Below) know that much falsehood can be transmitted through a human medium. Channels may not be even consciously aware that they can become an instrument for disinformation. The filter through which the information comes through can easily distort the message. Even if the source is truthful, the information still comes from a higher realm through various levels, dimensions or densities until it reaches our five-sensory world of speech and words. There is a natural filter and distortion that affects even the purest of channels. Words are very limiting to begin with and people have different meanings for different words. There is much mumbo jumbo and contradictions in some channeled information that can mean all and nothing. Just because someone channels “something” and it “sounds true” doesn’t mean it’s automatically true, nor is all channeled material corrupt or false. It’s not black and white. Michael Topper writes: Any who’ve scanned more than one of these [channeled] sources in print, or compared notes with “live” sessions attended, are bound to notice (if minimally conscious) that, beneath the general agreement as to the existence of higher states and planes, of different orders of knowledge and action from those assumed in the context of strictly physical expression there is a welter of large and small divergences ranging from minor variations to an embarrassment of glaring contradictions. Such confusion [..] results from the requirement of transmission along the spiritual hierarchy of inner plane beings through which such “information”, formulated at the highest levels, must pass. Consistent with what may be gathered from other source-channels, the various levels along which the orders of intelligence transmit the flow of data “downward” formulate the patterns of information according to the understanding of their particular plane. Tinctured already by that qualification, the information may receive its most noticeable distortion at the level of the channeler where, according to the variable of the given “linkage” there may be greater or lesser reliance on the personal memory-

record, conceptual matrix or vocabulary of the channeling agent. The resultant verbal product is, in any case, several dimensional steps removed from the originating Intention. Add to this the recognition that all such knowledge emanates in its highest form from levels of creative intelligence that are basically nonverbal and that conduct all processes of knowing in abstract spiritual terms not directly translatable into concepts congenial to a physically-focused framework, and we seem to have on the surface a convenient explanation as to why Seth and Hilarion don’t agree, why Ramtha and the “Christ” material of The New Teachings apparently quarrel on the shelves. Many people who follow certain channels like a guru or “spiritual authority” don’t seem to question what is being transmitted through these sources, justifying the truth of something because it “resonates” with them or makes them “feel good”. While there is validity to the idea of “resonating” with a certain teaching or source, it can easily be misapplied if the “reading instrument”, the Self, is not “tuned” correctly. Some fundamental Christians also “resonate” with the Bible in literal terms, believing the earth is only 5000 years old. “Feel good” messages are no proof of truth and can also be very emotional manipulative. Disinformation is always lies mixed with truth. Enough truth to use as a bait to get the seeker’s attention and then put him/her on a false lead so to speak, keeping him asleep while he believes to awaken. In order to find the true resonance one needs to separate the false self (with its assumptions, conditioning, expectations, wishful thinking, buffers, emotional hooks and ego desires) from the true self which is grounded in Knowledge, connected to the small voice inside that can always separate a lie from truth, using intuition and critical thinking alike, even if the truth is not very “pleasant” and challenging to one’s world view. In other words, honest self-work is needed in order to resonate with truth. Within and without. As I wrote in my last blog: The more we gain knowledge and understanding (not simply book-smart knowledge) and the more we become objective (with ourselves and the world) and raise awareness, the better we can SEE and act accordingly. This means carefully discerning truth from lies. There is truth to certain channeled material. However, one needs to understand how to read it and interpret it [for there is much distortion]. Looking at what we’ve found out about manipulation through hyperdimensional beings, it is obvious that a lot of channeled material these days is suspect to great deception from “higher sources”. There are different levels and degrees of channels, depending on many factors. The topic of channeled information needs to be examined very carefully. [...]“Higher sources” may be able to contact us that way (when asked for and when it doesn’t infringe free will and/or interferes with the learning process of the one(s) asking). However, who is coming through and what is the source

really saying is the question. Channeled material should never be taken as fact and proof alone; however, it can serve as a “back up” for cross-reference with scientific study and research. There are some sources that actually encourage that approach and tell us that it is up to us to learn, discern and gain knowledge, hence becoming more aware and conscious, moving from subjectivity to more objectivity and consciously engaging in the process of evolution and awakening.

Out of all the channeled material I’ve come across I found three sources to be quite different form the rest yet very similar to each other, as if in a “league” on their own, giving deeper insights into objective reality as well as transmitting esoteric Knowledge that can be found in various ancient teachings. These are the Ra Material (Carla Rueckert, Don Elkins, James McCarty), “Bringers of the Dawn” (Barbara Marciniak) and the Cassiopaean Experiment (Laura Knight-Jadczyk and Quantum Future Group QFG). All three sources are 6th density “soul groups”, “Unified Thought Form Beings” or “us in the future” (Marciniak, Jadczyk). They are not Aliens, ET’s as we think them to be or Individual spirits like what is coming through most channels. During this Time of Transition they assist the one’s who have been calling (and are “wired” to receive the message) to assist in the process of awakening and anchoring a new frequency, helping us to increase awareness, knowledge and understanding so we can make free will choices based on truth, not lies/deception and therefore initiate conscious evolution in order to ascend/evolve to a higher state of being. However, as mentioned before, not everything that comes through the “ether” is for our benefit. Some higher density beings are out to deceive us, manipulating humanity to build a prison out of free will (as explored in “UFO’s, Aliens and the Question of Contact or the video HERE ), others are there to assist us but not to do the work for us or intervene. After all we are the ones who need to learn the lessons so we can grow and evolve. Whatever the “result” will be depends on the lessons learned or not. The “Shift” and Transformation we’re in is an opportunity, not a guarantee. Some learn the lessons and “graduate”, others need to redo the class/cycle. Ascension and Awakening doesn’t happen just by itself. It requires conscious work and effort just as mirrored in the ancient esoteric traditions. There are collective and personal lessons different for each of us. All of it is a natural process and has/is/will happened/happening/happen over and over in this and other universes.

From the Cassiopaean sessions: Q: (B) What is the purpose of this contact? A: To help you to learn, thus gain knowledge, thus gain protection, thus progress. Q: (B) What do the Cassiopaeans gain from this contact?

A: By helping you, we are moving toward fulfilling of our destiny of union with you and all else, thus completing the Grand cycle. Q: (L) What creates this environment of limitation? A: It is the grand illusion which is there for the purpose of learning. Q: (L) And who put the illusion into place? A: The Creator who is also the Created. Which is also you and us and all. As we have told you, we are you and vice versa. And so is everything else. Q: (L) Is the key that it is all illusion? A: Basically, yes. As we have told you before, if you will be patient just a moment, the universe is merely a school. And, a school is there for all to learn. That is why everything exists. There is no other reason. Now, if only you understood the true depth of that statement, you would begin to start to see, and experience for yourself, all the levels of density that it is possible to experience, all the dimensions that it is possible to experience, all awareness. When an individual understands that statement to its greatest possible depth, that individual becomes illumined. And, certainly you have heard of that. And, for one moment, which lasts for all eternity, that individual knows absolutely everything that there is to know. Q: (L) So, you are saying that the path to illumination is knowledge and not love? A: That is correct. Q: (L) Is it also correct that emotion can be used to mislead, that is emotions that are twisted and generated strictly from the flesh or false programming? A: Emotion that limits is an impediment to progress. Emotion is also necessary to make progress in 3rd density. It is natural. When you begin to separate limiting emotions based on assumptions from emotions that open one to unlimited possibilities, that means you are preparing for the next density. Q: (L) What about Love? A: What about it? Q: (L) There are many teachings that are promulgated that Love is the key, the answer. They say that illumination and knowledge and whatnot can all be achieved through love. A: The problem is not the term “love,” the problem is the interpretation of the term. Those on third density have a tendency to confuse the issue horribly. After all, they confuse many things as love. When the actual definition of love as you know it is not correct either. It is not necessarily a feeling that one has that can also be interpreted as an emotion, but rather, as we have told you before, the essence of light which is knowledge is love, and this has been corrupted when it is said that love leads to illumination. Love is Light is Knowledge. Love makes no sense when common definitions are used as they are in your environment. To love you must know. And to know is to have light. And to have light is to love. And to have knowledge is to love.

by Robert Venosa

How can information from “invisible” sources be proven in scientific terms? It can’t, at least not with our current scientific tools and limited understanding of reality. But one can work with the information provided, using it as working hypotheses (not just accept it in blind belief) and research and follow the trail. This also includes thework to gain SelfKnowledge and understanding how we take in information that can be distorted through our filters of conditioned beliefs and wishful thinking stemming from “official culture”, society, education, upbringing, media, religion, etc… . Mathematical Physicist Arkadiusz Jadczyk writes about the Cassiopaean Experiment: The name “Cassiopaea” was given by a consciously “channeled source” which Laura accessed in 1994 after two years of experimental work. The source identified itself by saying “we are you in the future.” Modern physics does not provide us with practical means for this type of communication, and theories on this subject are not well developed; they are, in fact, inconclusive and controversial.

When interpreting “we are you in the future” in an oversimplified way, we are faced with causal paradoxes. On the other hand, from the theoretical papers published in physics journals we can learn that, with a proper and careful interpretation, and taking into account quantum uncertainties, communication into the past cannot be dismissed as impossible. Improbable perhaps is the right word, but there are many things that are improbable and yet happen. The more improbable is a given phenomenon, the more information is carried by its occurrence, the more we can learn by its study. That is why we did not dismiss the “we are you in the future” as impossible and therefore ignorable. Instead we decided to continue the “communications” as a form of a controlled experiment in “superluminal thought transfer” – even if it was clear that the term should be considered as a tentative indication of only one out several possible interpretations. The information received from this experiment is presented in the context of broad ranging historical, scientific and other metaphysical material and offers the clues that have led to the world view and inferences presented by us in our numerous publications on this website and in print. Perhaps it is only our own “subconscious mind” that presents itself as a “source,” but even if it is so, does that tell us more? Do we really know what “unconscious mind” is and of what is it capable? We sometimes ask ourselves if the Cassiopaeans are who they say they are, because we do not take anything as unquestionable truth. We take everything with a grain of salt, even if we consider that there is a good chance that it is truth. We are constantly analyzing this material as well as a great quantity of other material that comes to our attention from numerous fields of science and mysticism. We find it to be quite extraordinary that the Cassiopaean Material is so closely aligned with the teachings of the great Sufi master, Ibn Al-’Arabi, with the Fourth Way Teachings of Gurdjieff, Castaneda, with the Esoteric Christianity of Boris Mouravieff, and even ancient Altaic Shamanism. In this sense, the Cassiopaean Experiment is truly a Fourth Way work. I recommend reading Professors Jadczyk’s full analysis HERE A major part of the material of these sources consists of information about the deeper nature of our reality without shying away from sharing the darker side of it, for it is all part of creation that needs to be looked at and made conscious of for the purpose of raising awareness and consciousness. There is no yin without yang. Negative Forces (Service to Self- STS) manipulate free will and feed the receiver and seekers with information that can trigger “emotional hooks” based on what one “wants” to hear, targeting wishful thinking and self-importance. Positive higher forces (Service to Others – STO) respect free will and even withhold information if it conflicts with the learning

process of the person asking the question. Answers (in the RA material and C’s transmissions) are concise, direct and don’t contain world salad as it is found so often in New Age material. It seems the answers are directly related to the awareness/bias level of the person asking the question and/or the medium the information is coming through. The mediums of these sources have gone through tremendous preparation and work to make contact with such higher density sources. It clearly shows that not everyone is able to have such high level contact if one has not the correct wiring or bandwidth so to speak. On the contrary, inexperienced channels without knowledge of the hyperdimensional jungle out there may come in contact with beings who have not their best interest in mind, although they pretend to be the “good guys”. Laura Knight-Jadczyk writes about her process in the “The Wave”: On a number of occasions, the Cassiopaeans have referred to two other sources of information as being of a more objective configuration and have suggested that we read them so as to save time in dealing with specific concepts. The two sources are Elkins, Rueckert and McCarty’s The Ra Material and Barbara Marciniak’s Bringers of the Dawn. Yes, they have mentioned that other material is “connected” to The Wave, but with varying degrees of corruption and distortion imposed by the recipients’ “wishful thinking” and “assumptions.” Apparently, these two, mentioned here, have suffered the least from distortion – but it doesn’t take long for the “negative forces” to act upon those who are “in tune.” As the Cassiopaeans have said: “Remember all channels and those of similar make-up are identified, tracked, and “dealt with.” In this respect, I think it is the long period of “training” I underwent in the areas of spirit release, depossession, exorcism, and identifying and dealing with STS/negative/demonic energies that may, initially present themselves as STO (service to others) sources that has helped to prevent this very same corrupting element that worms its way in and gives that slight “twist” that derails the most positive of channels. I studied for over 30 years before I began to “practice” anything. In the beginning, my practice consisted of prayer and meditation, the object being to “achieve Divine Insight” rather than to “experience” anything of a material manifestation. In 1985, when I was 33 years old, I began to meditate as an adjunct to my studies. During this same time, there was a great deal of what could only be called psychokinetic activity. Many people saw this as a “sign” of “spiritual achievement.” I didn’t. To me, it was useless and distracting. My studies had shown me that most, if not all, such events were a result of “short circuited”

kundalini forces; energies of the soul, entering via the basal chakra, diverted by the brain-stem into the environment. I was distressed that they were being “diverted” at this juncture, rather than flowing, as was proper, in the “Shepherd’s Crook” configuration to the third eye. It was then, only by following the path as it developed, that the channeling “experiment” commenced (bringing to an end the PK activity). And, even at this point, it was more an attempt to bring up to conscious awareness, and then merge, the conceptualizations and possible insights of the subconscious mind. We DID have the idea that it was a path to “contact” with truly “higher beings,” but we felt that this could only be accomplished via this “merge of conscious with subconscious” and clearing away the detritus of contradiction between the two. I guess it would be safe to say that, until I had studied for 40 years, I did not feel competent to attempt channeling. Many people, apparently, DO feel competent to do it with very little study – perhaps a weekend workshop or seminar at the local New Age Emporium – or because they have been “contacted” and “told” that it is their “destiny.” […] At the same time, I don’t for a minute delude myself by thinking that we are immune to corruption. On the contrary, I am ALWAYS on the watch for information that is “off.” I expect it, watch for it, and take all measures possible to prevent it on a continual basis. I am convinced that the instant this kind of vigilance is relaxed, you can pretty much say “goodbye” to objective channeling. Nevertheless, Barbara Marciniak apparently “tuned in” and her first book, Bringers of the Dawn, contained a good percentage of objective material. In the case of the Ra Material, this was also a “group effort” as is ours, with a somewhat scientific perspective. When analyzing their material, it seems that Don Elkins was the “contact” with Ra, and Carla, the “channel,” was merely a sort of “conduit.” Another way to describe it would be that Don was the tuner/receiver and Carla was the speaker. When Don died, Ra came no more. Group channels such as the Cassiopaean experiment and the Ra Material have more accuracy and are not as easily distorted as individual channels. Barbara Marciniak’s first channeled book “Bringers of the Dawn” seems to have more objective accuracy than her later material, which, although still insightful to a degree, seems to have lost some of the objectivity. Outside influences, public/financial pressure, ego, bias and psychic attack can distort any channeling quite easily. The Ra material also suffered a bit because of the bias of some of the group members towards the later years of the contact. The reluctance to deal with the more “negative” aspects of reality (UFO’s and hyperdimensional control) seems to have resulted in the suicide of one of the group members. You cannot protect

yourself of something you are not aware of. An analogy would be to cross a street blindly and then get hit by a car because one didn’t know that there are vehicles going by. If you know what’s “out there”, you can “see” and act accordingly and not to be subject of attack or “accident”. Awareness of all aspects of reality, the positive and negative “faces of god”, for it is all one, are key in spiritual growth and evolution. “If anything, the so-called “New Age” movement has been so heavily inculcated with the idea that one must not ever think about negative things, that they, above all other people, are most subject to its predations [of higher realms]. If you don’t know about something, you cannot defend yourself against it. The consistent deflection from the truth of the state of so-called higher realms by masses of published material over the many years, suggests almost a program of disinformation. It was beginning to look as though there was something or someone “out there” who didn’t want us to know something.“ – LKJ A deeper insight into the Ra group gives LKJ HERE. Many people who are followers of channeled material are not aware how they are being duped as they don’t engage their critical thinking part, but merely go by what “feels” right to them. I mentioned the traps of this kind of “resonating” before which is essentially wishful thinking based on an emotional hook. Especially in this day and age, as more and more channeled material appears on the “scene”, discernment and critical thinking is asked for more than ever. PopHistorian, a member of the Cassiopaean online forum , describes in a nutshell how Disinformation through channeled material works: It is reasonable to accept the hypothesis that the world of channeled literature, especially since it has become so popular, is littered, dominated even, by material subtly designed to deceive the reader, limit his understanding, put him on a fruitless path, or even turn him unwittingly to the service of STS. Well intentioned channelers, unaware of from where their information comes, might be unconscious instruments in an effort to “fence in” some of the more aware members of society. In recent years, with ever more aggressive STS (service to self) activity “heating up” all over the world, an explosion of channeling has emerged that parrots terminology and concepts introduced by Ra and The Cassiopaeans. Now, many channeled entities speak openly of machinations by “dark forces” that control Earth, an organized cabal of human oligarchs, etc., while making various references to densities, polarities, the law of free will, an “energy wave” headed for Earth, etc. What techniques might be used to accomplish such a feat of deceit? (1) Bait the seekers with broad strokes of truth that “resonate” with them, charm them, and establish a good feeling akin to trust. (2) Reinforce the idea that readers are “special” for being able to recognize and understand these truths, subtly playing upon their egos.

(3) Having established trust and receptiveness, pepper the material with falsehoods that will be accepted along with the truths. (4) Give ostensibly innocuous advice that actually serves to disempower. Basic example: (1) Your world is changing, heading for a time of great physical and spiritual upheaval. Your leaders are lying to you. (2) You who know the truth are humanity’s saving grace and will be safe through the hard times to come. (3) The forces of good are prevailing against evil and soon your world will be transformed into a paradise. (4) Don’t involve yourself in the conflict and turmoil, but simply pour out your love and light upon the world to heal it. Another sign which shows that a channeled source can be deceptive or misleading is if the material/teaching only focuses on the self, giving some very oversimplified and distorted concepts of “Reality Creation”, “Manifestation” or the “Law of Attraction” as the means for “spiritual growth” or “awakening”. Some sources tell the seeker not to “worry” about the outside world (in fact ignore it) and simply work on raising one’s “frequency” in order not to be affected by it or to attract what one likes to be/see/have. Many of these sources claim that this is achieved through matching ones emotional state with what one desires to be or have. While there is truth to the idea of raising one’s “frequency” there is certainly more to the story. You can’t raise your frequency of your whole being without raising your awareness and consciousness as it is all interrelated. So simply trying to “feel” better or “think” yourself better while shutting yourself off from anything “unpleasant” in the world or in yourself is not going to work and just produces a self-deceiving emotional state very much resembling wishful thinking, fantasy and denial. A “shift in consciousness” (essentially a raise in frequency) and “awakening” implies a higher state of awareness, which means to become more aware or it all, which implies again to see the world and oneself more objectively, without blinders on. This doesn’t happen by itself but requires sincere effort and work to separate truth from lies, within and without. It is not a walk in the park but it is the work required during these times we’re in. “I do not know what you call ‘cosmic consciousness. It is a vague and indefinite term; anyone can call anything he likes by it. In most cases what is called ‘cosmic consciousness’ is simply fantasy, associative daydreaming connected with intensified work of the emotional center. Sometimes it comes near to ecstasy but most often it is merely a subjective emotional experience on the level of dreams.” – G. I. Gurdjieff It is no coincidence that much of esoteric Knowledge has been “filtered out”/distorted and is hard to come by in today’s Spiritual, Conscious and New Age Movements, especially in channeled material. Much of the new age “teachings” and channels essentially lure man more into “sleep”and STS frequency all the while he dreams to awaken. It pushes man more into subjectivity instead of promoting objectivity, the goal of esoteric work for the purpose of awakening. If once studies the channeled material of the aforementioned three sources (Ra, Cassioaean, Bringers of the Dawn) in more depth, one can see that they give insight into objective reality not found in most channeled information.

Suppression of Knowledge is the name of the game. There are traps and dead-ends on the path towards awakening and there are forces that do their best to keep humanity asleep. All of which the ancient teachings have talked and warned about, where even the “children of light” will be deceived by false teachings and false prophets.

In Gnostic psychology, the noetic science of the Mystery Schools, Archons are an alien force that intrudes subliminally upon the human mind and deviates our intelligence away from its proper and sane applications. Working through telepathy and suggestion, the Archons attempt to deviate us from our proper course of evolution. Their most successful technique is to use religious ideology to insinuate their way of thinking. - from Metahistory

“Their most successful technique is to use religious ideology to insinuate their way of thinking”? Now that is very interesting indeed. Puts the whole New Age world of “spiritual” teachings, channeled material as well as religion into a different light, doesn’t it? “If any man shall say unto you, Lo, here is Christ or there; believe it not. For there shall arise false Christs and false prophets and shall show great prodigies and miracles; insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall seduce the very elect.“ In the esoteric field we can gain nothing pure or true and thus nothing beautiful without making efforts whose sum and importance are equivalent to the result to which the worker aspires. Conversely, the value of the results we obtain for ourselves is always equivalent, quantitatively and qualitatively, to the measure of the services rendered on the esoteric level.

We emphasize: pure and true and thus permanent. It is possible to obtain so-called esoteric results that are impure, but they are false and thus transitory. Here we refer to the vast realm of occultism [such as manipulating reality for one's own gain], where the children of this century, more capable than the children of light, seek to apply their abilities beyond the visible world. This occurs in what we call ‘mysticism of phenomena‘. If the seeker starts with a negative approach and a feeling of inferiority and dissatisfaction-approaching the esoteric domain driven by the desire to find in

it personal and thus impure satisfaction for himself [we can see much "channeled" and New Age material that focuses on "fulfilling desire", essentially feeding Narcissism and Ego Consciousness masquerading as "Spirituality"], he will not be able to advance very far along this way. If he persists, he will meet with failure. The error of conception made at the start will imperceptibly lead him towards this ‘mysticism of phenomena.’ - from Gnosis II by Boris Mouravieff The danger of an incomplete teaching, regardless of the “good intent” behind it is also something Henry See warns about in his article “Spiritual Predator: Prem Rawat AKA Maharaji“: “The goal of any esoteric work must be that of objectivity, first in our understanding of ourselves, and then, as our filters and programs are dislodged, of the world. A true esoteric teaching will, therefore, not only focus on “Know Thyself”, but will also provide knowledge about the reality of our reality. If one or the other of these aspects are missing from a teaching, then you can be certain that it is incomplete, and an incomplete teaching, even if through ignorance of the teacher, even if unconscious, is dangerous.”

The cornerstone of the Ra material, Cassiopaea sessions and Bringers of the Dawn is the Shift/Transformation this planet and humanity is in. We’re now at the end of a big cycle where mind/body/spirit complexes (Ra) of 3rd density (humans) have the opportunity to “graduate” or “evolve” to 4th density STO (Service To Others) orientation. This doesn’t happen by itself or by simply focusing on “love” and a “positive attitude”. According to these sources deeper work is required (resembling in many ways the esoteric work of the mystery schools) to move on to the next level so to speak and activate the higher centers

(“DNA Activation”) with emphasis on gaining Knowledge and separating truth from lies, disinformation from facts. This Time of Transition is also talked about in ancient teachings and relates to the “popular” date of 2012 and the end of the Mayan Calender. However, much of this information that is out there relating to the “Shift” is distorted, corrupted or misunderstood and we can see how “2012″ has become a marketing bit for many New Age authors and the movie industry in a very superficial way. In many ways the distortion and deception is done in purpose for there are forces that like to keep us in a “frequency prison” and STS orientation. Like mentioned before, certain channeled and New Age material actually focuses on the STS (Service to Self) frequency, keeping man preoccupied with oneself and his “desires”. Planet earth as it is now is of 3rd density STS orientation. 4th density STS entities try their best to manipulate our “free will” through frequency control which has been going on since “the Fall” from our original state (fully activated DNA), keeping us in a lower form of consciousness. It’s simply food for them and sustains/nourishes them, like plant and animals (2nd density) serve us for food. Humans are not on top of the food chain. Much more can be said about this channeled material. The interested reader is encouraged to study the mentioned sources to get a better understanding of the depth of the information transmitted. Here are some more excerpts from them reflecting the similarity of the material just in different words/style. This particular selection relates to the what has been examined in the blog “UFO’s, Aliens and the Question of Contact“. From “Bringer of the Dawn”: The ultimate tyranny in a society is not control by martial law. It is control by the psychological manipulation of consciousness, through which reality is defined so that those who exist within it do not even realize that they are in prison. They do not even realize that there is something outside of where they exist. […] You have been controlled like sheep in a pen by those who think they own you – from the government to the World Management Team to those in space. You have been deprived of knowledge by frequency control. […] Frequency control limits the number of stations you can tune into. As members of the Family of Light, you must anchor new frequencies through static chaos and bring them into the physical realm. The range of accessibility on this planet to a variety of frequencies has been very minimal for a long time because of many things that you most desperately need to become aware of. As you learn about your own personal history and discover patterns of ineffectual behavior that you must break and change, the planet pulses through its own patterns of behavior. You are about to repeat history as a planet in a most dramatic way. You have come to alter and remove the frequency of limitation and to bring in the frequency of information. When you are informed, you move beyond the

need to be in fear. When you feel uninformed and out of control, you do not understand the bigger picture. Each of you came to awaken something inside yourself, inside the coding of your being-the DNA-and you are responding to it. […] You and multitudes of others have begun the mutation process on the planet. As you mutate electromagnetically, you alter your frequency or the tune that you broadcast. You will eventually outgrow the frequency that holds you down and continually blasts you with chaos and confusion. [...] This new frequency is called knowledge, light, and information. It is called being taken out of bondage. You are being taken out of disinformation and misinformation and you are becoming informed; you are coming into light. As each of you has been assigned to become informed and to bring about a frequency alteration on this planet, you must learn to become Keepers of Frequency. You must rise to a certain place of knowledge and consistently stay there. You must become in command of your body so that you can will it into stillness or into activity. You must be able to go inside yourself and heal what needs to be healed emotionally and physically. You must begin to part the jungle of self and find the clearing so that you can show others the way. Sometimes you will show others the way not by speaking to them, but just by maintaining, living, and working on your own frequency and having the courage to do this. As systems busters and potential Keepers of Frequency, you will obviously go into the areas where your specialties are most needed. Many of the beings who have incarnated as members of the Family of Light came to the United States because this is the land where you can make the most progress. This also happens to be a land where denial is pervasive. You believe that you live in the land of the free and the home of the brave, yet you live in the most controlled experimental society on the planet. The tyranny that has been set up here is rather interesting, because it is a tyranny without walls. As a country and a collective consciousness, the United States still has not reached an awareness that something is not right. The environment of the United States is actually much more controlled than that of the former Soviet Union, where the control was obvious. [...] Modern technology is one of the biggest weapons of frequency control. You have been sold devices for entertainment and convenience, and they are all involved with frequency control. We recommend strongly that you get rid of your television sets. They are the primary tool used to manipulate your consciousness on a day-to-day basis. This experiment is so finely tuned that you respond subliminally to disease via the television. So there is an entire generation that is killing itself by watching television-and supporting the medical society while they are doing it [...] You may watch such a television

show about how uplifted and unlimited you can be, while subliminally you are being hit with a frequency that keeps you from original thinking. This subliminal keeps you immobilized and holds you in a “survive, arrive, be-ontime, be-silent, go-to-work” society. Television also promotes inactivity and a sedentary, obese life. Look around you. Wake up, humans!We have said that there are entities who feed off your emotional bodies. Think about what a clever tool television is for them. All over the world, billions of humans are emitting emotional juices into the atmosphere based upon what they are watching on the tube.[...] In Prime Creator’s universe here, all things are allowed. Because all things are allowed, many lessons are learned. Part of the dichotomy or balancing in a free-will zone is the allowance of all things, even tyrannies. In this free-will zone, everyone is endowed with the potential to create their own reality. It is a free-will choice to create having someone else create reality for you.[...] Consciousness feeds consciousness. It is hard for you to understand this concept because you feed yourself with food. The food for some beings is consciousness.[...] Not everyone is going to make the shift. Everyone is not in the vibration that wants to work in harmony at this time. There are those on Earth who will feel as if they are in states of ecstasy when they find what they think is a new authority, a higher authority, a new paradigm… You are all learning about authority… That authority is coming back to Earth. There is a lesson in this for Earth. These beings, who are neither spiritually informed nor lean in spiritual ways, deny the existence of a spiritual force. They have developed scientific principles and technologies that scatter the laws of spirituality… It is possible to become a brilliant master of manipulating matter and reality without understanding spiritual connections. It is very important that you learn this… Just as you have cultivated very powerful individuals upon this planet who are not in touch with their feeling centers… there are those who exist in space who are extremely powerful… who have nothing to do with spirituality. You must evolve yourselves and have your wits about you to ask for information because there is a divine law concerning interference. There are many who have broken that law and interfered with Earth. Your task is comprehension: to pull comprehension and understanding onto the planet, which will stabilize the energy and generate the power to create. Service is being an example. Have courage and speak your truth. Where is the rescue team? You are it.

From the Cassiopaean Sessions: Q: (L) What was the Fruit of the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil that was supposedly eaten by Eve and then offered to Adam? A: Knowledge restriction. Encoding. Q: (L) What did it mean when it said Eve ate of the Fruit of the Tree of Knowledge. What act did she perform to do that? A: Consorted with wrong side. Q: (L) What does consorted mean? A: Eve is symbolic of Female energy. Q: (L) The female energy did what when it consorted? A: Lost some knowledge and power. Q: (L) What was it that the fruit symbolized? A: Limitation. Q: (L) I want you to know that this does not make a whole lot of sense. A: Yes it does. Think carefully. Laura you are missing the obvious. Q: (L) In what sense would eating the fruit be limiting? A: Believing that one source contains all knowledge is contradicting reality. If the concept was the eating of the Fruit of the Tree of Knowledge provides all knowledge, then one is being deceived, because no one particular source can provide all knowledge. Therefore, when one believes in the deception, one has now trapped oneself within parameters of limitation. And, forevermore, the human race, will be poisoned by the very same problem which is reflected in several different ways: one is always seeking the truth through one pathway or religion, instead of seeking it through a myriad of pathways; and also believing in simplistic answers to very complex issues and questions. Q: (L) What was the flaming sword barring re-entry to Eden? A: Symbolizes trap. Q: (L) Where was Eden? A: Earth. Q: (L) The entire earth was Eden? A: Yes. Q: (L) Was the “fall” in Eden, or the loss of the Edenic state, also accompanied by a cataclysm? A: Yes. Q: (L) What was the nature of that cataclysm? A: Comets. Q: (L) The cluster you have mentioned before? A: Yes. Q: (L) And, how long ago did this occur? A: 309882 years ago. Q: (L) What was the true identity of the serpent in Eden? A: Lizards. Q: (L) Was the loss of the Edenic state also accompanied by a takeover of mankind by the Lizzies?

A: Yes. [...] Q: (L) [Has the government been engaged in faking UFOs, abductions, and cattle mutilations] to protect themselves from the public knowing that they were engaged in alien interactions? A: They do it to protect the public from knowing that which would explode society if discovered. Q: (L) What is this item that they were protecting so that society or the public wouldn’t know about it. What activity is this? A: Humans eat cattle, aliens eat you. Q: (T) [You say] the government, our government, the U.S. government, is holding 36 alien craft of one kind or another that they have gotten in one way or another. How many other governments have craft? A: All is one. Q: (L) We already have a one-world government is what they’re saying. (T) Yes, they’re just waiting to make it official somehow. A: Has been so for long time, as you measure time. Q: (L) What is the “ultimate secret” being protected by the Consortium? A: You are not in control of yourselves, you are an experiment. [...] Q: (L) Do we have any protection? A: Some. Q: (L) How can we protect ourselves and our children? A: Inform them. Don’t hide the truth from children. Q: (L) How does truth protect us? A: Awareness protects. Ignorance endangers. Q: (L) Why tell children such horrible things? A: They need to know. Q: (L) What is the purpose of this project? A: New life here. Q: (L) Are the aliens using our emotions and energies? A: Correct; and bodies too. Each earth year 10 % more children are taken. Q: (L) Do they suffer? A: Some. Q: (L) Do they all suffer? A: Some. Bits of children’s organs removed while they are wide awake. Kidneys first; then next feet; next jaw examined on table; tongues cut off; bones stress tested; pressure placed on heart muscle until it bursts. Q: (L) Why are you telling us this awful stuff? A: You must know what the consortium is doing. This is done mostly to Indian children.

Q: (L) Why are things like this being done? A: There is a big effort on behalf of Orions and their human brethren to create a new race and control it as well as the rest of humanity. Q: (L) What happens to the souls? Is this project physical only? A: Physical and souls recycled. Q: (L) Where do the souls go? A: Back here for the most part. Q: (L) Do some go elsewhere? A: Some go to other planets. Q: (L) Who is responsible for this project? A: Consortium. Q: (L) This is sick! A: Sick is subjective. Q: (L) But this whole thing is so awful. A: We understand your feelings, but all does not conform to your perspective. Q: (L) Why is this happening to earth? A: Karma. Q: (L) What kind of Karma could bring this? A: Atlantis. Q: (L) What did the Atlanteans do to bring this on us? A: We cannot answer you at this time. Q: (L) What can protect us? A: Knowledge. [...] “Life experiences reflect how one interacts with God. Those who are asleep are those of little faith in terms of their interaction with the creation. Some people think that the world exists for them to overcome or ignore or shut out. For those individuals, the worlds will cease. They will become exactly what they give to life. They will become merely a dream in the “past.” People who pay strict attention to objective reality right and left, become the reality of the “Future.” – Cassiopaeans From the Ra material: Questioner: What’s the objective with respect to the conquest of the Orion group? Ra: I am Ra. As we have said previously, their objective is to locate certain mind/body/spirit complexes which vibrate in resonance with their own vibrational complex, then to enslave the un-elite, as you may call those who are not of the Orion vibration. Questioner: What do the crusaders do? Ra: I am Ra. The crusaders move in their chariots to conquer planetary

mind/body/spirit social complexes before they reach the stage of achieving social memory. Questioner: Then we have crusaders from Orion coming to this planet for mind control purposes. How do they do this? Ra: I am Ra. As all, they follow the Law of One observing free will. Contact is made with those who call. Those then upon the planetary sphere act much as do you to disseminate the attitudes and philosophy of their particular understanding of the Law of One which is service to self. These become the elite. Through these, the attempt begins to create a condition whereby the remainder of the planetary entities are enslaved by their free will. The purpose of the Orion group, as mentioned before, is conquest and enslavement. This is done by finding and establishing an elite and causing others to serve the elite through various devices such as the laws you mentioned and others given by this entity. Questioner: Can you name any names that may be known on the planet that are recipients of the crusaders’ efforts? Ra: I am Ra. I am desirous of being in non-violation of the free will distortion. To name those involved in the future of your space/time is to infringe; thus, we withhold this information. We request your contemplation of the fruits of the actions of those entities whom you may observe enjoying the distortion towards power. In this way you may discern for yourself this information. We shall not interfere with the, shall we say, planetary game. It is not central to the harvest. Questioner: How do the crusaders pass on their concepts to the individuals on Earth? Ra: I am Ra. There are two main ways, just as there are two main ways of, shall we say, polarizing towards service to others. There are those mind/body/spirit complexes upon your plane who do exercises and perform disciplines in order to seek contact with sources of information and power leading to the opening of the gate to intelligent infinity. There are others whose vibratory complex is such that this gateway is opened and contact with total service to self with its primal distortion of manipulation of others is then afforded with little or no difficulty, no training, and no control. Questioner: What type of information is passed on from the crusaders to these people? Ra: I am Ra. The Orion group passes on information concerning the Law of One with the orientation of service to self. The information can become technical just as some in the Confederation, in attempts to aid this planet in service to others, have provided what you would call technical information. The technology

provided by this group is in the form of various means of control or manipulation of others to serve the self. Ra: The 4th density is a vibrational spectrum. Your time/space continuum has spiraled your solar system into this vibration. This will cause the planet itself to electromagnetically realign its vortices of reception of the in-streaming of cosmic forces expressing themselves as vibrational webs so that the Earth will be 4th density magnetized. This is going to occur with some inconvenience due to the energy of the thought-forms of your peoples which disturb the orderly constructs of energy patterns within your Earth’s spirals of energy which increases entropy and unusable heat. This will cause your planet to have some ruptures in its outer garment while making it appropriately magnetized for 4th density. Those who remain in 4th density on Earth will be of positive orientation.” I caution the reader not to come to premature conclusions/assumptions without having read more of the presented material. There is way more than I mentioned here. The difference to popular channels today who focus on “Reality Creation”, the “Great Secret” of the “Law of Attraction” or give an oversimplified view of humanity, spirituality and the world is self-evident. The ultimate “Secret” is perhaps something completely different, relating to what Don Juan Matus (Castaneda) called “The topic of all topics” or in the words of Dr. Jacques Vallee:“Human beings are under the control of a strange force that bends them in absurd ways, forcing them to play a role in a bizarre game of deception.“ The emphasis of these sources on gaining Knowledge and Understanding (the true meaning of Light) to increase Being and essentially Love to anchor a new frequency goes very much in line with ancient esoteric teachings which also warned of the deception in these times through false prophets, teachings and deceiving leaders, spiritual (New Age) and political. How exactly it all “goes down” (or up) we don’t know. The future is not set in stone, because it is up to us and depends on the choices we make, the lessons we learn and the knowledge, understanding and awareness we gain. All there is are lessons.

Recommended reading: - Bringers of the Dawn: Teachings from the Pleiadians by Barbara Marciniak - The Wave Series (7 books) by Laura Knight-Jadczyk. The first three books are available to read for free online HERE. (there is more material in the books) - The Law of One – The RA Material, James Allen McCarty, Don Elkins and Carla Rueckert - In Search of the Miraculous by P.D. Ouspensky - Gnosis I-III by Boris Mouravieff - The Secret History of the World by Laura Knight-Jadczyk - Channeling, UFOs and The Positive/Negative Realms Beyond This World by Michael Topper

November 21, 2010

UFOs, Aliens, and the Question of Contact By Bernhard Guenther

The UFO phenomena is quite an elusive topic. Despite many years of documented encounters, there is still no confirmation from any “official” authorities, be it mainstream science or government, that there may be something “otherworldly” going on. On the contrary, there is often ridicule and avoidance whenever this subject comes up. Yet most of the general public believes that extraterrestrial UFO’s (Unidentified Flying Objects) exist and that the government is hiding information from us. Many people had UFO sightings themselves. However, most people also don’t give it much attention or thought, believing that it doesn’t really affect us anyway and that we’ll deal with it once official “contact” has been made. But what if the UFO phenomena is not what we thought it is, but has influenced humanity and the world at large for thousands of years? What would be the implications? Our views on life and existence, science and religion, spirituality and evolution, consciousness and psychology as well as reality as we know it would take on a whole new understanding when looking deeper into the UFO phenomena and the possibility of a higher alien intelligence affecting our world. Perhaps we’re not the “main show” here on earth and maybe not even on “top of the food chain”? Let’s not forget, not too long ago we believed that the earth is flat. What else will we discover?

The Baptism of Christ by Aert de Gelder (1710)

In general it is impossible to get into any discussion about this topic with people who dismiss something right away without having sincerely looked into the evidence and research. There is no point in discussing beliefs and set view points. Discussion is only constructive when it is not limited by personal preference, beliefs, or a conditioned world view. Open-minded objectivity is essential when seeking truth. With that in mind, everyone who starts to study the UFO phenomena will eventually find out that there is valid information and there is disinformation. Truth and lies are all mixed together, especially in a fringe topic outside the realm of “official culture”. It’s a big swamp but the sincere seeker, who approaches this subject with a critical but open mind and effort to dig a bit, can see that, without any doubt, something “otherworldly” IS going on….and has been going on for a while. The question is, how to separate truth from lies? How can we find out what is really going on in this elusive field? There is one important issue that needs to be considered when dealing with such fringe topics: Our own level of cultural conditioning”.Many people project a certain typical image on the extraterrestrial phenomena based on Hollywood movies and Sci-Fi literature which mostly tends to “humanize” intelligent alien beings in some way and keeps it on a very physical level with aliens supposedly coming from another planet and acting out human qualities. What we see in the mainstream does affect how we view this topic, even if only unconsciously. The conditioning through “official culture” which has “fictionalized” this topic is deep and far-reaching. It cannot be underestimated. We need to understand this vast conditioning as well as the immense public ridicule of this topic, where most sightings are being explained away by weather anomalies, the planet Venus, or weather balloons. However, many people do believe in UFO’s. But what do we actually really know about the intention of these “visitors”? There is a huge difference between belief and knowledge. What do we really know and what do we just believe or assume? We should never underestimate the trap of wishful thinking and/or denial. Looking at it all with what the Buddhists call “Beginners Mind” helps in the process of finding out truth. No preconceived ideas or assumptions, but simply looking at it as it is, cross-reverencing the data/research out there, using logic and intuition alike, separating disinfo from reliable information, slowly putting together the pieces of this puzzle. It is obviously a topic where no one has all the pieces and there is still much to discover. But at one point, when you have a certain amount of pieces of a puzzle, you can start to see an image arising. Let’s look at some of these pieces and how the image could look like.

UFO’s and the National Security State When it comes to well documented UFO cases, especially involving Government and Military documents , there is one book to point out and that is Richard Dolan’s “UFO’s and the National Security State – The Chronology of a Cover-up”. Dolan has an academic background with the much-needed critical but open mind when researching such matters. He holds an MA in History from the University of Rochester and a BA in History from

Alfred University. Prior to his interest in anomalous phenomena, Dolan studied US Cold War strategy, Soviet history, and international diplomacy. “UFOs and the National Security State” is the first volume of a three-part historical narrative of the national security dimensions of the UFO phenomenon from 1941 to the present. Included are the records of more than fifty military bases relating to violations of sensitive airspace by unknown objects, demonstrating that the US military has taken the topic of UFOs seriously indeed. Apollo 14 astronaut Dr. Edgar Mitchell called Dolan’s book “monumental,” while Dr. Hal Puthoff, Director of the Institute for Advanced Studies at Austin, declared it to be “a must-read for serious students in the field.” Some believe that UFO’s are just developed Nazi technology or secret military projects but have nothing “ET” like to them, others explain UFO’s with Jungian psychology as a projection of our collective. For anyone who doubts that the UFO phenomena is real needs to read this book. It is well documented and clearly shows that government and military are very aware of the UFO issue and also that they do not have a handle on it. “There is more than enough documentation to establish military interest in UFO’s. Attempted interceptions and military close encounters are a constant feature[...]The president/government doesn’t really know much at all and is not really in charge to begin with. The [privatized] military industrial complex and private transnational corporations seem to be involved with alien technology, UFO-crash retrievals, back-engineering and possible study of alien bodies, closed off from any government or official overview.” – Richard Dolan, (from his Keynote presentation at the UFO Conference, Laughlin, Nevada 2008) Dolan also examines the rising of a National Security State (Military Industrial Complex), independent of official government supervision, as well as the issue of Disinformation and Counter Intelligence Programs (COINTELPRO), designed to deliberately spread false Information in order to keep the public away from the truth. I recommend reading the intro here. Compartmentalization is the name of the game, on a “need to know” basis. That’s how secrecy works. The well documented evidence for his claims can be found in his books. A good insight into his work is also this lecture he gave in September 2009: http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=veQ-LCjDCAc

The Disclosure Project Many people who have looked into the topic of UFO’s a bit have come across the Disclosure Project, an organization under the guidance of Steven Greer, which also reveals the Government/Military Involvement in the UFO field. At first the Disclosure Project seems to be a very good source and has a somewhat more serious image than your average UFO site. Greer and his project is quite popular these days, especially in the New Age Movement. UFO enthusiasts seem to take Greer’s work as a credible, reliable source and are happy to hear that our benevolent “space brothers” are here, possibly providing us with technology like Zero Point Energy, which the secret

government is hiding from us. According to Greer, we’re also “threatening” the aliens and a possible contact scenario because of our space weapon program. While there is some valid information presented by Greer with a very ideal objective of bringing about Disclosure of the UFO phenomena through Congress, there also seems to be Disinformation, in particular in regards to the intention of the “visitors”. Greer claims that there is no evidence of any hostile behavior on part of the ET’s. Well, I wouldn’t be so sure about that. UFO researcher Guy Malone writes about Steven Greer and the Disclosure Project: There are certain problems with the lesser-known but equally sought after goals of the Disclosure Project, which hide (in plain sight) behind the noble “topline” pursuit of Disclosure, which should raise concerns. Namely, the seeming religious zeal with which Dr. Greer promotes the “Intergalactic Community” we are supposedly being invited to join and also, the call for a disarmament of humanity’s weaponry before we enter space (or in the words of the Disclosure Project homepage “To enact legislation which will ban all space-based weapons.”)Whether knowingly (as either a disinformation agent, or as a closet cult-leader) or unknowingly, by attaching these very distinct and separate issues to the noble goals of the Disclosure Project, Dr. Greer is unfortunately playing all of us right into the hands of the very Shadow Government he warns of. These other non-essential (to Disclosure) pursuits are built upon a single faulty premise – that UFOs are not ever harmful. It is simply unreasonable to believe that, as a noted ufologist, Dr. Greer has never heard of these or similar reports [showing a non-benevolent nature of UFO/ET interaction]. However, too much of the UFO community simply ignores all such reports in favor of either an undeserved loyalty to the ufonauts, or a hidden agenda – political, spiritual and/or financial. Promotion of UFO beings as benevolent and the ideal of a peaceful “Intergalactic Community” is the hallmark only of uninformed researchers, well-informed disinformation agents, New Age acolytes and UFO cult leaders. Intelligent people however cannot allow a starry-eyed view of the reality of UFOs to cause us to roll over and merely assume they ALL are – or always will be – friendly and beneficial to humanity. All we really know so far from Dr. Greer and others’ efforts is that these entities exist, and that they seem to offer us shiny cool stuff in exchange for just a little territory. However, our own checkered human history of initial European relations with Native American Indians should be enough to teach us the folly of repeating this path (i.e., “Today’s Manhattan Island is tomorrow’s Manhattan Project!”)

Kerry Cassidy and Bill Ryan of Project Camelot challenge Steven Greer about these issues and more in this interview: http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=hzqDVOjtNhg If the government doesn’t really know much and has no handle on it, as Richard Dolan has shown in his research, then that puts into question the “disclosure” through government as promoted by Greer. One has to ask, WHO is going to disclose WHAT? Are we really so naive to believe that the government would just come out and tell us the truth, even if they knew what was going on? Sincere researchers in the UFO field are starting to look through Greer’s agenda more and more as his claims do not hold up to the data uncovered. He seems to be doing more harm than any good to the UFO field with his “crusade” of disclosure. And maybe that is his true intention after all, to distract and misinform. Could Greer be a Disinformation Agent in classic Counter Intelligence Program fashion ( COINTELPRO )? Laura Knight-Jadczyk writes about Greer in her book “The Secret History of the World“: “In the present day, we have Steven Greer’s “Disclosure Project.” Based on the mail I get, it seems that many in the New Age/UFO community think that this is a great and novel idea. However, history shows that it has been tried before. The one thing about Greer’s effort that suggests it is just more and better COINTELPRO is his attachment to the “aliens are here to help us” idea which is directly contradicted by history[...]“ In regards to Secrecy of the UFO Issue, referring to Dolan’s research, she writes: “[…]This brings us back to the problem of the Secret State and its agenda. Some people believe that this secrecy is absolutely essential. They say that the public simply could not handle the truth about aliens. They say that there is no reason to spoil people’s lives with the truth because there is nothing that the average person could do about it anyway. Is that really true? Would there be so much effort to conceal the alien agenda if disclosure of the truth wasn’t harmful to that agenda? Dolan’s chronological history of the actual interaction between UFOs and the public and the corresponding behavior of the military, the intelligence community, the media, the scientific community in its interaction with the public, make this abundantly clear. […] It seems obvious from the documentary evidence as well as the behavior of the military in response to UFOs and the “alien matter,” that the aliens do have an agenda, and that – at some level in the layers of secrecy – there are those who know – at least on a “need to know” basis – what that agenda is. It seems

abundantly evident that the secrecy has been enjoined on this group by the aliens themselves. What is more, a careful assessment of the evidence does not suggest a benevolent agenda.” Now what would an alien agenda be that might be not in our best interest?

The Secret World of Alien Abductions A very important issue, which Greer and many supporters of the “benevolent alien scenario” seem to completely miss, distort or deny is the topic of Alien Abductions. For the layman who has never looked into it seriously, it may be a topic to make fun of, making jokes about ‘anal probing’ and such but anyone who has ever researched that field knows that the picture is not very funny. There is a High Strangeness to this whole abduction phenomena which is hard to explain. Many abductions are not that obvious and can only be retraced through hypnosis, as the aliens seem to have an ability to mind-control their victim, erase memory, manipulate space and time, as well as implant certain thoughts, emotions (everything from bliss to indifference) and even false memories of what really went on in an abduction (screen memory) with a hyperspace-technology that makes our technology look like the Stone Age. Some abductions have been reported fully conscious without hypnosis and there seem to be many similarities between the stories of thousands of reported abduction cases world-wide (this is NOT just an US phenomena), independently, showing a rather disturbing picture. David M. Jacobs, Ph.D. has been doing research in the UFO/Abduction field for over 40 years, published several books and has worked with thousands of abductees, mostly using Hypnosis techniques to reveal these experiences. He states: “My research is based on more than 42 years of UFO research. In addition, since 1986 I have conducted over 1,000 hypnotic regressions with abductees. I have tried to be as objective and as “agenda free” as possible. I have no New Age, spiritual, religious, transformational, or transcendent program to promote. I try to stay as close to the evidence as I can. However, there is no possibility that I have avoided error. The majority of evidence for the alien abduction phenomenon is from human memory derived from hypnosis… . It is difficult to imagine a weaker form of evidence. But it is evidence and we have a great deal of it.” Admitting to the difficulty of researching the abduction phenomena (There is no film/picture “in-action” evidence), Jacobs, however, rules out the idea that abductions are just a psychological/imaginary issue. Too many accounts from too many unrelated people tell the same (developing) stories over and over which just don’t fit into any psychological frame. So, how does a typical abduction look like? Jacobs describes it in a nutshell: “Abductions are complex series of events and procedures directed by the abductors to passive or controlled abductees. In a typical or common abductions, humans are taken out of their normal environment by aliens. The

people are rendered passive and cannot resist. They are taken aboard a UFO, their clothes are removed and they are made to lie on a table. A series of physical, mental, and productive procedures are then administered to the subjects. People’s physical bodies are probed and examined. Sperm is taken, eggs are harvested. The aliens perform staring procedures during which they gaze into abductees’ eyes at a distance of only an inch or two. These “mindscan” procedures appear to be neurological manipulations which give the aliens the ability to “enter into” peoples’ minds. After the table procedures, abductees report that they are sometimes taken into other rooms where they are required to have skin on skin contact with unusual looking babies. Abductees say that these babies seem to be crosses between humans and aliens. They call them “hybrids.” Abductees also see hybrid toddlers, older youth, adolescents, and adults. Sometimes abductees report that they are required to perform tasks, that they are “tested” in some way. They say that machines are brought in to examine them. They sometimes are required to have a form of sexual intercourse with other humans, and sometimes with adolescent and adult hybrids. They are returned to their normal environment and within seconds, they forget what has just happened to them. “ The individual abductee accounts are far more detailed, not all are UFO related, some have to do with Underground bases. Dr. Jacobs says that after all these years of research and putting the pieces together, he can see a picture emerging. It looks like there is a program in the works with a certain goal and that producing offspring may be one of the objectives behind the abduction phenomenon for the purpose of creating a Hybrid Race. Some skeptics blame Jacobs for inducing his own “belief system” through Hypnotherapy into his clients and therefore creating “false” abduction accounts. However, this doesn’t hold up with the evidence Jacobs and other researchers have come up with, much of it even without the use of any Hypnotherapy. It only shows that skeptics haven’t really looked into the research and are more trying to validate their own belief system, rather than objectively looking for truth. In regards to the typical Debunking of the Abduction phenomena, be it through the Scientific or “Spiritual” Community, Jacobs writes: “In my forty years of UFO research, the last twenty of which spent studying the abduction phenomenon, I have learned a simple evidence truism: All debunkers make one or more of three fundamental mistakes: They do not know the evidence, they ignore the evidence, or they distort the evidence. Any one of these errors would be catastrophic and perhaps even scientifically dishonest when writing about something of accepted scientific consequence. Leaving in mistakes is tantamount to ignoring or to distorting the evidence. Unfortunately, when it comes to abductions, all debunkers comply with the evidence truism. There are no exceptions. “

Dr. Rick Strassman, author of “DMT – The Spirit Molecule” hypothesizes that Alien Abductions are brought on by the accidental release of DMT produced by the pineal gland inside the brain. While conducting DMT research in the 1990s at the University of New Mexico, Dr. Strassman advanced the theory that a massive release of DMT from the pineal gland prior to death or near death was the cause of the near death experience (NDE) phenomenon. Several of his test subjects reported NDE-like audio or visual hallucinations, while others also reported contact with ‘other beings’, alien like, insectoid or reptilian in nature, in highly advanced technological environments where the subjects were ‘carried’, ‘probed’, ‘tested’, ‘manipulated’, ‘dismembered’, ‘taught’, ‘loved’ and even ‘raped’ by these ‘beings’. It is interesting to note how similar the accounts of his test subjects (who were administered DMT intravenously) are in comparison to what can be found in abduction research. DMT certainly is a Mystery molecule that seems to open doorways to another world/reality. However, Strassman’s theory, that abduction experiences are caused by the accidental release of DMT, seems to be short-sighted when taking a closer look into the Alien abductions scenario. A respected researcher and abductee herself had been Karla Turner, Ph.D. She authored three books on the abduction phenomenon, “Into the Fringe” (1992), “Taken” (1994), and “Masquerade of Angels” (1994). Dr. Karla Turner died of a strange fast-acting cancer in 1996, after being threatened for her work. She was just 48 years old. Dr. Turner confirmed the work of Jacobs, however, she thinks that the creation of a Hybrid race is not the whole picture, as there are many cases of abductions that show different behaviors and agendas. She really must have “struck a chord”, as she was harassed by agents and military alike throughout her life until her death. According to her research Dr. Turner believes that humans are being used as a “resource” by these aliens in many ways: “The evidence shows that the aliens do harvest from us in a number of ways, emotionally and energetically as well as physically. There are even reported scenarios of facilities in which human bodies are “processed,” and many such reports come from people unfamiliar with ufological literature.” Here is part of a list she put together based on countless abduction accounts, research and analysis: In every instance from this list, there are multiple reports from unrelated cases, confirming that such bizarre details are not the product of a single deranged mind.These details are convincing evidence that, contrary to the claims of many UFO researchers, the abduction experience isn’t limited to a uniform pattern of events. This phenomenon simply can’t be explained in terms of cross-breeding experiments or scientific research into the human physiology. • Aliens can alter our perception of our surroundings. • Aliens can control what we think we see. They can appear to us in any number of guises and shapes.

• Aliens can take us–our consciousness–out of our physical bodies, disable our control of our bodies, install one of their own entities, and use our bodies as vehicles for their own activities before returning our consciousness to our bodies. • Aliens can be present with us in an invisible state and can make themselves only partially visible. • Aliens take body fluids from our necks, spines, blood veins, joints such as knees and wrists, and other places. They also inject unknown fluids into various parts of our bodies. • A surprising number of abductees suffer from serious illnesses they didn’t have before their encounters. These have led to surgery, debilitation, and even death from causes the doctors can’t identify. • Some abductees experience a degeneration of their mental, social, and spiritual well-being. Excessive behavior frequently erupts, such as drug abuse, alcoholism, overeating, and promiscuity. Strange obsessions develop and cause the disruption of normal life and the destruction of personal relationships. • Aliens show a great interest in adult sexuality, child sexuality, and in inflicting physical pain on abductees. • Abductees recall being instructed and trained by aliens. This training may be in the form of verbal or telepathic lessons, slide shows, or actual hands-on instruction in the operation of alien technology. • Abductees report being taken to facilities in which they encounter not only aliens but also normal-looking humans, sometimes in military uniforms, working with the alien captors. • Abductees often encounter more than one sort of alien during an experience, not just the grays. Every possible combination of gray, reptoid, insectoid, blond, and widow’s peak have been seen during single abductions, aboard the same craft or in the same facility. • Abductees report seeing other humans in these facilities being drained of blood, being mutilated, flayed, and dismembered, stacked, lifeless like cords of wood. Some abductees have been threatened that they, too, will end up in this condition if they don’t co-operate with their alien captors. • Aliens have forced their human abductees to have sexual intercourse with aliens and even with other abductees while groups of aliens observe these performances. In such encounters, the aliens have sometimes disguised themselves in order to gain the cooperation of the abductee, appearing in such

forms as Jesus, the Pope, certain celebrities, and even the dead spouses of the abductees. • Aliens make predictions of an imminent period of global chaos and destruction. They say that a certain number of humans will be “rescued” from the planet in order to continue the species, either on another planet or back on earth after the destruction is over. Many abductees report they don’t believe their alien captors and foresee instead a much more sinister use of the “rescued” humans. Dr. Karla Truner gives a very interesting lecture on this topic shortly before her death in 1995: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jKbOpTMmnNg Since most abductions are not remembered consciously, Dr. Jacobs believes that there are millions of abductions world-wide of people who have not the slightest idea that they had been abducted. Dreams and issues of missing time can be hints that an abduction has actually occurred. Sometimes people remember later in life, after 30 to 50 years or so, that something like an abduction had occurred in earlier in life. Hypnotic regression can then help to uncover more. However, there is also physical evidence at times, such as body marks (geometric-like imprints into the skin) and there are conscious recollections without the need for hypnosis. According to abductees’ stories, most abductions are performed by the typical Gray alien (which has become a “pop culture icon” thanks to Hollywood). Sometimes there are “Reptilian” and “humanoid” (called Nordics) entities present who seem to oversee such procedures. Some people believe that abductions are performed because these aliens are dying, claiming that they need our DNA and in that sense “we’re helping them”. On the opposite hand, some supporters of the benevolent alien scenario suggest that abductions and genetic manipulation of humans happen on purpose for our benefit in order to upgrade our DNA for “the Shift”. However, this assumption doesn’t hold up in light of the overall research and merely downplays the abduction phenomena by painting an “inferior”, “innocent” image of the aliens or seeing them as “saviors”. The Gray aliens seem to be just biogenetic robots performing assigned/programmed tasks but are not “in charge”, nor a “race” on their own. Karla Turner writes: “Another possibility is that, as some abductees report being told or shown, the small Gray “workers” are mass-produced android robots, not soul-bearing individuals and thus not “alive” as we understand the term. The Grays show a strong fetal physiology, as numerous descriptions have stated. And given enough mastery of genetics, human reproductive material could be altered so that its appearance resembled the Gray type, yet be strictly human in composition, rather than a mixture of alien and human. The Grays, in effect, could be grossly altered bodies of human babies, devoid of what we call soul and mentally programmed like dedicated computer hardware.”

Grays have a tiny mouth slit, a resemblance of a nose and ears, but there is no suggestion that they use five sensory perception, eat, breath or use speech like humans do. Communication is done by telepathy. Dr. Jacobs believes that the Gray Alien is a product of human/alien genetic manipulation and the reason why mouth, ears and nose have a regressed/underdeveloped appearance is simply because they are not used as a human would use them.

Benevolent? “Before we allow ourselves to believe in the benevolence of the alien interaction we should ask, do enlightened beings need to use the cover of night to perform good deeds? Do they need to paralyze us and render us helpless to resist? Do angels need to steal our fetuses? Do they need to manipulate our children’s genitals and probe our rectums? Are fear, pain, and deception consistent with high spiritual motives?” – Dr. Karla Turner It seems that this “Secret Government” a.k.a Military Industrial Complex (which is in possession of alien technology and are somewhat involved with these Non-Terrestrial forces on some level) are not fully in control but are themselves “duped” by these “visitors”. Looking into military abduction accounts (MILAB), researched by Dr. Karla Turner, she has reports by people (one of them her husband ) who have been abducted regularly by aliens and then also started to get abducted by “military” personel, who then

questioned the abductees about what the aliens want from them and what they conveyed to them. Eve Lorgen has also come to similar discoveries in her research and wrote a book about alien interference in Love relationships: “The Love Bite – Alien Influence in Human Love Relationships“. “The Love Bite is a kind of “psychic rape” whereby the victim is abducted, then manipulated into bonding with a targeted love partner chosen by the alien beings. The effects of the Love Bite can range from simple break-ups of platonic relationships, to violent divorces, and from “puppy love” to sudden urges to marry a complete stranger. Through several fascinating case histories, Lorgen demonstrates how the alien beings may be orchestrating these dramas for their own ends. It is as if the aliens are harvesting human emotional energy.“ - from “The Love Bite” (Synopsis) Whatever is going on, the alien forces seem to have their own agenda and are not just in “partnership” with the secret government. Deception is the name of the game, not only through the Secret Government/Military Industrial Complex, but also through the aliens themselves. Military abductions are happening, but they seem to have a different purpose than what Steven Greer suggested. He believes that all abductions are simply staged by the Military to give the Aliens/ET’s a “bad name”. Abductees and contactees seem to get duped by their “alien friends” as well, being told they’re “special” and they have certain important “functions” to perform in the coming future. What needs to be kept in mind is that these beings are able to create virtual realities, trigger emotions and implant thoughts. They can play any scenario to make the abductee feel as if it is a “spiritual” experience, hence many contactees claim these aliens being are benevolent. Never mind the fact that abductions happen against the free will of the person to begin with. Many times they’re being shown images/virtual realities of cataclysms/earth changes and what they are supposed to do when this happens, as if they’re being “programmed” for some event. Some abductees claim that they have been given permission for abduction through their unconscious mind and have developed a kind of a “Stockholm Syndrome“, worshiping their abductors. Other people, like ex-presidential candidate Kucinich, reported they felt this “love” when they had a UFO sighting. Well, looking a bit deeper into it all, a “feeling of love” is by no means an indication that these are benevolent beings, especially when they seem to be able to induce emotional states into humans at will. We can easily be emotionally manipulated and we can be very impressionable beings. Movies are a good example of how sound and visions alone can make us laugh, cry or be scared, let alone what hyperspace-technology might be capable of that is clearly far superior than anything known to man.

These beings are called the Wandjina by the Aborigines, who painted them. Close resemblance to Gray aliens. Australia, about 5,000 years old In order to fully grasp the topic of abductions, we need to let go of what we think is or is not possible and, while watching our conditioned mind which tries to “explain away” such experiences with basic “cultural approved” psychology or New Age “spirituality”. It is very important to understand the High Strangeness of the UFO and Alien phenomena. People who haven’t really looked into it carefully paint pictures too fast, asking how all this could be possible on such a grand scale without anyone really noticing. They don’t realize that a lot of this is a non-physical phenomena, dealing with a Higher Intelligence life form (who might be a bit smarter than us humans and don’t think like a “human”) that is able to pop in and out of 3D physicality, transcending time and space. They can insert thoughts, memories, emotions, and change appearances, such as “passed loved ones”, “Jesus”, the “Virgin Mary”, “Santa Claus”, a “Pleiadian”, and so on depending on the belief system of the abductee. This process to make the abductee trust the abduction process and the aliens, is documented in Dr. Karla Turner’s books “Masquerade of Angels” and “Into the Fringe”: “In one case that I recount in “Into the Fringe,” James had mostly conscious recollections and almost no hypnosis. He remembered being drawn into the proximity of a beautiful “Pleiadian” woman, who was very alluring and tender, and almost seductive. She wanted him to come into her embrace. When he got into the embrace, and thought she was going to kiss him, she disappeared entirely, and what was left in her place was a purplish-black, bumpy, almost slimy-looking character with fairly asymmetrical features. I have encountered this same type of creature in a couple of other cases. The entity was very strong. Instead of embracing James, the creature threw him down on the ground and shoved a two-foot-long tube down his throat, into his stomach, and pulled up stomach juices. The next day, he still had some of the bile

taste, the interior of his throat was sore, and he discovered claw marks around both sides of his neck, where he had been held down.“ Laura Knight-Jadczyk writes in “The High Strangeness of Dimensions, Densities and the process of Alien Abduction“: “Another disturbing factor that emerged from my research was that these beings, whether demons, vampires, or aliens, seem to have the ability to control our thoughts to a certain extent, our physical bodies, the weather and even events in our lives.[…]Many people reported that their abductors were benevolent beings, but when we consider all the factors of the big picture of the phenomena, it seems that such stories of benevolence may be misleading.“ When we talk about the possibility of an alien race of higher intelligence that exists outside our range of perception on a higher Density, it doesn’t mean that they are automatically spiritually evolved or loving angels. I’m not saying that there aren’t any benevolent beings on higher realms of existence, however, there is a heavy “romanticizing” of the Alien/UFO phenomena going on based on wishful thinking and assumption. Not many people actually question the intention of these beings. Could there not be the possibility that there is an alien intelligence that has been around far longer than human life on earth and who may look at us like we look at and use in many ways lower life forms on this planet: as a resource….and even as food? Food doesn’t have to be physical and these beings seem to feed off our emotions and energy. “By playing on our self-reflection, which is the only point of awareness left to us, the predators create flares of awareness that they proceed to consume in a ruthless, predatory fashion. They give us inane problems that force those flares of awareness to rise, and in this manner they keep us alive in order for them to be fed with the energetic flare of our pseudo concerns. [...] What I’m saying is that what we have against us is not a simple predator. It is very smart, and organized. It follows a methodical system to render us useless. Man, the magical being that he is destined to be, is no longer magical. He’s an average piece of meat. There are no more dreams for man but the dreams of an animal who is being raised to become a piece of meat: trite, conventional, imbecilic.” - Don Juan Matus in “The Active Side of Infinity” by Carlos Castaneda Are we really the peak of God’s creation and so special and holy that nothing other than ourselves would harm/control/manipulate/consume us? Are we really that anthropocentric and ignorant to think that way? What do we really know? Humility is not our greatest strength. We usually give some (contrived) quick explanation to uncomfortable questions rather than admitting “I don’t know” and making more sincere efforts to gain knowledge and understanding, even if it contradicts our long-held beliefs. We trust official authority (Science, Religion, Government) to give us these answers so we

can “go on and make a living” not needing to think too much about the more disturbing aspects of our world. But maybe our “official culture” with is institutions is also a product of and influenced by the “the Other”, the “Alien Mind” or “Predator” as Don Juan called it, hence the debunking, ridicule and avoidance of this topic in the public. Usually if people admit that there might be other life forms visiting this planet, they tend to project human qualities into these visitors, rejecting anything that doesn’t fit into this (conditioned) image of our “space brothers”. It’s the typical “the aliens don’t behave how they are supposed to” – excuse and denial of the abduction phenomena. Well, who are we to even assume to know how another non-human life form thinks or behaves to begin with? Some abductees have had healings done by their alien abductors, but maybe it is for a whole different purpose than just caring for the sake of caring? “Higher intelligence takes advantage of, and uses, lower intelligence – sort of the way we humans use cattle. And with the privilege of use, comes the responsibility of caring… A farmer tends to his animals by feeding them and taking care of their medical needs. If the pasture became contaminated, the farmer would be the first to protect his investments.” – Jim Sparks, Abductee A common explanation in New Age circles is that abductees “attract” these experiences to them, based on the popular “Law of Attraction” and Create Your Own Reality (CYOR) concepts, sometimes claiming “it’s their Karma”. This seems more like an escape/justification without carefully studying the phenomena. The hyped New Age “Teachings” of today, which many people believe without questioning, shouldn’t justify anything that may not look that pretty. Millions of children have died in Iraq since the war. Do we also say, “it’s just karma” or “they just attracted it because of their thoughts?” and just let them to their “fate”? Can we see the misuse of such popular ideas when dealing with these issues? Karla Turner writes: “There is a theory […] that says abductees who perceive their experiences in a negative way only do so because they themselves aren’t spiritually or psychically advanced. Persons with higher cosmic development have positive alien encounters, so the theory goes, and those who have painful or frightening experiences are merely spiritual Neanderthals. This is a pet theory of researchers who claim that aliens, whether objectively real or not, serve as “mirrors” of our spiritual nature, on an individual or a species-wide basis. Having worked with so many decent, honest, positively oriented abductees, however, I believe this theory is wrong. It is worse than wrong–it is despicable, as despicable as blaming a rape victim for the violence committed against her. This attitude leaves many abductees feeling doubly violated, first by the aliens who took them and then by the UFO researchers to whom they turn for explanations and help.“ Philosopher Daniel Pinchbeck and others suggests that these entities performing the

abductions are aspects of our “psyche” and how we perceive them depends on how we “look” at them. He wrote in “2012 – The Return of Quetzalcoatl”: “Are the visitors “real” or “imaginary”? They are both and they are neither. Like quantum phenomena, they do not exist or not exist, they also do not exist and not exist, nor do they both not exist and not not exist….Any entity only possesses relative reality, including ourselves…Entities who manifest on other forms of consciousness, such as the Grays, are, at the same time, separate from us and aspects of our own psyche. We are the ground of their manifestation, and it is only by attaining a nondual perspective that we can understand them.” Everything exists and nothings exists at the same time The aliens are separate from us and at the same time they are part of us. While there is obvious truth to such “higher truths” from a higher perspective, this view is also as shortsighted as to say that “all is illusion”, “death is an illusion”, “we are all one” or “there is no “other”, everything is us!”. There is a danger to “philosophize” and essentially “buffer up” the issue without seeing the limitations of such “higher truths” in our state of being/existence. There seems a tendency in the New Age arena and certain progressive/conscious movements to come to an oversimplified application of spirituality and quantum mechanics, where everything is rendered down to being part of our psyche/manifestation and there is no “other”, humanity is the center of the universe, there is nothing above, and we create everything ourselves. Laura Knight-Jadczyk writes in “The Secret History of the World”: “At our level of reality, the understanding that “nothing is real,” as has been promulgated by gurus and teachers down through history, is as useless as saying “gravity isn’t real.” Such considerations are useful only for expansion of perception. They are not useful for practical application since the energies of creation apparently transduce through several “levels” before they meet in the middle, so to say, in our reality. Many modern day “teachers” and “gurus” tell us “Since there is only One Being which permeates all things, all we have to do is see everything as only light”, and that will transmute the darkness, and we will “create our own reality of light.” Such a statement ignores the fact that the statement “God is One” describes a reality that is a higher level from which our own “mixed being” manifests. The man who assumes that he can become like God at this level just by thinking it, ignores the facts of Being vs. Non-being which outrays from “God is One” at a level of existence that is clearly several levels above our own. Evil is REAL on its own level, and the task of man is to navigate the Cosmic Maze without being defiled by the Evil therein. This is the root of Free Will. Man faces a predicament as REAL as himself: he is forced to choose – to utilize his knowledge by applying it – between the straight path which leads to Being,

and the crooked paths which lead to Non-Being. Another point which shows that Pinchbeck (and others with similar views) is coming to conclusion too quick is his idea and representation of the Gray alien: “We are supposed to learn to work with the elementals and, also alleviate their suffering – it is clear from the abduction accounts that the visitors are suffering.” Like dusty insects attracted to flame, the Grays yearn for our qualities of soul-warmth; despite their cunning and technological acumen, these qualities remain beyond them. They are intelligent and sentient, hence aware of their exiled statues. Unable to escape their de-souled condition, they desire to draw humans into their lower world, sustaining their half-lives on our subtle energies. They appear to be utilizing their dream-world technologies in a serious and desperate attempt to find a way out of their cul-de-sac.” It is clear that the visitors are “suffering”? Pinchbeck makes the same mistake as many others who don’t take more time to research this subject carefully, assuming that the Gray aliens are “beings who crave what we have”, or just projections of our psyche. Essentially he’s falling into the trap of what “they” want us to believe.Looking at what Dr. Karla Turner and other Abduction researchers have uncovered, it seems more likely that the Gray alien is as much “suffering” and “yearning for our soul-warmth” as a robot performing certain tasks. The Gray aliens don’t seem to be in charge but are being used as biogenetic working “drones” by other more powerful beings who oversee the procedures and who actually seem to be able to “plug into” a Gray alien and work/see through them. Implanted acreen memories can also hide/distort of what an abductee has really experienced and paint a false image of what the Grays really are. Screen memories may be unusually vivid dreams, recollections of meeting spirits or even of friendly interaction with aliens. Hypnosis can get past screen memories to uncover another layer of experience which is most often less agreeable. Many abductees are living in terror and fear, not knowing when the next “taking” will happen (abductions start as early as infancy, and can occur till late in life. Some people have been abducted hundreds of times), not being able to prevent it (to my knowledge not any form of praying, visualizing, positive thinking, ritual or worship have ever stopped an abduction), not being able to talk about it for obvious ridicule in the public. Many need to even hide these experiences from their families. Some are so utterly confused that they go mad, even committing suicide. Karla Turner suggested a number of steps abductees could take in the face of alien provocation: - Educate yourself about the phenomenon; there is some control in knowledge. - Let go of fear; it is through fear that negative entities maintain control. Anger is a more effective defense than fear. - Abductees should be aware of how they’re reacting; they should learn to step out of themselves, and to maintain perspective. - Maintain a good quality of life. - Be realistic about what can and cannot be done. - Stay close to your families.

- Confide. “The hell with the results,” says Turner. “You don’t need the burden of carrying this around [without being able to talk about it].” I know of some abductees who have told me about their experiences and it seems that anger and getting upset at the entities does actually help. Also by educating themselves and learning more about the Abduction/UFO phenomena they can create an awareness which seems to offer protection. As the saying goes: Knowledge protects, Ignorance endangers. But what is very disturbing is the complete denial of this issue, not only in the mainstream scientific community, but especially in the “progressive” truth and New Age movement. “Let’s talk about Global Warming, 2012, our “space brothers”, 9/11 and the New World Order, but let’s not go “there!” “ “The idea that men, women, and children can be taken against their wills from their homes, cars, and school yards by strange humanoid beings, lifted onto spacecraft, and subjected to intrusive and threatening procedures is so terrifying, and yet so shattering to our notions of what is possible in our universe, that the actuality of the phenomenon has been largely rejected out of hand or bizarrely distorted in most media accounts.” - John E. Mack, M.D., professor of psychiatry at Harvard, from his book Abduction The topic of alien abductions is mostly treated as if it is non-existent. And that is the best way to keep a secret.

HIGH STRANGENESS Looking at the High Strangeness and Hyperdimensional aspect of the UFO and Alien activity, one can say that it is certainly is not just a physical phenomena and these crafts don’t seem to have technology like we think in terms of a “space ship”. After all, who says that “aliens” come from another planet anyway? While NASA is looking for organic life on Mars (Official NASA programs seem to be more of a distraction for the general public ), the real show is already happening right here and has been for a long time. Contact has been already made, but it is not how we thought it would have happened. Maybe our physical world is just embedded in, what long time UFO researcher, scientist and astronomer Dr. Jacques Vallee calls, a “Control System“. He writes in “Incommensurability, Orthodoxyand the Physics of High Strangeness. A 6-layer model for Anomalous Phenomena“: “If we look at the world from an informational point of view, and if we consider the many complex ways in which time and space my be structured, the old idea of space travel and interplanetary craft to which most technologists are still clinging appears not only obsolete, but ludicrous. Indeed, modern physics has already bypassed it, offering a very different interpretation of what an “extraterrestrial” system might look like.

I believe there is a system around us that transcends time as it transcends space. The system may well be able to locate itself in outer space, but its manifestations are not spacecraft in the ordinary ‘nuts and bolts’ sense. The UFO’s are physical manifestations that cannot be understood apart from their psychic and symbolic reality. What we see in effect here is a control system which acts on humans and uses humans.“ Vallee also stated that it would be false to say that these UFO’s “fly” like a plane or rocket would. With technology that transcends time, space and gravity, “space travel” may take on a whole new meaning. One has to wonder why such a topic of immense importance for science and the world is still widely ignored and denied by “official” scientists. Abduction and UFO researcher James Bartley explains: “Unfortunately the human race has been poorly served by the “Scientific Community.” This should come as no surprise considering the disproportionate amount of funding the Scientific Community receives from Tax-Exempt Foundations, Multinational Corporations, the Department of Energy and the Pentagon just to name a few. To provide such funding and then encourage real scientific study of UFOs would defeat the purpose of the longstanding well documented debunking and disinformation campaign against UFO reality. Since scientists are conditioned and trained to discount the reality of UFOs, it is relatively easy to convince some of them to be UFO debunkers, especially if they will be paid for their debunking efforts. Scientists cannot be expected to think or behave any differently. They have been indoctrinated and are in need of funding. I have to laugh when skeptics and debunkers demand scientific proof for UFO sightings and alien abductions. How can “science,” as controlled as it is today, possibly explain the types of phenomena described by UFO witnesses and alien abductees? UFOs have been seen to divide into numerous parts and fly off in different directions. Conversely two or more UFOs have been seen to fly towards one another and merge into one object. UFOs have been seen to change shape in mid-flight. [...]“

Other researchers and authors also see this phenomena not like a “ET’s coming from a distant planet” scenario, but something that may have been around far longer than we imagine. The same phenomena seems to have been interpreted and described by the “world view” of past cultures, from fairies to demons to vampires to serpents, dragons and other mythological figures. “We are dealing with a multidimensional paraphysical phenomenon which is largely indigenous to planet earth.” – Brad Steiger, Blue Book Files Released in Canadian UFO Report,1977

“The UFO manifestations seem to be, by and large, merely minor variations of the age-old demonological phenomenon.” – John A. Keel, UFOs: Operation Trojan Horse “The symbolic display seen by the abductees is identical to the type of initiation ritual or astral voyage that is imbedded in the [occult] traditions of every culture…the structure of abduction stories is identical to that of occult initiation rituals…the UFO beings of today belong to the same class of manifestation as the [occult] entities that were described in centuries past.“ -Dr. Jacques Vallee “One theory which can no longer be taken very seriously is that UFOs are interstellar spaceships.” -Arthur C. Clarke

Incubus ©Warren Criswell

Are there any other hints in ancient history and scriptures that talk about a possible Hyperdimensional Control System, a paraphysical phenomena which is indigenous to planet earth? There are some sources showing interesting similarities. The Gnostics are giving us some insights into the idea of hyperdimensional realities and beings inhabiting them: “In Gnostic cosmology, Archons are a species of inorganic beings that emerged in the solar system prior to the formation of the earth […] The Archons are a genuine species with their own proper habitat, and may even be considered to be god-like, but they lack intentionality (ennoia: self-directive capacity), and they have a nasty tendency to stray from their boundaries and intrude on the human realm.” In Gnostic psychology, the noetic science of the Mystery Schools, Archons are

an alien force that intrudes subliminally upon the human mind and deviates our intelligence away from its proper and sane applications. Working through telepathy and suggestion, the Archons attempt to deviate us from our proper course of evolution. Their most successful technique is to use religious ideology to insinuate their way of thinking and, in effect, substitute their mind-set for ours. According to the Gnostics, Judeo-Christian Salvationism is the primary ploy of the Archons, an alien implant. In the Gnostic view of human society, the Archons are alien forces that act through authoritarian systems, including belief-systems, in ways that cause human beings to turn against their innate potential and violate the symbiosis of nature. Because the Archons need human complicity to gain power over humankind, any one who assists them can be considered a kind of Archon, an accessory. How do humans assist the Archons? One way is by accepting the mental programs of the Archons — that is, adopting the alien intelligence as if it were human-based — and implementing those programs by actually enforcing them in society. Another way is by actively or passively conforming to the agendas so proposed and imposed.” Let me repeat: “Their most successful technique is to use religious ideology to insinuate their way of thinking”? Now that is very interesting indeed. Puts the whole New Age world of “spiritual” teachings as well as religion into a different light, doesn’t it?

The story of the Archons is similar to what Don Juan talked about in the last book by Castaneda, “The Active Side of Infinity“:

‘Ah, that’s the universe at large, ‘ he said, ‘incommensurable, nonlinear, outside the realm of syntax. The sorcerers of ancient Mexico were the first ones to see those fleeting shadows, so they followed them around. They saw them as you’re seeing them, and they saw them as energy that flows in the universe. And they did discover something transcendental. [...] They discovered that we have a companion for life. We have a predator that came from the depths of the cosmos and took over the rule of our lives. Human beings are its prisoners. The predator is our lord and master. It has rendered us docile, helpless. If we want to protest, it suppresses our protest. If we want to act independently, it demands that we don’t do so. [...] You have arrived, by your effort alone, to what the shamans of ancient Mexico called the topic of topics. I have been beating around the bush all this time, insinuating to you that something is holding us prisoner. Indeed we are held prisoner! This was an energetic fact for the sorcerers of ancient Mexico. ‘Why has this predator taken over in the fashion that you’re describing, don Juan?’ I asked. ‘There must be a logical explanation.’ ‘There is an explanation,’ don Juan replied, ‘which is the simplest explanation in the world. They took over because we are food for them, and they squeeze us mercilessly because we are their sustenance. Just as we rear chickens in chicken coops, the predators rear us in human coops. Therefore, their food is always available to them.’ ‘No, no, no, no,’ I heard myself saying. ‘This is absurd, don Juan. What you’re saying is something monstrous. It simply can’t be true, for sorcerers or for average men, or for anyone.’ ‘Why not?’ don Juan asked calmly. ‘Why not? Because it infuriates you?’ ‘Yes, it infuriates me,’ I retorted. ‘Those claims are monstrous!’ [...] ‘I want to appeal to your analytical mind, ‘ Don Juan said. ‘Think for a moment, and tell me how you would explain the contradiction between the intelligence of man the engineer and the stupidity of his systems of beliefs, or the stupidity of his contradictory behavior. Sorcerers believe that the predators have given us our systems of beliefs, our ideas of good and evil, our social mores. They are the ones who set up our hopes and expectations and dreams of success or failure. They have given us covetousness, greed and cowardice. It is the predators who make us complacent, routinary, and egomaniacal. ‘ ‘But how can they do this, don Juan?’ I asked, somehow angered further by what he was saying. ‘Do they whisper all that in our ears while we are asleep?’

‘No, they don’t do it that way. That’s idiotic!’ don Juan said, smiling. ‘They are infinitely more efficient and organized than that. In order to keep us obedient and meek and weak, the predators engaged themselves in a stupendous maneuver – stupendous, of course, from the point of view of a fighting strategist. A horrendous maneuver from the point of view of those who suffer it. They gave us their mind! Do you hear me? The predators give us their mind, which becomes our mind. The predators’ mind is baroque, contradictory, morose, filled with the fear of being discovered any minute now. ‘I know that even though you have never suffered hunger… you have food anxiety, which is none other than the anxiety of the predator who fears that any moment now its maneuver is going to be uncovered and food is going to be denied. Through the mind, which, after all, is their mind, the predators inject into the lives of human beings whatever is convenient for them. And they ensure, in this manner, a degree of security to act as a buffer against their fear.” Looking at Don Juan’s words in the light of what we have explored so far, we should maybe put on a different lens when reading Castaneda’s books, no matter if Don Juan was “real” or not, as some people like to argue over. They contain a great amount of esoteric knowledge when read in the right context, much of it resembling Gurdjieff’s 4th Way teachings. Our reality might be controlled by denizens of a higher reality. G.I. Gurdjieff refers to them in the story of the Evil Magician cited by Ouspensky in “In Search of the Miraculous“: “There is an Eastern tale which speaks about a very rich magician who had a great many sheep. But at the same time this magician was very mean. He did not want to hire shepherds, nor did he want to erect a fence about the pasture where his sheep were grazing. The sheep consequently often wandered into the forest, fell into ravines, and so on, and above all they ran away, for they knew that the magician wanted their flesh and skins and this they did not like. At last the magician found a remedy. He hypnotized his sheep and suggested to them first of all that they were immortal and that no harm was being done to them when they were skinned, that, on the contrary, it would be very good for them and even pleasant; secondly he suggested that the magician was a good master who loved his flock so much that he was ready to do anything in the world for them; and in the third place he suggested to them that if anything at all were going to happen to them it was not going to happen just then, at any rate not that day, and therefore they had no need to think about it. Further the magician suggested to his sheep that they were not sheep at all; to some of them he suggested that they were lions, to others that they were eagles, to others that they were men, and to others that they were magicians. And after this all his cares and worries about the sheep came to an end. They never ran away again but quietly awaited the time when the magician would require their flesh and skins. This tale is a very good illustration of man’s

position.“ The Sufi are also hinting at manipulation and deception through “hyperdimensional forces”, especially in regards to people seeking “spiritual experiences”. William Chittick wrote in “The Sufi Path of Knowledge“: “Nowadays most people interested in the spirituality of the East desire the “experience,” though they may call what they are after intimate communion with God. Those familiar with the standards and norms of spiritual experience set down by disciplined paths like Sufism are usually appalled at the way Westerners seize upon any apparition from the domain outside of normal consciousness as a manifestation of the “spiritual.” In fact, there are innumerable realms in the unseen world, some of them far more dangerous than the worst jungles of the visible world. Al-Arabi himself said: “So preserve yourselves, my brothers, from the calamities of this place, for distinguishing it is extremely difficult! Souls find it sweet, and then within it they are duped, since they become completely enamored of it.“

Conclusions, more questions and where are the “nice guys” ? Let’s consider all what these sources tell us, from abduction accounts to the Archons, Predator, the Evil Magician, Aliens and Grays. Maybe they’re all the same and maybe they are and have been manipulating human kind since the beginning of time? Where does Religion really come from and how could popular New Age teachings be influenced by these forces? A lot of channeled material tells us to just focus on “love” and “positive” thoughts since we “create our own reality”. We should ignore anything “bad” or “unpleasant”, telling us that eventually the light will win anyway and we need to just watch it unfold, “bathe” in the photon belt and let the “Divine Plan” unfold. Is there manipulation going on to form a New Age Religion for the purpose of welcoming alien entities as friends and saviors? Meditation teacher Marshall V. Summers, warning about certain spiritual teachings and deception these days, said at a lecture in 2007: “The next is manipulation of spiritual values and tendencies. This is a very big subject, which I cannot talk about in-depth tonight. But it is no accident that in the last four years that we’ve seen in new religious thought, the religion of acquiescence and passivity: trusting in the process; whatever happens is what needs to happen; everyone is right where they need to be; if the extraterrestrials are here it’s because they’re supposed to be; you don’t resist; you acquiesce; to resist is to be negative, is to be fearful, is to be unconscious. A great prescription for convincing the natives to give over the keys to the kingdom, a very good, clever form of manipulation.”

And Laura Knight-Jadczyk concludes: “If anything, the so-called “New Age” movement has been so heavily inculcated with the idea that one must not ever think about negative things, that they, above all other people, are most subject to its predations [of higher realms]. If you don’t know about something, you cannot defend yourself against it. The consistent deflection from the truth of the state of so-called higher realms by masses of published material over the many years, suggests almost a program of disinformation. It was beginning to look as though there was something or someone “out there” who didn’t want us to know something.“ Having looked now more at the so-called “negative” scenario, the question comes up, are there any “good aliens”? How would a higher positive and spiritual non-human intelligence act? Would they interfere with free will and perform abductions? I suppose not. Would they help humanity against the “bad aliens” or the “evil elite” and “save” us? Or is it more up to us humans to learn our lessons in order to truly evolve spiritually, discerning truth from lies and learn/gain knowledge of what is truly going on without being “helped” by forces of whom we really don’t know much about to begin with? What are these beings who claim to want to help us and “land on our shores” as promoted through popular New Age channeling these days? Are all humans really the same, with the same consciousness and soul? “Are there maybe already hybrids/clones in places of power?”, as Richard Dolan asked at his presentation. These are all valid questions when considering the data and research out there. I’m not saying that there are not benevolent forces out there, just trying to put things into perspective. And the “negative” alien scenario is being overlooked and denied in many ways. Maybe once we have learned our lessons, being able to truly SEE what is going on and act/behave/evolve accordingly, then the “good ET’s” will come and join us or we will join them? But in the meantime it is up to us to grow and learn, discern truth from lies, true revelations from clever forms of deception. In our current state of Being and evolution we’re more prone to being manipulated than joining any form Galactic Federation of higher spiritually evolved beings. Isn’t that obvious? We must become that first ourselves! And a major part of evolution is not just about trying to “focus on love”, but also being able to separate truth from lies, reality from illusion and learning the lessons therein. Within and without. As the Russian mystic Boris Mouravieff said: “Illusion, thinking it is reality, takes reality for illusion” Maybe the “We’re all one.” New Age slogan (as true as it is from a “higher” perspective) must also be carefully reexamined with a sober and objective eye. Sure, Bush and Gandhi are “one”, but one of them doesn’t seem to have any conscience at all and maybe has not even the remote ability to feel any compassion, love or understanding and won’t maybe ever in this lifetime, fully cut off from the higher centers of consciousness. Is he or others in power really human to begin with just because he “looks” like one? What does it mean

to be human? We always say that this is just “human behavior” but never question it. Have we ever noticed how people project all these qualities into the world leaders without ever considering that they simply may not think or feel like regular folks do, may not even be genetically wired as the “common” man, but can perfectly imitate and act that way and fool us along the way? I’m not necessarily saying that Bush or other political figures are alien hybrids, but hinting at another greatly misunderstood and ignored topic: Psychopathy and Political Ponerology. From a hyperdimensional perspective Psychopaths may be even used as “portals” through which certain beings can work through. “It is fair to conclude that hybridization is part of the picture. People are being abducted against their will. [Alien] forces seem to be conducting genetic experimentation and acting on us to create a hybrid species.” – Richard Dolan Millions of children are reported missing each year, never to be seen again. Did they just run away or is there a more sinister truth to it? What may be the goal of this abduction/hybridization program that is going on in complete secrecy? Where is it all leading to? Some suggest as a “replacement” after cataclysmic changes have wiped off the majority of the population, like a “re-seeding”. This may sound like a bad Sci-fi movie or fear-mongering to some people, yet anyone who has sincerely looked into it knows that the UFO/Alien phenomena has a darker side that can’t be just ignored. “It’s no wonder that truth is stranger than fiction. Fiction has to make sense.” – Mark Twain It is in interesting to note that if there is something presented which may not look that “pretty” it is automatically judged as “fear-mongering” or “being negative”, especially in the “New Age Movement”. Some people seem to mistake objectivity for negativity and wishful thinking for positivity. Most of what people see as negative or positive are their subjective projections and opinions that don’t really reflect the world as it is. We’re just looking at some of the pieces of the puzzle and a possible emerging picture and resulting questions we may have to ask ourselves. Most of it is simply information from researchers who have been studying this phenomena for decades. What we do with it and how we react to it, be it fear, denial, discomfort, excitement, inspiration, etc., is up to each one of us. There is no fear on my side, nor do I try to infuse fear, but rather a consideration of something we all tend to dismiss so easily. If a person reacts to it with fear, maybe he/she needs to examine it within themselves before blaming the researchers who are just showing something which not many people really have looked into or are even aware of. I’ve said many times that I do not like what I’ve come across, but it is there and it doesn’t go away by ignoring it. “Discomfort” and “fear” can serve a purpose, if used/applied correctly. There is a chance for healing from a shamanic and esoteric perspective. It is good to put oneself into a state of vulnerability when looking at the “darker” aspects of our reality or of oneself, truly looking at it, facing it and not giving the ego a chance to explain it all away, so we can go back to our comfort zone and ultimately back to “sleep”. It is not about buying into fear and panic either. Sometimes things need to be confronted without automatically

defending our beliefs and views , allowing us to look at the world and ourselves more objectively, not only in regards to the UFO/Alien issue but in many other aspects as well. That’s part of the awakening process and it is shamanic work. “One doesn’t become enlightened by imagining figures of light, but by making the darkness conscious.” – Carl Gustav Jung One thing is for sure, the UFO and Alien phenomena is “real”. Non-Human intelligent entities are and have been visiting earth, interacting with humanity for thousands of years. The question is now, why are they here? Do they really come from outer space and a different planet/galaxy, or are they just hiding outside our perception and have been here all along, or maybe both? There are people who suggest that all we have to do is show “love” and project “love” on these beings and that’s how we become One and enter the “Golden Age”. Is that really the way and understanding of “love” or is that part of the New Age disinformation program, welcoming our “space brothers” as “friends and saviors”? Intent is important, yes; we need to be positive and loving, but intent without really seeing what is going on objectively, separating truth from lies, can lead into a “road to hell based on good intentions“. Isn’t it interesting, as we all focus on global issues such as the environment, selfsustainability, war, “man-made” global warming, terrorism, 9/11, economy, money, the banking system, etc… (all important topics that need to be addressed and looked at), all along there seems to be something else going which we totally ignore, deny, even laugh about or try to explain away with “spirituality” or psychology. The high strangeness of UFO’s, aliens, abductions and hyperdimensional realities may hold major clues for what is happening and has happened on our planet in regards to history, the rise and fall of nations, religions, evolution, culture, wars, conspiracies, human behavior, psychology, basically humanity’s existence as a whole…..even potentially the very creation of it. Maybe the elite, which seems to control the world these days through government, military and transnational corporations, are mere puppets to their hyperdimensional masters, manipulating human kind to greet the “visitors” as benevolent “space brothers” when the veil is being lifted. To say “we’re all one, so it’s all good”, or in regards to the aliens: “we’re just them and they are us”, is as useless as saying “This is all just an illusion anyway”. Well, gravity is an illusion as well but jumping off a ten story building in blind belief might not be the best idea. What are the implications for humanity when considering the possibility that hyperdimensional alien entities have manipulated humanity through belief systems and genetics since “the beginning of time” (since the “Fall from Eden”?), all the while feeding on us energetically, emotionally as well as physically? There are ancient accounts that hint to the reality of hyperdimensional control and alien life forms. There are cave paintings and scriptures, writings of the Gnostics and Sufi, the Native Americans, the Bible, etc… This is the age of transformation, but also the age of deception. As the frequency raises on

the planet, what we might be experiencing some time in the “future” is an intersection of densities and the beings inhabiting them. The aliens haven’t maybe really traveled from a distant planet, but have been here all along. Zicharia Sitchin suggested that the Annunaki are returning to earth. Maybe they never left but have been here this whole time, just right outside our range of perception. As one abductee said, they may see us as “their property and earth is their farm. We are the resources and food.“, or another more disturbing quote by an abductee: “You know, to them we’re just cockroaches.” We might laugh at such statements, but millions of people are going through these experiences which the mainstream labels as “psychological issues”. Maybe we should give the abductees a closer listen as well as the researchers in that field before we look away too quickly? “In the end, we return to the question, just how much do you love truth? Do you really love truth or are you just curious? Do you love it enough to rebuild your understanding to conform to a reality that doesn’t fit your current beliefs, and doesn’t feel 120% happy? Do you love truth enough to continue seeking even when it hurts, when it reveals aspects of yourself (or human society, or the universe) that are shocking, complex and disturbing, or humbling, glorious and amazing – or even, when truth is far beyond human mind itself? Just how much do we love truth? It’s a good question to ask ourselves, I think.” - Scott Mandeleker Food doesn’t necessarily mean physical substance, as consciousness is food for higher density beings. Our emotions and energy, triggered through these manipulations, is what these entities are feeding off and it seems they are trying to keep us in a “frequency prison” through genetic and other forms of manipulation (like implanting certain religious and New Age belief systems). And maybe these aliens are not “evil” or “bad” to begin with, but just as “bad” as a human being who farms chickens for food and has a garden where he grows plants to eat. We also genetically alter our food, don’t we? All is consciousness and life feeds on life. Who ever said that we’re on top of the food chain anyway? As above, so below. Some people ask, “if the negative aliens are really here and so technologically superior, why haven’t they attacked and taken over?” Any openly hostile alien invasion (as seen in numerous Hollywood blockbusters) can only be bogus, because only a primitive race like us would act like that. A higher intelligence with a technology beyond our present understanding is far more efficient and subtle. The most “efficient” take-over is if the target chooses out of free will to be “captured”, yet believing to be “free”. A deeper insight on the idea of “consciousness is food” is given by Michael Topper in his article Stalking or Precis on The Good and The Evil – The Positive/Negative Realms of Higher Densities: “We have to understand here that the true Negative Realm agenda is to “eat consciousness.” So, this actually prevents an overt “take-over” in literal, physical terms. If an “invasion” was detected, this would mean that the veil would be lifted and all would see the “man behind the curtain” and would be disgusted and turn away. Just as in the “Wizard of Oz,” those Ruby Slippers have to be obtained VERY CAREFULLY!

Gathering the essence is an art of great subtlety! The “negative alien plan” is, in its purest sense, STALKING. The aim of Stalking is to create a completely controlled artificial environment composed of thoroughly predictable human behaviors – made predictable because they have been programmed to respond to cues of conditioning [inculcated through centuries of lies and obfuscations presented in the form of religions] and all of this revolves around a ‘story’ that is actually untrue, and wholly misrepresentative of the real negative aim.[..] The primary object of Negative stalking is to persuade through strongly influenced, but not robotic, behavior patterns, the Free Choice of the targeted CONSCIOUSNESS to align with negative higher-density existence. Because, in the Long Run, the object is the “eating” of functioning units of consciousness by the negative hierarchy, with Free Will intact! It is not good food otherwise!!!!” Laura Knight-Jadczyk adds: “The higher density positive entities are light beings. The higher density negative entities are “light eaters.” Love is light is knowledge. When they induce belief against what is objectively true, they have “eaten” the lightknowledge of the person who has chosen blind belief over fact! When you believe a lie, you have allowed the eating of your energy of awareness!” That is maybe also why higher spiritually evolved benevolent “ET’s” would never interfere or save us. Because this is the way of life and they know not to mess with free will. Positive ET’s/aliens respect free will. They understand that this is part of evolution and the lessons within that. Do you try to save the mouse from the eagle? It would be against the “law of nature”, wouldn’t it? However, the mouse can choose to be more aware of its predator and by becoming aware of it, it can protect itself from it. That way the mouse learns and evolves accordingly. Dr. Karla Turner also doesn’t rule out that there are no benevolent beings: “I do accept there are intelligent forces that can contact and inform us — perhaps to help us help ourselves.” There are accounts of information and help from “higher sources”, stating that is it is up to us to discern truth from deception. Everything is part of creation. Nothing is better or worse. Evolution is a process of learning, becoming aware and conscious, gaining knowledge and hence wisdom and love. The more one can see the world as it is, objectively, as the universe sees itself, the higher the degree of awareness and state of Being. Higher evolved positive alien beings may assist and guide us in more subtle ways if we are able to SEE the signs and know how to LISTEN, but the work comes down to us. No one is going to do it for us. As the saying goes “The teacher appears when the student is ready“. They don’t interfere with our lessons we need to learn for the sake of our own

evolution, personally and collectively. “The positive forces, the STO (Service to Other) beings at higher levels are actively working to sustain the Creative fields toward achievement of the positive Logoic purpose which is the realization of Absolute Consciousness under all conditions and in all forms. Diversity is promoted and celebrated. However, the Negative hierarchy is oriented toward the consuming of radiant light energy in a one way flow: to “Become One.” The progressive power that devolves from the “capture” and incorporation or radiant-light sources serves to feed and enhance an exclusive subjectivity of consciousness since the effort is toward the subordination of all things to the magnified narcissism belonging to devout ego consciousness.” - Laura Knight-Jadczyk Knowledge protects, Ignorance endangers. The more we gain knowledge and understanding (not simply book-smart knowledge) and the more we become objective (with ourselves and the world) and raise awareness, the better we can SEE and act accordingly. This means carefully discerning truth from lies. There is truth to certain channeled material. However, one needs to understand how to read it and interpret it. Looking at what we’ve found out about manipulation through hyperdimensional beings, it is obvious that a lot of channeled material these days is suspect to great deception from “higher sources”. There are different levels and degrees of channelings, depending on many factors. The topic of channeled information needs to be examined very carefully. I just mention it here to give it validity that “higher sources” may be able to contact us that way (when asked for and when it doesn’t infringe free will and/or interferes with the learning process of the one(s) asking). However, who is coming through and what is the source really saying is the question. Channeled material should never be taken as fact and proof alone; however, it can serve as a “back up” for cross-reference with scientific study and research. There are some sources that actually encourage that approach and tell us that it is up to us to learn, discern and gain knowledge, hence becoming more aware and conscious, moving from subjectivity to more objectivity and consciously engaging in the process of evolution and awakening. In that sense, “we’re the ones we’ve been waiting for”, as the Hopi Indians would say, or “We are our own rescue team” as another channeled source states. But just focusing on “love and light” and “visualizing” the best outcome is not going to work and actually feeds the “negative agenda”. This attitude may be the greatest deception and is exactly what the “alien intruders” want us to do. They may be behind the emerging New Age “religion” and New Age “Thought” to begin with and they seem to be taking advantage of our good nature. Who is to judge what is a “good” outcome to begin with? “Good” is a very subjective statement. What is a “good” outcome for the aliens, might be not so “good” for humanity and vicar versa. We need to understand our subjective limited view and perception of good/bad, dark/light in regards to the big scheme of creation and all intelligent life within. Are we “bad” because we eat plants and animals?

True spiritual work entails more than just focusing our intention on what is “possible”. It means becoming aware, and becoming aware/conscious entails seeing the world and oneself as it/one is, objectively, dark and light, without rose-colored glasses on, or projecting into it how we like it to be or not to be. Before we can create something new and better, we need to clearly see what is going on, in ourselves and in the world, otherwise more damage will be done and it’s like a blind man stumbling around in a porcelain store. “Humans have a deep need to believe in the power of good. We need for the aliens to be a good force, since we feel so helpless in their presence. And we need for some superior force to offer us a hope of salvation, both personally and globally, when we consider the sorry state of the world. I think the aliens know this about us–they know that we want and hope for them to be benevolent creatures–and they use our desire for goodness to manipulate us. What better way to gain our cooperation than to tell us that the things they are doing are for our own good?” – Dr. Karla Turner

“Gray Alien” Crop Circle from August 2002, with binary data sequence that says: “Beware we’re the bearers of the False presence and broken promises… Much pain but there is still time. Believe there is still good out there. We oppose deceit ..( conduit closing).“ Disinformation through Crop Circles? This message seems to be part of painting a “benevolent” image of the “visitors”(in particular the Gray Aliens). There is still much to find out about this topic. This is just some “food” for thought (no pun intended). However, one thing is for sure, there is already enough well documented material out there that shows and proves the possibility of an Alien Agenda, which might not be quite what we have hoped for. The high strangeness and non-physical aspect of this phenomena make it very hard to study. The fact that these beings and UFO’s act in stealth and secrecy with obvious intent to keep the truth away from humanity at large doesn’t

make the issue easier and doesn’t speak for them. One has to ask, why would “benevolent” beings act that way? Why would “good” aliens take thousands, if not millions of people against their free will? What are they really here for? “And it becomes clear from these details that the beings who are doing such things can’t be seen as spiritually enlightened, with the best interest of the human race in mind. Something else is going on, something far more painful and frightening, in many, many abduction encounters…As to researchers who claim that the ET’s are here to help us evolve some higher consciousness or that they are here for some other positive purpose–saving our plant, promoting world peace, etc. – I challenge those researchers to incorporate anomalous data into this view. Theories are starting places for research, not proven conclusions, and UFO researchers must be willing to expand and alter their pet theories according to the data they uncover. It would be wonderful if we could shape ET experiences into something positive, but until the details of abduction encounters–all the details–are given serious consideration, I think it’s dangerous to cling to theories that ignore data that will not fit. We owe it to ourselves to seek the whole truth.” – Karla Turner One very important thing Richard Dolan mentioned at the end in one of his lecture was this (addressing UFOlogists and researchers in that field): “When we go out into the world and try to educate other people we have to be careful with what we say we know and what kind of information we promote as truth.“ We need to get out of our habit of romanticizing anything that has to do with alien intelligent life forms according to our wishful thinking, nor deny the UFO reality completely out of conditioned non-belief, nor buying into any fear. This means growing up and becoming spiritually mature, being able to look at the world as is IS, the dark and the light, without preference and understanding what dark and light really means to begin with, moving from subjectivity towards objectivity, re-examining our beliefs and “spiritual” knowledge we have gained over the years, which we at times just repeat without questioning. From Eastern and Western religious teachings to mainstream New Age stuff a la “The Secret” and various “spiritual teachers” who have been on Oprah and on mainstream TV, marketing a passive, self-centered kind of spirituality to the masses in this billion dollar heavy New Age industry these days. What is really going on? A true awakening or further manipulation and control? The deception in this day and age is massive and can not be underestimated. Dr. Jacques Vallee writes in “Messengers of Deception”: “Human beings are under the control of a strange force that bends them in absurd ways, forcing them to play a role in a bizarre game of deception.“ There is much disinformation in the New Age Movement and UFO field these days. Most of them are not even purposely spreading disinfo but they are duped themselves, caught

in their own subjective tunnel vision and wishful thinking. As Laura Knight-Jadczyk states: “Let me make it clear at this point that I am convinced that a lot of honest, sincere, hard-working individuals are being duped and/or controlled without being fully aware of it.” From the viewpoint of esoteric work, truth and objectivity should be one’s principal goal. It’s interesting how the popular New Age teachings these days promote subjectivity, to just focus on the self and shut out the “outside”, to ignore the “bad”, and keep manifesting reality according to one’s subjective desires and wishes. Is this really what spirituality and conscious evolution is all about? Maybe the popular New Age teachings and CYOR (Create Your Own Reality) concepts are corrupt in many ways (universal truths packaged with lies), painting a false picture of what spiritual evolution truly means, making us believe we are already “god” on our level to keep us in our self-inflicted prison? “…and in the third place he suggested to them that if anything at all were going to happen to them it was not going to happen just then, at any rate not that day, and therefore they had no need to think about it. Further the magician suggested to his sheep that they were not sheep at all; to some of them he suggested that they were lions, to others that they were eagles, to others that they were men, and to others that they were magicians. And after this all his cares and worries about the sheep came to an end. They never ran away again but quietly awaited the time when the magician would require their flesh and skins.” – G.I. Gurdjieff In this day and age of transformation and global change, it may be advisable to look more into what Don Juan called, the “topic of all topics” : UFO’s, hyperdimensional realities and the beings inhabiting them, the “magicians” that play with us, our reality, and consciousness. It is also not something that is just now happening. It seems to have been going on for quite a while, perhaps thousands of years. Let’s remember, linear time is only of this 3rd Density. And that is exactly why the manipulation and control is so unnoticed by the general population. It transcends our comprehension. As Don Juan said: “In order to keep us obedient and meek and weak, the predators engaged themselves in a stupendous maneuver – stupendous, of course, from the point of view of a fighting strategist. A horrendous maneuver from the point of view of those who suffer it. They gave us their mind![...]Through the mind, which, after all, is their mind, the predators inject into the lives of human beings whatever is convenient for them.“ It is the subtlety of this phenomena which makes the deception so hard to see, because it is already ingrained in our way of life, our culture and civilization. This puts also a big question mark on the topic of Disclosure. The UFO phenomena has a strong paranormal

and hyperdimensional aspect to it that can’t be simply ignored. Many supporters of Disclosure and Exopolitics seem to ignore or oversimplify that issue. “We must never forget that phenomena which appears to most humans as “high strangeness” is nothing more than routine everyday events within the context of a civilization far older than ours and with technology and brain power far in excess of ours. The aliens and reptilians display a thorough understanding of human physiology and neurology.“ - James Bartley in “Interview with a Male Abductee” The alien invasion we are be subjected to is happening and has already happened through our minds and beliefs; the religious, spiritual and genetic manipulations throughout the ages by hyperdimensional beings and methods we are only scraping to understand and most of us are not even aware of to begin with. It’s state of the art mind control. “Sorcerers believe that the predators have given us our systems of beliefs, our ideas of good and evil, our social mores. They are the ones who set up our hopes and expectations and dreams of success or failure. They have given us covetousness, greed and cowardice. It is the predators who make us complacent, routinary, and egomaniacal” – Don Juan Matus What about a fully benevolent alien intervention in order to “unite” humanity under “world peace”? Sure, but under what conditions, what kind of “peace” and “who says”? And what about all the “abnormal” data we just explored. Will it just go away? Are perhaps the aliens themselves behind the New World Order and quest for global enslavement? Most people still have a hard time realizing that 9/11 was an inside job and that Al Qaida is as fake as the war on terror. If the population of this world can be already so easily deceived by such obvious means, how will they ever look through a manipulation and deception by beings they are not even aware of and whom they might welcome as their “space brothers” in the near future? Interesting times indeed… What is truth and what are lies in the world of UFO’s, aliens, abductions and hyperdimensional realities? We ought to make an effort to find that out. As Karla Turner said: We owe it to ourselves. “You gotta be careful when you ask for the truth… it’s usually what you don’t want to hear or face. Asking a burning question can open the door to a whirlwind…” – Laura Knight-Jadczyk I’d like to end this exploration of UFO’s, Aliens and the Question of Contact with the words of Elton Turner, husband of Dr. Karla Turner and an abductee himself: I believe that our very thoughts and consequently, our behavior as a race of sentient beings are being UNDERMINED through the power of insinuation and the implantation of controlling devices in our bodies by non-human (most of the time) entities. This is truly the most effective way to invade and conquer. I do not trust such creatures no matter what I have been told about their altruistic motives.

We, as a race, have never been free to discover our own true identity. Every social advance we attempt is thwarted by some maniac who springs up with almost divine grace to lead us into madness. Saint Paul, for instance, seems to have taken the real message of Jesus and his earliest followers and distorted it into something that we kill, lie and cheat for. And, in spite of all that, we still aspire for redemption of our souls. The followers of that doctrine – Christians, they call themselves – are not the only ones who behave in such a manner. Every major religion has managed to find an excuse in its teachings to destroy non-believing fellow human beings. A part of me shudders every time I hear of yet another killing based on 2000-year-old hatreds. What law allows us to continue with such atrocities? What influence keeps such hatred and fears alive? Why are we abductees so afraid to ask for real help from our own society? We have been INVADED – but I do not yet believe that the battle is over. Invasion with sticks, knives or guns is a human reality, not necessarily a universal one. There are very sophisticated mechanisms being used in the invasion of our world. Why should our invaders use pointed sticks against us when they can get us to sharpen sticks and use them against each other? We provide them with everything they want from us, and they take none of the blame for our misery. They just zip around in their wonderful flying machines, dazzling us with their magical abilities and filling us with awe at their insight. Can there be a more successful military campaign than one in which no shot is (apparently) fired and in which the conquered populace gladly and openly welcomes their enslavers? We are being programmed mentally and socially to accept our invaders as saviors, not a conquering force. I truly believe we are being deceived by smoke, mirrors and sleight-of-three-fingered-hand movements. Are we going to sell our birthright to some sneaky beings who appear on our shores in marvelous ships and offer us a few glitzy baubles? The researcher asked if I personally knew of harm that has come to anyone at the hands of, or because of, the aliens. Yes, harm has come. My early youth was damaged severely by the unconscious knowledge that I was being used by some non-human agency. It took me 40 years to recognize that the fears which guided me daily were not of my own making and that the rebellion I constantly felt was engendered by my contempt for the powerful invisible agents that forced me to do things that I knew were wrong, even as I was doing them. For example, I did not want to marry the person who became my first wife, yet I had no control over the decision. Before we were married, we were jointly abducted and subjected to severe programming. The results brought no happiness to either of us. We both starved for love and companionship, even

though we tried with all our might to find them. My son (now 25) was also one of their subjects, and is miserable and lost. He is an artistic person with so many unknowable fears that he is paralyzed. I know of abductees MURDERED by mutilations (reports of which are suppressed immediately and completely), by cancers that no physician has ever seen before, and by madness that has led to suicide. In my opinion, these acts were not caused by “brothers” of any sort. I do not believe that all is lost, however. I have felt a guiding hand that helped me to discover happiness and inner peace amid all this chaos and misery. What I have come to understand is that that hand is only there when I take responsibility for my own happiness and do something about whatever is bothering me. Reality left in the hands of the invaders is neither what we need nor what we want. It is time that we think hard about ourselves and what we have on this gem of the universe, our home – our planet. There are laws governing the actions of our invaders, rules guiding their actions and patterns of behavior we can discover if we will make a concerted effort to discern them. We humans have something valuable that is desirable to, and usable by the alien forces acting on us.I feel it is time we take back that which is ours, that we use all our resources to discover the laws that govern reality and become the beings that we intrinsically know we are.

November 10, 2010

Reflections – The Importance of Self-work By Bernhard Guenther

Lately I’ve been in a more introspective mood. There is a lot happening in the world outside and within, the inner world. Self-work always entails a certain struggle and conflict in order to confront the predator within. According to traditional esoteric teachings, without friction there is no conscious evolution. Suffering is the catalyst for growth if it is transmuted accordingly, the work to own the shadow and not suppress it or project it, within and without. The battle inside, to manifest the real “I”, the center of true Being, Knowledge and Love. John Lennon said, “all you need is love” and you hear it everywhere these days in the New Age World that “love is the answer”. Yes, love is the answer, but we first need to really know what love is. It is a word that is and has been abused and mistaken for many things. I’m talking about Love not in the sense of sentimental emotions, affection, romance or attachment, but of true Knowing and Understanding, the Kingdom and Wholeness within. If one looks into accounts of Near-Death experiences and what people have “seen” or realized, there is a common theme: This profound experience of “objective” Love, which is not related to the Love as the human personality experiences it and cannot even be expressed in words. It can only be described as what it is not. They can’t truly explain what they experienced or what love is but only what it isn’t. It is for example, as Eric Pearl said, “not a sentimental, get a tear, ‘feel someone’s pain’ feeling, not an emotion. It is beyond sentiment or feeling someone else in this form, but relates more to an all expansive, knowing and understanding.” Love is a higher state of awareness/being/consciousness and not a “feeling” as Love is often confused as.

I remember when I smoked 5meO-DMT about 12 years ago, a powerful entheogen. After the breakthrough, which was quite terrifying as my ego got shattered into pieces, I was going through a tunnel of light and came out at a “plateau” as if coming “home”, fully nurtured by Source/Creator/God, experiencing bliss like I have never known before. However, it was not an emotion or even feeling as we know it. It was beyond the Known and not restricted by the body. As I was coming back and I was able to open my eyes and get up, this “state of being” stayed with me for a while. I saw my friends around me and literally saw everyone as he/she is, seeing “through them” beyond the mask of the personality/ego, seeing all the pain, conditioning, suffering, beauty and innocence at the same time. I was not able to speak at all, but just in awe with my mouth open, trying to articulate what was happening but I couldn’t. Years later when I was getting into certain channeled material, I came across the Cassiopaea Transmissions, and there was something they said about Love, which reminded me of the experience I had back then: “The problem is not the term “love”, the problem is the interpretation of the term. Those on third density have a tendency to confuse the issue horribly. After all, they confuse many things as love. When the actual definition of love as you know it is not correct either. It is not necessarily a feeling that one has that can also be interpreted as an emotion, but rather, as we have told you before, the essence of light which is knowledge is love, and this has been corrupted when it is said that love leads to illumination. Love is Light is Knowledge. Love makes no sense when common definitions are used as they are in your environment. To love you must know. And to know is to have light. And to have light is to love. And to have knowledge is to love.” However, simply doing medicine journeys with the help of psychoactive substances does not alone facilitate permanent change. There is no “magic pill”. The work to be done is in waking everyday life in order to manifest the true Self permanently and see the world as it is, beyond social and psychological conditioning. As I wrote in “Know Thyself“: Medicine Plants can give some insight and help in the healing process, as I’ve seen it in my own life, however they can also distract people from what deeper spiritual and esoteric work is about. There are also many dangers, energetically, psychically and otherwise, when forcing to enter a higher state of consciousness through these drugs. The more I engage in conscious self-work and apply the knowledge gained, the more I’m centered in my true self with all centers working harmoniously. Daily Qi Gong, yoga and a breathwork/meditation practice also helps in that regard as well as receiving bodywork on a regular basis. Yet, in my everyday life I still fall back into my mechanicalness if I’m not watchful and react unconsciously based on habits and patterns, as the ego comes forth with its self-importance and predatory mind. At times it is shocking to see the mechanical nature of one’s personality if one examines oneself more closely and looking back I can see many instances where I did not act out of my true self, but was simply driving on reactionary, conditioned patterns. Interestingly,

the more I see my own mechanical behavior, the more I see it in others and understand why Gurdjieff said that humans are “machines” who have no free will, although they think they do. Free Will can only happen if there is conscious doing without conditioned unconscious impulses driving ones’ being. “Suffering” in the esoteric sense of the word comes in if one doesn’t feed one’s predator (false “I”) and doesn’t give into the mechanicalness of one’s conditioned personality, but observes what is happening internally and then acts with conscious intent rather automatic response. This is called “Conscious Suffering” and a necessity for esoteric evolution. But recognizing one’s mechanical and reactionary behaviors in any life circumstances is a tricky thing, for at times they are quite subtle and can only be detected after long and persistent work on the self. Most of all if one has no supportive network or group with other people/friends engaged in the same work who can give honest feedback and mirroring, one can easily be “deceived” by one’s own subjective blind spots and lies to the self. There are many buffers to work through. Doing sincere self-work does also bring up negative emotions to the surface that cannot be blamed anymore at other people or circumstances, for we are always responsible for our inner world. However, “conscious suffering” is not about focusing on suffering or getting attached to suffering in a masochistic way. Modern man is in many ways addicted to suffering and I can see in my practice as a bodyworker where some clients of mine simply are stuck in “suffering”, mostly emotionally, not being able to let go and not changing life style or habitual patterns (in particular thought patterns). “Conscious suffering” means to use the fire ignited inside by putting oneself in a state of vulnerability and conscious struggle between the true and the false and use it as a catalyst to “burn” and transmute “lead into gold”, the inner alchemical process of transformation.

This means to transmute negative emotions into positive ones eventually and not get stuck in the lower frequencies. It needs to happen naturally and can’t be forced, neither through substances/drugs or certain “New Age” techniques, such as visualizing “love and light” or simply thinking “happy thoughts”. That doesn’t do anything good other than producing a self-deceiving, self-calming, faux-spirituality and suppressing that which eventually needs to come out. The only way out is through. Whatever is hidden in our shadow needs to be confronted and looked at, “shine light into it” and then the shadow will dissolve and transmute into light. This process can be uncomfortable and painful at times, yet it is in this state of open vulnerability where true healing occurs. In Esoteric Christianity this is called the “dark night of the soul” or “Moral Bankruptcy” when the old needs to die for the new to manifest. This process doesn’t happen over night, but depending on the issues (karmic, psychologically, cultural, childhood conditioning/trauma), it can take anything from years to lifetimes to resolve and “ascend” to a higher state of Being. It is not easy and the first step is the hardest to take. We live in the information age and the Internet has become like a the biggest library in recorded history . But what information is reliable, true and what is simply false and garbage? The better we know ourselves and separate lies and truth within us, the easier we can navigate in the world and everyday life, knowing what to do and focus on, what information to pursue or what to discard, what decisions to make and when, acting from our true self in alignment with spirit/god/higher self (or whatever word you want to use) instead of the conditioned personality with its distorted wants and desires, wishful thinking and illusionary hopes stemming from the conditioned false Self. The future is never set in stone. There are signs and prophecies that indicate a shift, a collapse, a “Wave” coming that affects us globally, but exactly how it is playing out we don’t know. A Golden Age, a splitting, a unification under a fascist world government, an alien invasion (or “space brothers” who will “save” us), a time/reality split….or anything in-between. There are many self-proclaimed prophets and “awakened” folks who try to tell us (and sell us) how and what is happening. However, all outside information is useless if one has no inner Knowing, our own source for information that always speaks to us if we can find its voice. To get there requires much inner work as well as a supportive network. I think many people are more or less in a state of uncertainty these days. It seems impossible to make long-term goals. I can see in myself the struggle of my little “I’s” that mask up the true Self. Some days I’m better connected than others. Yet, there are masses of people who are not concerned with what is going on in the world at large or within their own being, not questioning why they are doing what they are doing, but “content” with living life like “sheep in pen”, mechanically like automated machines. Ignorance is not really blissful but merely a state of numbness and desensitization with a superficial sense of “happiness”. Modern living, culture, mass media and entertainment has numbed us (by design), as we are not able to truly recognize what is going on behind the layers of armor and walls we have built around us for the sake of social conformity and appearance, ego trips and

ambition, desires and wants, so-called fulfillment and wealth…which reminds me, the other day I listened to Alan Watts and something he said was quite fitting: “We confuse many things with reality and the world as it is, just as we confuse money with actual wealth” We are disconnected from nature. We are disconnected from ourselves. This can only result in chaos and suffering. Yet we must not give in but see any form of conflict as a chance for transmutation, healing and growth. Friction creates a fire and as long as we can keep the flame up inside we can find the way “out”. This only happens through inner work.

I can’t deny to feel a some sort of quickening happening and slowing down at the same time. Actually a slowing down is the best response to “time speeding up”. We need to be careful not to make hasty decisions and actions out of desperation, panic, fear, pressure, inner or outer. We need cooperation and communication, not isolationism and survivalist narcissism. We need to make sure that we listen to our true voice and that voice helps us along in the times to come. With the approach of the era of the Holy Spirit, everything must be gradually brought to the light of day, nor only the secrets of the laboratory but the deepest meanings of esotericism.The same must happen with illusions, errors and lies, which must also be revealed so that they can later be rectified.

[…] The world is suffering from a lack of harmony which gets deeper on every plane, and this is a serious danger to the moral and spiritual recovery of humanity. It also involves a serious risk of failure in the last stage of this Time of transition that we are now entering, If this risk is not overcome, the Deluge of Fire awaits us. We wilI have to make an immense effort to ward off this fate, and we have very little time in which to do it. Man has only himself to blame for the greatness of the effort needed: this is a result of his obstinate refusal to heed the warnings that have been addressed to him time and again by the Divine Voice, just as he continues today to blind himself to the fact that the Deluge of Fire is being made ready. [ Gnosis II, Boris Mouravieff ] It’s like the silence in the eye of a hurricane. Yet, the storm is not only out there, it is inside as well. As the energies increase and institutions crumble, something inside of us is dying as well. The lies have to go (made conscious of) for the truth to shine through. Whatever happens out in the world is happening in us as well. Nothing is isolated. As the Cassiopaean’s said: “The war is through you.” And earth at this time and age is the battleground for spiritual warfare. The future seems very uncertain in the wake of a global financial collapse with a very possible world institutionalized banking and fascist government system, earth changes, an increase in comets hitting the earth, food sources depleting and being poisoned, and psychopaths in places of power. Am I being negative for stating that? No, there are many facts and information out there in regards to the issues mentioned above and more that show that something just ain’t right on this big blue marble…and hasn’t been for a long time. Should I maybe jump on the Obama bandwagon chanting ‘hope and change’, for he will lead us to the golden age? No. The political game is just a sideshow for distraction. However, good things are happening as well and there is an opportunity for humanity to make the “right” choice. But ultimately positive change won’t happen until the dark is made conscious of, within and without. No matter what happens in the world at large, the lessons to learn are in our own personal lives, inner and outer, the way we relate to people and to ourselves. How well do we really know ourselves and who do we think we are? What masks do we use and put up? People always say, “just be yourself!”, but do we really know who we are to begin with? How honest are we really with ourselves and others? Not honest in the sense of having no secrets, but in the sense of truly understanding and seeing oneself as one is, seeing the lies, illusions, assumptions and beliefs we have about the world and ourselves. Life on planet earth is like a school, a rough one at times, but a school non the less. We all have different lessons to learn and different parts to play. Not one person is alike and what works for one may not work for another. There are people whose soul lessons do not seem to entail waking up in this cycle, but have a different soul wiring, so to speak, and others who are more drawn to esoteric work and seeking truth.

A big danger I see these days is the over-simplification of “We’re all one” and “humans are all the same”. Yes, we’re all one, Bush , Hitler, you, me, Gandhi, we’re all one, but we’re NOT the same. Not everyone is born a Mozart or Michelangelo. Humans are not born equal. 6 billion people on this planet are not the same. From the outside we appear all the same, but the inside is a whole different story and some folks seem not to think and feel like you or I do and have no connection to the higher centers in this current cycle, something that certain esoteric teachings also mention. The New Age Movement these days takes lofty higher spiritual truths, projecting their conditioned understanding into it that creates more “problems” and misunderstandings than “solutions” by trying to apply them in this lower density without clearly seeing the limitations, distortions or without even clearly seeing themselves. There is much wishful thinking and self-deception going on. Our consciousness is limited in our current state, so by design we can never fully grasp what is going on. Let’s not forget, only 500 years ago we thought the earth is flat. What else will we discover? Maybe we are not the main show here and maybe we’re in control as much as we believe or wish to be? Maybe we’re not even on top of the food chain? The process of awakening is not a walk in the park, not for this planet, nor for a single person. Yet, there seems to be some sort of thread that becomes clearer the more one becomes clearer in oneself. During the process of conscious inner work there are moments of clarity here and there, of more objective understanding and knowing, of true Love, as suddenly the true self makes its appearance, but shies away at the next “trigger” that activates our mechanical personality, the ego with its self-importance, reactionary behaviors and conditioned habits. I certainly fall into my predator’s trap here and there. I look sometimes back into my older writings or communications with others on the net or in person and can see where I was acting mechanically and reactionary. Some things I would have said differently, some things maybe not at all. Yet, all this is my learning process as well. Humility is the ground stone for spiritual work to counteract the selfimportance of the ego. An interesting excerpt from the Cassiopaea material in that regard: Q: What creates this environment of limitation? A: It is the grand illusion which is there for the purpose of learning. Q: And who put the illusion into place? A: The Creator who is also the Created. Which is also you and us and all. As we have told you, we are you and vice versa. And so is everything else. Q: Is the key that it is all illusion? A: Basically, yes. As we have told you before, if you will be patient just a moment, the universe is merely a school. And, a school is there for all to learn. That is why everything exists. There is no other reason. Now, if only you understood the true depth of that statement, you would begin to start to see, and experience for yourself, all the levels of density that it is possible to experience, all the dimensions that it is possible to experience, all awareness. When an individual understands that statement to its greatest possible depth, that individual becomes illumined. And, certainly you have heard of that. And, for one moment, which lasts for all eternity, that individual knows absolutely

everything that there is to know. And from the RA Material/Law of One: “At the time at which each of you incarnated, my friends, each of you was aware that certain lessons, hitherto unlearned, were to be the goals for achievement in this incarnation. If it seems to you that your entire incarnation within this illusion has been a series of difficulties of one particular type, then you are almost certainly aware in some manner of one of your lessons. As you can see, these lessons are not to be avoided. They are to be learned. “ There are many tools for gaining Self-Knowledge. Whatever works best for oneself, but no one can tell you what works for you. There is not ONE way or ONE path. ‘Truth is a pathless land’, as Krishnamurti used to say. However, there are certainly so-called “Spiritual”, “Self-Help” and “New Age” teachings out there that are mere deceptions and distortions of true spiritual inner work. Let’s not forget, the “New Age” is a billion dollar industry as well and there seems to be many people who have better sale/marketing skills (with quite large egos) than spiritual/esoteric understanding. So discernment is necessary and not confusing truth with emotional manipulation, as it is all too common in the socalled New Age Movement. The goal of Self-Work is to be in this world but not of it, not to be persuaded by external influence, Mind control attempts (be it through the media an other ways) or spiritual deception, but to build the inner cage, the kingdom within, that keeps our connection to Knowledge and Spirit always intact, so that we don’t need any outside sources of information, but can trust our inner guidance system in any moment. There might be even a time when there is no internet anymore, so it is good not to make oneself too dependent on technology, but as long as we have it, it is the best tool to research, reach out, network, connect and spread information world-wide. While doing inner work and learning the lessons in our personal lives we also must not forget the bigger picture and what is happening in the world, for seeking inner truth goes in hand with seeking outer truth, and recognizing the lies within and without. Simply seeking inner peace and being passive while ignoring the outside world misses the point and that’s also where the danger and deception lies in many New Age teachings these days. As M.V. Summers warned: “[...]The next is manipulation of spiritual values and tendencies. It is no accident that in the last four years that we’ve seen in new religious thought the religion of acquiescence and passivity: trusting in the process; whatever happens is what needs to happen; everyone is right where they need to be; if the extraterrestrials are here it’s because they’re supposed to be; you don’t resist; you acquiesce; to resist is to be negative, is to be fearful, is to be unconscious. A great prescription for convincing the natives to give over the keys to the kingdom, a very good, clever form of manipulation.” We need to act and engage in the world at the same time and apply what we learn. Yet, the only resort and safety is inside each of us, our connection to Source, Spirit, to All That Is,

so that we always know what to do and when. “Inward transformation is not isolation, is not withdrawal from outward action. On the contrary, there can be right action only when there is right thinking and there is no right thinking when there is no self-knowledge. Without knowing yourself, there is no peace.” – Krishnamurti In the end, we’re all in this together, we’re all teachers and students alike, but we all have different lessons to learn and integrate. We can all assist each other in this Time of Transition and do the best we can to move from ‘Service to Self’ to ‘Service to Others’, create community and be around like-minded people. If you can’t be truly yourself with the people you are hanging out with, then you may want to ask yourself, what does true friendship really mean if you can’t be yourself? On the path of Awakening and Self-work people and long-time friends my fall out of one’s life to make room for new ones to enter. That is a normal process. As we change inside, the outer changes as well. It can get lonely at times and confusing, but there are assisting forces all around, even if we can’t see them.

Whatever happens in the world and in our lives, we must be careful not to get stuck in a frequency of fear or negative emotions, for that is what certain beings would like to see happen on this planet, using all kinds of deceptions and mind control techniques to keep us away from our true Self and Knowledge, from true Love and Understanding. Our path to (Self-)Knowledge and Truth is the biggest threat to the ones wanting to control humanity for their own good. Hence, don’t expect this to be a smooth ride, but enjoy it all the way, the ups and downs. The reasons for the importance of Self-Work and hence vibrating on a higher frequency of TRUE Love and Light in this time and age are obvious and self-evident when looking at the state of the world. With that in mind I’ll end this writing with an excerpt from the RA Material that gives a little insight into shift we’re currently in…….

“There is a choice to be made very shortly, and it would be preferable if all of the people of this planet understand the choice that is to be made. It will be difficult for many of the people of this planet to understand what this choice is, because it is a choice that they have not considered. They have been much too involved in their daily activities and their confusion and their desires of a very trivial nature to be concerned with an understanding of the choice that they are very shortly to make. Whether they wish to or not, whether they understand it or not, regardless of any influence, each and every one of the people who dwell upon planet Earth will shortly make a choice. There will be no middle area. There will be those who choose to follow the path of love and light (knowledge) and those who choose otherwise. This choice will not be made by saying, “I choose the path of love and light,”or “l do not choose it.” The verbal choice will mean nothing. This choice will be measured by the individual’s demonstration of his choice. This choice is measured by what we term the vibratory rate of the individual. It is necessary, if an individual is to join those who make the choice of love and understanding, for his rate of vibration to be above a certain minimal level.”

November 5, 2010

The Illusion of Choice By Bernhard Guenther

“I voted”. I saw that update coming up a lot the other day on Facebook at election day, neatly put on a red/blue/white button. What is the underlying message of someone who posts that? To show that one is an upstanding American Citizen doing the “right thing” by executing one’s right to vote? To feel good about oneself? To entice others to vote? What strikes me as curious is that most of the people who had the “I voted” update never really post anything relevant to what deeper issues this country and the world faces in order to help spread awareness and understanding which could actually result in true change. Just this one day, all of a sudden: “I voted”. Voted what? who? why? Of course I’m not implying that Facebook posts and updates are a real life reflection of what people do or don’t do, but it still is an interesting observation. I’m also not saying that people don’t have the right intention. But as the saying goes, “the path to hell is paved with good intentions”. In a ponerized society with a corrupt political system, good intention, hope and voting don’t result in positive change, but merely wishful thinking and denial. Obama’s election in 2008 should have taught that lesson, but many people still seem to be mesmerized and hypnotized by his persona, hype and slogans that they can’t see him for who he is: a corporate puppet and just as big of a liar as his predecessor, if not worse. The last two years speak for themselves as he supports the same agendas as Bush, most of all the phony war on terror. How can it be that the masses are so easily duped? It didn’t come as a surprise as I wrote in my article two years ago when he got “elected”: The men behind Barack Obama: Hope and Reality “President Obama does one thing, and Brand Obama gets you to believe another. This is the essence of successful advertising – you buy or do what the advertiser wants, because of how they make you feel. He’s a marketing dream, but like Calvin Klein or Benetton, he is a brand that promises something special, something exciting almost risqué, as if he might be radical. As if he might enact change. He makes people feel good, he’s a postmodern man with no political baggage, and all that’s fake.” - John Pilger

In regards to the latest election there is something else I noticed. I’ve seen more posts on Facebook about Prop.19 to legalize Marijuana (or not) here in California in the last days than posts on the anniversary of 9/11 to expose the biggest lie of the new millennium. A lie that has cost more lives and affects the world and us more than the issue about pot being legal or not. I’m not against pot being legalized, but it is interesting to see where people’s attention and focus is. So some of you have voted. May I ask you what you expected by casting your vote, besides focusing on propositions? That your favorite party gets more seats in the senate/house? Which side did you choose: left, right, blue or red or maybe some “independent” liberal party? What do you expect is going to change by casting your vote once or every two and four years? Let me ask another way. What do you do the rest of the year? Where do you get your information from? How do you educate yourself about what is going on? What are you telling or would you tell your children and kids in general? What do you speak out about, when are you silent, what do you ignore? Do you really know who and what you support by voting? Do you question what you are being told, what you have learned in school and what society, official culture, government and the mainstream media is trying to make you believe? Just some questions and food for thought. Questions I ask myself all the time. I’m not saying that any of you are not doing their best in their own ways and lives to make this world a better place. Most people’s intention and heart is in the right place, but maybe there is more to consider, something we haven’t honestly looked at? “The American left is a phantom. It is conjured up by the right-wing to tag Barack Obama as a socialist and used by the liberal class to justify its complacency and

lethargy. It diverts attention from corporate power. It perpetuates the myth of a democratic system that is influenced by the votes of citizens, political platforms and the work of legislators. It keeps the world neatly divided into a left and a right. The phantom left functions as a convenient scapegoat. The right-wing blames it for moral degeneration and fiscal chaos. The liberal class uses it to call for ‘moderation.’ The corporations that control mass communications conjure up the phantom of a left. They blame the phantom for our debacle. And they get us to speak in absurdities.” – Chris Hedges There are no free elections in this country. There hasn’t been in a long time. The Voting System is a fraud sold to the public to give them the illusion of choice. The same goes for the two-party set-up. Democrats and Republicans. Back and forth. Two sides of the same coin. Despite popular belief we actually don’t live in a democracy anymore. People are so caught up in this left/right tunnel vision that they don’t see how they’re being duped and played with. http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=-Kw7j4lbDB4 http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=SC_wjQtfhZQ Brent Kopenhaver Jr. also gives insight in his article “Your Vote Doesn’t count“, addressing some major issues and pointing out: “Elections are nonsense. Not only are they nonsense – they serve to maintain an illusion that we still live in a free, democratic society.” The political system is an illusion to keep people in bondage. Most people fight to defend the very beliefs which are established by the controllers to keep them enslaved, just like Morpheus said in “The Matrix”: “You have to understand, most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are so inured, so hopelessly dependent on the system, that they will fight to protect it“ What I hear at times when I bring up the issue of control and manipulation is: “But I’m not enslaved, I’m free and can do what I want. That’s the beauty of this great land of freedom!” Enslavement in this day and age is not by force or martial law. It’s by the control of consciousness, by implementing beliefs and desires, forming your mind and behaviors to act and do a certain way, making you believe you are “free” and essentially keeping you complacent and distracted from Truth and the real issues this world faces. It certainly is not man-made Global Warming (one of those implemented beliefs to control/distract the masses) which so many Liberals like to focus on these days. Being “environmental conscious”, “green”, striving towards self-sustainability, permaculture, recycling, composting, driving a “Hybrid” car or planting veggies is not enough if we want true change. There are more pressing issues that cry for our attention and awareness. Sometimes when I mention these points I’m being called a “conspiracy nut” and ridiculed

by the ones who have “faith” in the system and believe themselves to be aware and conscious “good Americans” because they act with good intention and “love” when they cast their vote. However, there is no Love where there is no Truth. There is also no Love where there is Wishful Thinking. Love comes from Knowledge and Understanding, to see the world as it is and to see oneself as one is, not as one likes it to be. “Give these people a voting day every year, so they have the illusion of meaningless choice. Meaningless choice, so we go like slaves and say “I voted”. The limits of debate in this country are established before the debate even begins and everyone else is marginalized and made to be seen as “communists” or some sort of disloyal person… and now it’s conspiracy [theorists]. You see they made that something that shouldn’t be even entertained for a minute that powerful people might get together and have a plan. Doesn’t happen. You’re a nut case! You’re a conspiracy buff!”- Geroge Carlin

The illusion of National Identification and Patriotism is also something that many people are chained to. As Krishnamurti said “Patriotism is a Disease”. It keeps us separated just like religious identification and belief. The leaders of this country and the world couldn’t care less about America and other nations. These beliefs are just part of the circus show to keep people confined. What rules the world are Transnational Corporations and other interests. Wars are also not fought for National Securities or Patriotism, but the lie of “Patriotism” (with its emotional attachment of “Pride”) is being sold to the masses to follow without questioning. “Flags are bits of colored cloth that governments use first to shrink-wrap people’s brains and then as ceremonial shrouds to bury the dead.” – Arundhati Roy There is much information available to show the truth in these matters that need to be exposed before anything will change. Everything else is justre-arranging the surface or like staring at the shadows on the wall in Plato’s allegory of The Cave. http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=d2afuTvUzBQ

Be it the futility of voting, corporate take-over (also called Fascism), the 9/11 inside Job, Israel’s influence on America’s politic and Zionism in general, especially how it affects the Media, The Global Warming Agenda and the most underestimated topic of all: Psychopathy in Power and Political Ponerology. Political figures and even every day people who have no conscience (by birth, not through upbringing or conditioning) and who do not feel or think like me or you do, no feelings for empathy, compassion, love or remorse. However, they can pretend and act “as IF”. The effects of Psychopathy on Society and the world is underrated and hardly understood, mostly even ignored because people want to believe in the “good” of all people. After all, “we’re all one and we just need to recognize that and focus on “love” “, as it is proclaimed by many “New Age” folks. Yes, we are all one, but we are not the same and some people have a different inner “wiring” than others that is not due to environmental influences or psychological disposition. We’re not talking about serial killers or convicted murderers, but successful charismatic Individuals that can be found in all parts of life, even under Liberals, the New Age and Conscious Movements of today. This has nothing to do about “us vs. them”, but understanding how complex humanity actually is, what we choose to believe/wish for and what we avoid to look at and confront, within and without. Check out these links for more on that: - The Mask of Sanity - Reflections on Political Ponerology - Political Ponerology

Too many people hold the idea that psychopaths are essentially killers or convicts. The general public hasn’t been educated to see beyond the social stereotypes to understand that psychopaths can be entrepreneurs, politicians, CEOs and other successful individuals who may never see the inside of a prison.” – Dr. Robert Hare

This is just skimming the surface. There is more information, articles, essays, books, videos and research that examine each of the points I mentioned in-depth, much of it what others and I post on FB all the time. But who will actually make time and look into it? This is the age of fast food information, of twitter and quick Facebook updates, of texting, ADD and short attention spans. People are too busy with all kinds of trivialities in their lives. Most of them can’t be even bothered to THINK and many are too concerned with themselves to keep an eye on the world. I know life is not easy at times and we do need to take care of ourselves. There is much to do, but “having no time” to look into these matters seems to be a quick excuse these days, especially considering how they affect us and the world at large on a daily basis. Truth can’t be spoon-fed, nor will it be on Oprah anytime soon or neatly packaged in a five min. youtube clip. It is up to each of us to make an effort to seek Truth and speak out about it, even if it contradicts with our cherished long-held beliefs. I had people saying that these “conspiracies” are “unwarranted claims”, but the same people do not look into the evidence and research that is out there and so debunk something they haven’t even looked into sincerely. There is an unconscious psychological protective mechanism that prevents people to face certain truths about the world and essentially about themselves, because the Truth will shatter much of what they believe in and they’d have to adjust their lives accordingly, most of all admitting to themselves that they have been believing in lies. Of course there is also the question of what “others” may think, peer pressure, friends, family, colleagues and so on. People don’t want to “rock the boat”. This is how the “matrix” protects itself and the “sheeple police the sheeple”, so no ones steps out of line. But in the end only Truth will truly set us free and help us to embrace a brighter future for ourselves and our children. Denial and Avoidance will essentially backfire as it is already. “The scientific discourse misses the fact that the ability to deny is an amazing human phenomenon, a product of sheer complexity of our emotional, linguistic, moral and intellectual lives. Denial is a complex unconscious defense mechanism for coping with guilt, anxiety and other disturbing emotions aroused by reality.” – Stanley Cohen There is another issue that come with voting in a corrupted system and believing in lies. On a deeper level (metaphysically speaking), by voting and by identifying yourself with a party (left or right) you actually give validity to the corrupt system, two-party set-up and essentially your “permission” to keep it in place. In a sense you actually give up your “free will” by believing in lies (taking the false for the true and the true for the false) and supporting them with your “vote”. It’s how the “matrix” works and keeps itself in place: By the consensus of the people believing in it and supporting it through their actions and beliefs. No matter how good a lie sounds, how good it feels or what “positive” effect it may have (wishful thinking), there are metaphysical repercussions that affect everyone and the whole world “negatively” and actually feed entropy, essentially keeping the false system and control in place by giving it “energy”, regardless if the people who support/believe lies (unknowingly or not) are very loving, positive and mean well. In a sense by voting and buying into the illusion of “free choice” people tend to do more “harm” than any “good”. The exact opposite of what we’re being told (“Rock the Vote!”) and have been conditioned to believe. Obviously it’s not about just not voting and doing

nothing. It’s about gaining Knowledge and educating ourselves and see the “fraud” and the lies for what they are. Then we Know what to DO and most importantly what NOT to do. The more people engage in seeking Truth and work together in that regard, the better the chance that reality (as a Whole) will change for the “better”, because we DO create our own reality but it’s not as simple as portrayed in the many distorted New Age “You Create Your Own Reality” bits. This is a topic on its own, getting more into the realm of Esoterica, Quantum Mechanics and Metaphysics. This article touches upon that issue a little bit: Order Out of Chaos “Illusion, thinking it is reality, takes reality for illusion” – Boris Mouravieff, Gnosis One of the questions I’ve been asked is what do I suggest we DO if we don’t vote? Well, what an interesting question, which reflects how we’ve been conditioned with basically only two options to choose from (left or right). I’m in no position to tell anyone what to do. I can give some suggestions and food for thought, but eventually the drive to seek to truth and act upon it, living life beyond personal interests but with awareness of the bigger picture needs to come from oneself. Having said that, here are some suggestions: 1. The most important part is to gain Self-Knowledge and work on oneself to become a better person and “be the change“. I touched upon that in the blog “Know Thyself“. SelfKnowledge and Self-Work is also needed to truly understand the world “out there”. We are all works in process and all there is are lesson, but there needs to be effort to cut through our conditioning. It doesn’t happen by itself. It’s about conscious evolution. “The change must begin with the human being, not with the outward structure. The human being is confused, the human being is conditioned. He believes, and therefore there is a contradiction in himself. He is really, deeply confused and if he wants to change the social structure, the change from confusion only breeds more confusion. Whereas, if he could bring about clarity within himself, and from that clarity act, then such an action is really a deep psychological revolution. That revolution is absolutely necessary.” ~Jiddu Krishnamurti 2. Educate yourself and seek Information and Knowledge outside the realm of official culture and mainstream media. Question everything! A very good news site I can highly recommend to check out daily is Signs Of the Times . Objective investigative Journalism with contributions from a global network. Probably the best news site on the web. 3. Turn off your TV. As a matter of fact, get rid of it. Create a meditation space there instead. This article gives some insight of how watching TV modifies and programs (literally) our behaviors, desires, beliefs and even is detrimental to your health: Want Better Health? Stop Watching Television…For Good . Take care of your health with exercise, yoga, qi gong, meditation, massage, breathwork, healthy diet (stay away from gluten, wheat, dairy, sugar), spending time in nature, etc… . The body and mind are one. What you eat and how you live has an effect on how you think and feel.

4. Network and talk about these topics to friends and family or new people you meet. Don’t be afraid to speak up. Awareness is the first step to change, Of course it is not about preaching or forcing one’s view on another, but about raising Awareness and “pushing the envelope”, spreading some “seeds” here and there if appropriate. There is a time to talk and a time to be silent, but not falling into Complacency, Conformity, Self-Importance, Anger or Rage. Meet on a regular basis with a group of like-minded people, so you can get feedback and keep each other “awake”, discussing these issues, creating community based on Truth, Knowledge and essentially Love. Together we’re stronger. “Cowardice asks the question:”Is it safe”? Expediency asks the question:”Is it politic”? Vanity asks the question:”Is it popular?” But conscience asks the question:”Is it right?” And there comes a time when one must take a position that is neither safe, nor politic, nor popular but one must take it because one’s conscience tells one what is right.” - Martin Luther King

5. Blogging and using Social Networks to spread awareness and information. Facebook and other sites can be great tools to raise awareness and network beyond just talking about oneself, how much you love life or what you had for breakfast. We can keep each other informed and provide better and more insightful news than the mainstream media. These are just some suggestions. More can be done and each of us should look deeply into oneself, of how one is being honest with oneself, others and the world at large. Everyone can do something to raise awareness and make this world a better place, each according to his/her unique talents that go beyond immediate self-gratification or self-interest that keeps one in a subjective tunnel vision. However this also entail questioning what we believe to be true or not and not mistake objectivity for negativity or wishful thinking for positivity. The future is not set in stone. It all depends on each of us. The more people wake up to truth and see the world as it is, not as we “like” it to be, the better for all. Awareness creates change, not simply “positive thinking”, visualizing or meditating on “peace. Providing solutions without first getting a better understanding of ourselves and what is truly going on in the world can be self-defeating in the long run. Discernment is needed and separating truth from lies, within and without. This higher awareness then results in action that will have lasting positive results and not just change of “appearances”. There is much we’ll have to come to terms with before true change can happen. Let’s not miss the opportunity during this “Time of Transition”. There is work to do, but it’s what we signed up for.

October 29, 2010

Know Thyself By Bernhard Guenther

With people presenting solutions everywhere, be it through the political circus, spiritual leaders, to more progressive movements offering self-sustainable solutions, many people seem to have a plan of how to “fix” the world. Others say all is just as it is supposed to be and all we need to do is to go with the “flow”, focus on “love” and “light” and everything will be good. I voiced my concerns with the “solutions” presented in Zeitgeist Addendum in my article about that film. Visionary ideas are good and great to have, however false hopes based on ideals can shatter into nothingness if there is no foundation to build it on. People always say we must “do”, “act” or “vote” and it seems most folks want just someone to tell them what to do, so they don’t have to think too much on their own. The question is what are we really able to “do” if we don’t even know ourselves? What is humanity? Yes we’re all one, but are we all truly the same inside, seeing/thinking/feeling the same way? Who is to say what is good for the world and what not? The issues the world faces, the destruction, greed, genocide, economic meltdown, etc… cannot and won’t be resolved until man faces himself, looks at himself and does the work to gain Self Knowledge, beyond worship of the personality and ego. Humanity is deeply conditioned through Culture, Society, Religion, Media, Nationalism, Education, Government, our upbringing and all kinds of illusionary Beliefs. Before we can offer any solutions we need to become aware of this conditioning and do the work necessary to truly understand ourselves, our mechanical reactive behaviors, emotional addictions, our biases to take in certain information but automatically reject information that conflicts with our (conditioned) belief system. Honest self work takes effort and courage as one will have to confront the social conditioning and programming as well as the lies one is telling oneself in order to “fit in”. If one is sincere with oneself, this process will lead inevitably to confront lies in the world and one starts to SEE the world more as it IS, not as one likes it or assumes it to be. What happens is a raise of consciousness and awareness, moving from subjectivity to a more objective view, letting go of the false conditioned self and embracing one’s true self based on Truth, Knowledge and essentially Love, which is a higher state of being and not merely an emotional state. The more we see ourselves and the world objectively, the wiser our choices become and our resulting actions will have lasting positive impact. This work is to be done within and without, for both are interconnected. Much like when Neo woke up in

the film “The Matrix”, the “view” is not necessarily pleasant once the illusions, buffers and programs have been dislodged, but only Truth will set us free. Once we can SEE, especially the “unpleasant” aspects of reality so many people like to ignore, we’ll have a better understanding of what to DO.

“Awakening is possible only for those who seek it and want it, for those who are ready to struggle with themselves and work on themselves for a very long time and very persistently in order to attain it.” ~ G.I. Gurdjieff The necessity to “Know Thyself” has been transmitted through many wise men and ancient teachings throughout the world for thousands of years. However, the depth of these teachings and the required work to attain a higher state of Being/Awareness/Consciousness has been distorted and watered down in the New Age “arena” and “Conscious Movement” these days. Some of it even deliberate in order to steer people away from truth. COINTELPRO is still active and not only used by the powers that be (ptb) to infiltrate political parties and progressive groups/organizations, but also the New Age Movement. Religion has been used for social control for ages. The New Age Movement with its Disinformation and many distorted teachings seems to become the new “global religion”, vectoring people into complacency and conformity with an oversimplified understanding of “we’re all one” or “all you need is love”. Many people already believe that they are awake and aware, yet they are merely “dreaming to be awake”, just like fundamental Christians who claim to have a “direct line” to Jesus. As a matter of fact what we see nowadays in the New Age is similar to followers of dogmatic religions: blind belief, wishful thinking, emotional projections and lack of critical thinking. That is also true for many folks who believe themselves to be “awakened” because they tripped on DMT or had “magical” experiences with Ayahuasca and other mind expanding substances. The

Neo- Shamanism that is around this day has distorted what Shamanism is truly about and rendered it into a hyped attraction where all you have to pay is some $ to have THE experience. Sure, medicine plants can give some insight and help in the healing process, as I’ve seen it in my own life, however they can also distract people from what deeper spiritual and esoteric work is about. There are also many dangers, energetically, psychically and otherwise, when forcing to enter a higher state of consciousness through these drugs. Chemically induced “Feel good experiences” are no proof for Truth. “Nowadays most people interested in the spirituality of the East desire the “experience,” though they may call what they are after intimate communion with God. Those familiar with the standards and norms of spiritual experience set down by disciplined paths like Sufism are usually appalled at the way Westerners seize upon any apparition from the domain outside of normal consciousness as a manifestation of the “spiritual.” In fact, there are innumerable realms in the unseen world, some of them far more dangerous than the worst jungles of the visible world. [Al-Arabi himself said:] “So preserve yourselves, my brothers, from the calamities of this place, for distinguishing it is extremely difficult! Souls find it sweet, and then within it they are duped, since they become completely enamored of it.”" – William Chittick, The Sufi Path of Knowledge Good disinformation always contains a good amount of truth to lure the seeker in, but enough lies to steer him/her away or keep him/her in a subjective tunnel vision. The same can be said about the many “self-help” gurus out there. Be it “The Secret” gang and many others who claim to know the “way to happiness and abundance”; they are here to “help you help yourself”, giving you techniques how to “attract” and “manifest” money, a fulfilling relationship, the perfect job, lover, great life circumstances, etc….while they make millions off the desperation of the people who seek “happiness” and a way”out”. “Man must have results, real results, in his inner and outer life. I do not mean the results which modern people strive after in their attempts at selfdevelopment. These are not results, but only rearrangements of psychic material, a process the Buddhists call *samsara* and which our Holy Bible calls *dust*.” - Jacob Needleman When looking deeper into some of the “self-help teachings”, one can see that they mostly enhance personality and ego with its subjective and conditioned desires and buffers. They promote and push to follow desire and wants without truly trying to understand where they come from to being with. In a sense, what is sold today as “spirituality” and “selfwork” is quite the opposite of what the ancient esoteric teachings have been talking about. It is more an escape, another buffer to stop seeing the world and oneself as it/one is. It pushes man more into the Subjectivity (shutting out anything that is a “threat” to ones belief system) of his already conditioned personality, rather than moving towards Objectivity of the real “I” that does not seek to force its will on to the world, but acts out of Knowledge, Truth, objective Awareness (higher state of consciousness) and essentially

Love, which is not an emotional fixation. True self-work is not a walk in the park or about “creating one’s reality“. “”There is no coming to consciousness without pain…People will do anything, no matter how absurd, in order to avoid facing their own soul. One does not become enlightened by imagining figures of light, but by making the darkness conscious” – Carl Gustav Jung That is not to say that all prominent authors and teachers are COINTELPRO. They themselves can be duped and spread disinformation unknowingly, even if their intent is well meant. Others just want to become rich and famous and some have more knowledge about marketing/selling themselves than understanding of spiritual work. It’s not black and white, but lies are mixed with truth, so discernment is key. The truth about our world and humanity has been suppressed for thousands of years and it certainly won’t be revealed on Oprah anytime soon. In his book “Pushing Ultimates: Fundamentals of Authentic Self-knowledge” Lew Paz writes: “James Hillman, whose works delve deeply in Jungian archetypes, sees most New Age therapeutic methods as failing to deal with the true complexities of the soul. We can see this lack of substantial psychological awareness in many New Age writers and lecturers. Though such spokespeople may specialize in Hindu and Buddhist terminology relating to the levels of consciousness, few speak with any background knowledge of Western art, literature, poetry, science, philosophy, and how these have contributed to highlighting the further heights and depths of the human situation today. Many become popular because they speak and write with a reductionist style that brings the complex and disturbing down into canned formulas of what spiritual growth is supposedly all about. Dozens of such New Age authors could bring their works together into one large volume entitled, “How To Become Aware of the Depths of Your Being Without Disturbing the Routine of Your Comfortable Lifestyle.“ The necessity to seek truth in oneself and the world and act upon it has to come from oneself. No one can do it for another and no one can push another to do it, until he/she himself/herself realizes the precious times we live in, acts upon it and starts to work on him/herself. Only if man knows himself truly is he able to “do”. Before that he’s just like a blind man walking in a porcelain store. Free will is not really “free” as long as man acts from his conditioned personality. Looking at the world right now, we have billions of people lost in a porcelain store. People who do not know themselves will build and are building a prison for themselves, a prison without bars and walls, cherishing their “leaders” as “saviors” like in a global Stockholm Syndrome, worshiping/defending the ones who keep them imprisoned. They become tools for the matrix, thinking that they are “free”, but they are merely reacting to external influences (planetary, social, cultural) and accumulated conditioning over a life time(s). No one is exempt from that and the ones shouting the loudest how “awake”, “spiritual” and

“aware” they are, are in many ways more deluded than they are capable of admitting to themselves. No change is going to happen by simply forwarding the newest conspiracy videos, questionable New Age Teachings and dubious Channeled material (which are mostly corrupted and puts man deeper into sleep), meditating on love and light, striving for sustainable solutions or just protesting with some banners and slogans. Yes, some of it can trigger and plant seeds, but ultimately Change happens only if we change and separate lies from truth, within AND without. Only then will we be able to see the world as it is, without filters of denial, wishful thinking, false hopes and misperceptions because of our corrupted state of being. In order to see truth in the world, we need to see truth in ourselves and stop lying to ourselves. Only then will we be able to know what to “do” and act upon it. “Try for a moment to accept the idea that you are not what you believe yourself to be, that you overestimate yourself, in fact that you lie to yourself. That you always lie to yourself every moment, all day, all your life. That this lying rules you to such an extent that you cannot control it any more. You are the prey of lying. You lie, everywhere. Your relations with others-lies. The upbringing you give, the conventions-lies. Your teaching-lies. Your theories, your art lies. Your social life, your family life-lies. And what you think of yourself-lies also. But you never stop yourself in what you are doing or in what you are saying because you believe in yourself. You must stop inwardly and observe.

Observe without preconceptions, accepting for a time this idea of lying. And if you observe in this way, paying with yourself, without self-pity, giving up all your supposed riches for a moment of reality, perhaps you will suddenly see something you have never before seen in yourself until this day. You will see that you are different from what you think you are. You will see that you are two. One who is not, but takes the place and plays the role of the other. And one who is, yet so weak, so insubstantial, that he no sooner appears than he

immediately disappears. He cannot endure lies. The least lie makes him faint away. He does not struggle, he does not resist, he is defeated in advance. Learn to look until you have seen the difference between your two natures, until you have seen the lies, the deception in yourself. When you have seen your two natures, that day, in yourself, the truth will be born.” - from “First Initiation” by Jeanne de Salzmann

Krishnamurti said over half a century ago: “To bring about peace in the world, to stop all wars, there must be a revolution in the individual, in you and me. Economic revolution without this inward revolution is meaningless, for hunger is the result of the maladjustment of economic conditions produced by our psychological states; greed, envy, ill-will and possessiveness. To put and end to this sorrow, to hunger, to war, there must be psychological revolution and few of us are willing to face that. We will discuss peace, plan legislation, create new leagues, the United Nations and so on; but we will not win peace because we will not give up our position, our authority, our money, our properties, our lives. To rely on others is utterly futile; others cannot bring us peace. No leader is going to gives us peace, no government, no army, no country. What will bring peace is inward transformation, which will lead to outward action. Inward transformation is not isolation, is not withdrawal from outward action. On the contrary, there can be right action only when there is right thinking and there is no right thinking when there is no self-knowledge. Without knowing yourself, there is no peace. An Ideal is merely an escape, an avoidance of what is, a contradiction of what is. An ideal prevents direct action upon what is. To have peace, we will have to love, we will have to begin not to live an ideal life but to see things as they are and act upon them, transform them. As long as each one of us is seeking psychological security, the physiological security we need; food, clothing and shelter, is destroyed. Some of you will nod your heads and say, “I agree”, and go outside and do exactly the same as you have been doing for the last ten or twenty years. Your agreement is merely verbal and has no significance, for the world’s miseries and wars are not going to be stopped by your casual assent. They will be only stopped when you realize the danger, when you realize your responsibility, when you do not leave it to somebody else. If you realize the suffering, if you see the urgency of immediate action and do not postpone, then you will transform yourself.” He was right, to this day most people just nod their heads, maybe watch “Zeitgeist”, and then go back and “do” exactly what they have always been doing, slave to the mechanicalness of their conditioned Personality. During this time of transition more and more people are wanting to seek “truth”, more and more people seem to want to “Know”. There IS an “awakening” happening, no doubt.

However, we’re also in the Age of Deception and if people don’t know themselves, they will take “reality for illusion and illusion for reality” as Mouravieff wrote in “Gnosis”. The term “awakening” needs to be carefully looked at, because people can “awake” to merely another form of illusion and “dream of waking up” while still being asleep. On the other hand, Self-work can also easily turn into a narcissistic activity, if one is too absorbed with oneself or has no network that can give honest feedback and mirroring. http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=uFmclQJ_lBA Some people always claim that Truth is simple and all you have to do is this or that, be compassionate, positive, show love, visualize, follow your “bliss”, no judgments, etc…..and many other ideals and words are being used for which everyone seems to have a different understanding or just a memorized definition. Boris Mouravieff gives an insight into the “Simplicity of Truth” in his “Gnosis” Trilogy: “We often demand simplicity from esoteric teaching on the generally accepted principle that Truth itself must be simple. We conclude from this that access to this Truth should also be simple, and so the method which leads to it must be easily assimilable. This argument is perfectly correct on condition that we ourselves are simple, that is, just, in the sense used in the Gospel. Sadly, this is not so, because of the anarchy that reigns among our “987″ little I’s. There is a long path to travel from our distorted state of inner disorder to our original simplicity. This is the Way that leads the seeker from the wilderness of ignorance to the Light of Tabor. Experience shows that in practice this doctrine of ‘simplicity’, if it is regarded as an axiom, turns the student aside from the strait gate and the narrow way that leads to life. Impelled by this countertruth, he believes he stands before this door, when he is in reality-although undoubtedly in perfectly good faith-walking on the wide path that leads to perdition. This doctrine of simplicity, correct in itself but wrongly interpreted, becomes a snare for our hearts that are already too corrupt; a danger which should be recognized and avoided.“ The question comes up, how is one to gain self-knowledge, to separate lies from truth in oneself? It’s easy to talk about and seeing the necessity of it, but what does it mean and how to proceed in practical terms? What are the techniques and where to start? Boris Mouravieff talks about self-work and man’s position in “The Parable of the Coach“: “In Western civilization the interior life of the individual, with all its richness, finds itself relegated to a minor role in existence. Man is so caught up in the toils of mechanical life that he has neither time to stop nor the power of attention needed to turn his mental vision upon himself. Man thus passes his days absorbed by external circumstances. The great machine that drags him along turns without stopping, and forbids him to stop under penalty of being crushed. Today like yesterday, and tomorrow like today, he quickly exhausts himself in the frantic race, impelled in a direction which in the end leads nowhere. Life passes away from him almost unseen, swift as a ray of light, and

man falls engulfed and still absent from himself. When we ask someone who lives under this constant pressure of contemporary life to turn his mental vision towards himself, he generally answers that he has not enough time left to undertake such practices. If we insist and he acquiesces, he will in most cases say that he sees nothing: Fog; Obscurity. In less common cases, the observer reports that he perceives something which he cannot define because it changes all the time. This last observation is correct. Everything is in fact continually changing within us. A minor external shock, agreeable or disagreeable, happy or unhappy, is sufficient to give our inner content a quite different appearance. If we follow up this interior observation, this introspection, without prejudice, we will soon constate, not without surprise, that our I, of which we are so consistently proud, is not always the same self: the I changes. As this impression becomes more defined we begin to become more aware that it is not a single man who lives within us but several, each having his own tastes, his own aspirations, and each trying to attain his own ends. Suddenly we discover within us a whole world full of life and colors which until now we had almost entirely ignored. If we still proceed with this experience, we will soon be able to distinguish three currents within that perpetually moving life: that of the vegetative life of the instincts, so to speak; that of the animal life of the feelings; and lastly that of human life in the proper sense of the term, characterized by thought and speech. It is almost as if there were three men within us, all entangled together in an extraordinary way. So we come to appreciate the value of introspection as a method of practical work which permits us to know ourselves and enter into ourselves. As we gradually progress, we become more clearly aware of the real situation in which we find ourselves….” The Russian mystic G. I. Gurdjieff talked about man being a machine and that one needs to build a “soul” or activate the higher centers through effort and conscious self-work, fusing the individual centers within, so they work all in harmony and in right relation. It doesn’t happen just by itself. There is no evolution of Consciousness if there are no conscious efforts. He insisted that man is not “doing” anything because he doesn’t know himself and all man is “doing” are mechanical reactions based on external influences and conditioning until he starts to work on himself. “People are machines. Machines have to be blind and unconscious, they cannot be otherwise, and all their actions have to correspond to their nature. Everything happens. No one does anything. ‘Progress’ and ‘civilization,’ in the real meaning of these words, can appear only as the result of conscious efforts. They cannot appear as the result of unconscious mechanical actions. And what conscious effort can there be in machines? And if one machine is unconscious, then a hundred machines are unconscious, and so are a thousand machines, or

a hundred thousand, or a million. And the unconscious activity of a million machines must necessarily result in destruction and extermination. It is precisely in unconscious involuntary manifestations that all evil lies. You do not yet understand and cannot imagine all the results of this evil. But the time will come when you will understand. The evolution of man can be taken as the development in him of those powers and possibilities which never develop by themselves, that is, mechanically. Only this kind of development, only this kind of growth, marks the real evolution of man. In speaking of evolution it is necessary to understand from the outset that no mechanical evolution is possible. The evolution of man is the evolution of his consciousness. And ‘consciousness’ cannot evolve unconsciously. The evolution of man is the evolution of his will, and ‘will’ cannot evolve involuntarily. The evolution, of man is the evolution of his power of doing, and ‘doing’ cannot be the result of things which ‘happen.’ People do not know what man is. They have to do with a very complex machine, far more complex than a railway engine, a motorcar, or an aeroplane —but they know nothing, or almost nothing, about the construction, working, or possibilities of this machine; they do not even understand its simplest functions, because they do not know the purpose of these functions. [...]“You often think in a very naive way,” [Gurdjieff] said. “You already think you can do. To get rid of this conviction is more difficult than anything else for a man. You do not understand all the complexity of your organization and you do not realize that every effort, in addition to the results desired, even if it gives these, gives thousands of unexpected and often undesirable results, and the chief thing that you forget is that you are not beginning from the beginning with a nice clean, new machine. There stand behind you many years of a wrong and stupid life, of indulgence in every kind of weakness, of shutting your eyes to your own errors, of striving to avoid all unpleasant truths, of constant lying to yourselves, of self-justification, of blaming others, and so on, and so on. All this cannot help affecting the machine. The machine is dirty, in places it is rusty, and in some places artificial appliances have been formed, the necessity for which has been created by its own wrong way of working. These artificial appliances will now interfere very much with all your good intentions. They are called ‘buffers.‘” - from “In Search of the Miraculous” by P.D. Ouspensky The solutions presented by various “Conscious Movements” these days and other people who have good intentions are not bad in themselves, however by leaving out the necessary deeper self-work (striving towards objectivity and truth within and without) that is needed to truly “be the change“, nothing will change fundamentally and so many of these solutions become just castles in the air. It is also the prerequisite to seek truth in the world,

for one’s “Reading Instrument” needs to be “tuned” in order to discern lies from truth. Honest Self-work goes hand in hand with looking at global issues that seem to be ignored by many self-proclaimed “conscious” people who want a “better” world. Be it 9/11, Zionism, Psychopathy and Ponerology, the Global Warming fraud, the UFO phenomena, our history and many other “secrets” present and past. There is still much we have to come to terms with before any form of “Golden Age” is going to manifest.

Suppression of Knowledge is the name of the game. There are traps and dead-ends on the path towards Awakening and there are forces that do their best to keep humanity asleep. All of which the ancient teachings have talked and warned about. It is no coincidence that much of this crucial esoteric Knowledge has been “filtered out” and is hard to come by in today’s Spiritual, Conscious and New Age Movements. Knowledge protects; Ignorance endangers. “The goal of any esoteric work must be that of objectivity, first in our understanding of ourselves, and then, as our filters and programs are dislodged, of the world. A true esoteric teaching will, therefore, not only focus on “Know Thyself”, but will also provide knowledge about the reality of our reality. If one or the other of these aspects are missing from a teaching, then you can be certain that it is incomplete, and an incomplete teaching, even if through ignorance of the teacher, even if unconscious, is dangerous.”- Henry See, from “Spiritual Predator: Prem Rawat AKA Maharaji“ http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=WEIfMqM5wnM

October 25, 2010

Zeitgeist Addendum – A Critical Look By Bernhard Guenther Zeitgeist Addendum has been highly anticipated ever since the big internet success of Zeitgeist. I remember when I first saw it, roughly two years ago, when it just came out. I think I was the 50th person to watch it online after a friend of mine told me about it. Less than a year later it has been watched by millions of people worldwide and it got even released in selected theaters. It was probably the most popular “Conspiracy” documentary to this date. Reason for this is that it was very well done and Peter Joseph, the director, has a great talent to bring such topics on the screen and keeping the audience interested. The topics were very basic, however I thought it would be a great trigger and introduction for the people who are still asleep to these issues. So I had great hopes. I kept ordering DVD’s from the site and just gave it out to friends and random people. As time went by I realized that the wave didn’t catch as I thought it would. Lots of wishful thinking on my part. Just watching this film won’t do anything if it is not followed up with more research and action and many people who watched it didn’t seem “to get it”. The conditioning is strong! I have much respect for The Zeitgeist crew for pushing the film without just trying to cash in. Also much respect for Peter Joseph for keeping his ego out if this and let the film/message speak for itself. So on some level it did wake people up, but not on a critical mass scale. At the same time, I knew what was presented in Zeitgeist is literally just the tip of the iceberg and so when he announced that Zeitgeist Addendum would come out in October, I was excited. Yet, after watching the trailer back then and considering the title “Addendum” (like Add-on) I already started to have doubts, feeling that he would take a “New Age” turn and present solutions without having truly looked deeper into the “problem” the world faces to begin with. Unfortunately my feeling turned out to be correct and was confirmed after I watched Z – Add. It is not all bad, but the devil, as always, is in the details. Here are my thoughts on it:

The first half I really enjoyed and thought it was well done. A good insight into the monetary system and the effects of economic terrorism. People need to become aware that they’re being screwed on a daily basis by the system Awareness of that is great and it was very well presented. However, the second half is a disappointment and I even had a hard time watching it to the end. Peter Joseph, the director and voice-over is coming to conclusions and solutions way too fast, leaving out a good chunk of some deeper implications. It very much takes a “New Age Utopia” turn, offering solutions without clearly having identified the main issue/problem, mainly the topic of Psychopathy and Ponerology. My favorite line in Z-Add, by Peter Joseph himself: “We must be open to new information at all times, even if it threatens our current belief systems and hence identities” Not sure if he’s applying this advice to himself though.The biggest issue I have is this new age turn and slogan he uses as the “reason” for “uniting”, the assumption that “We are all One and we just need to recognize this” in typical “romantic” wishful thinking manner. For the pitfalls about the “we’re all one” issue, I refer again to the issue of Psychopathy. Yes we’re all one from a HIGHER perspective and separation is an “Illusion”, but applying this higher truth into our 3rd density experience is like saying gravity is an illusion. Great, so jump off a ten story building and see how this “illusion” will hurt. Further on, his view on Evolution and progress is quite limited. He has a very obvious bias to Religion. Not saying that dogmatic religion is all good, no, but the bible and other religious texts contain revealing alchemical and esoteric insights if one knows how to read the symbols and so he is throwing out the baby with the bath water. For example, the resurrection can be seen as a metaphor for the second birth that happens after man has stepped through the second threshold of esoteric conscious evolution. It is not a supernatural event. But it is in a sense of raising from the “dead”, meaning everyone is “dead” (asleep), attached to his false “I” of the personality before the second “birth”. When man realizes his real “I”, the true permanent Individuality, he awakens (re-birth) and starts to truly “live”, being in this world but not of it. However, it also doesn’t happen just by itself. Conscious work on the self is needed. At one point I felt it was like an advertising clip for the Venus Project, portraying the “leader” Jacque Fresco as the “all-knowing” wise man. It became even a bit comical in my eye, when he also uses him as an “expert” on religion and the bible. Too much emphasis on technology as the “savior” and the monetary system as the cause/root for the problems in the world. The fact that the film doesn’t go one bit into psychopathy and questioning “human nature” to begin with is a big let down. Peter Joseph basically bases the root of the problems the world is facing solely on the monetary system and he repeats that even over and over again at the end. Very shortsighted, hence his solutions are very short-sighted as well and actually misleading based on the following false premises and assumption that caught my eye:

1. All humans are the same, we’re all “one”. (from the outside yes, inside is a whole different issue) 2. Limited Darwinism view of evolution (he seems to push the idea that we evolved from apes….I already disliked that hint in the first Zeitgeist. Darwinism is actually just as part of social control as religious creationism), not fully analyzing what evolution truly means (mechanical vs. conscious). Also, not recognizing that there have been ancient civilizations who have been far superior in evolutionary terms than us. 3. Assumption that progress happens no matter what, without laying out what “progress” means to begin with, as if technological progress and evolution of consciousness are the same. 4. Leaving out huge parts that explain far more the state of the world than just basing it on the monetary system and “human nature”, without truly questioning “human nature” to begin with…..which goes back to point 1 and the topic of Psychopathy. In the end of it all, Peter Joseph even seem to go backwards, as if he forgot what the talked about in Zeitgeist 1. He says that the “tables are turning” and the system is crashing because a monetary system based on debt just can’t survive as it is. He says that they are trying to save the system through the bail out! What? No one is trying to save anything here. The crash and economic crisis are designed, purposely orchestrated. The bail out is a lie sold to the people. They are not trying to save anything. They know exactly what they are doing and the new system is already thought out and will replace the outdated system. No need to boycott anyone. The crash is happening no matter what and we will be living in a cash less world soon enough. Maybe Joseph should look into Icke’s concept Problem-ReactionSolution to understand what is happening behind the curtain. Now, the stupefying thing is that he talked about the designed crash in the 20′s in Zeitgeist 1 and now this crash is happening because of bad politics/business/economy decisions? It makes no sense! It’s disappointing because Peter Joseph is a gifted film maker and has a good style of presentation. The first half is good, so people can become more aware of how they’re being screwed by the monetary system so to speak, however, the ending is misleading into some sort of utopia where people just can live peaceful together if there is right application of technology and abolishing of the monetary system. It would have been great if he would have researched more into psychopathy/ponerology, presenting these issues with his film making talents. However, in this case Zeitgeist Addendum becomes more like a distraction and gives people false hopes. It’s one step forward and two steps backward. As a good friend of mine said when we talked about the film: A missed opportunity. Z-Add is the basics of the basics, a good insight into the monetary system, but with

conclusions and solutions that can be misleading and back fire. Discussing the film on another forum, some people pointed out: “All in all it seemed to be a well-intentioned facet of the love ‘n light brigade, with no practical analysis of our current situation aside from pointing out that, yes, we’re all slaves and yes, we need to change, but apparently the psychos will conveniently disappear when everyone chooses this “new path.” “The avoidance of psychopathy is a clear sign that Zeitgeist Addendum is more a distraction. The signal (a bit of truth) to noise (far too much dreaming of a blissful future without pinpointing the main 3D instrument of societal misery) in this venture is apparent.” “The “Utopian Dream” presented by the Venus Project did not take into account psychopathy and characteropathy, including genetic and biological causes. Without this consideration, it is merely a matter of time before ponerization comes again. They don’t seem to understand that to try to create a system without consideration of both creative and entropic forces, they would actually create a new “Darth Vader”. Repression and denial of entropic forces merely sends them out of sight, not out of reality.” It becomes clearer by the day that a splitting is happening, not a unification. The only unification that will happen in this current 3D experience on earth is through global control, because there is NO spiritual unity. True Spiritual Unity can only happen if people see the world as it is, without wishful thinking and misplaced hope. Unconditional Love is just that: to see as is. With 6 billion people lost in the wilderness, waiting for a savior/leader (be it Obama, Jesus, ET’s, etc…), I don’t see that happening any times soon. In this corrupt state the world is in, unification is being forced upon based on lies for greater control. The “New Age” Religion with its pseudo teachings is part of this set-up. False prophets are everywhere as they feed off the credulity of the people. These are precious times to choose between the way “up” or “down”, Being or Non-Being, between truth and lies. Trying to offer solutions and an economy system that works “better” and “for all” without looking into deeper issues this world faces will eventually back fire. And that is the main blind spot of Zeitgeist Addendum. The road to hell is paved with good intentions. With the approach of the era of the Holy Spirit, everything must be gradually brought to the light of day, nor only the secrets of the laboratory but the deepest meanings of esotericism. The same must happen with illusions, errors and lies, which must also be revealed so that they can later be rectified. […] The world is suffering from a lack of harmony which gets deeper on every plane, and this is a serious danger to the moral and spiritual recovery of humanity. It also involves a serious risk of failure in the last stage of this Time of transition that we are now entering, If this risk is not overcome, the Deluge of

Fire awaits us. We will have to make an immense effort to ward off this fate, and we have very little time in which to do it. Man has only himself to blame for the greatness of the effort needed: this is a result of his obstinate refusal to heed the warnings that have been addressed to him time and again by the Divine Voice, just as he continues today to blind himself to the fact that the Deluge of Fire is being made ready. [...] It is difficult, if not impossible, for an esoterically unevolved person to discern false prophets spontaneously. He will recognize them more easily by their “fruits,” by the observable results of their works, which serve as signs. [...] The Scriptures contain more than one reference to the coexistence on our planet of these two humanities – which are now alike in form but unlike in essence. We can even say that the whole dramatic history of humanity, from the fall of Adam until today, not excluding the prospect of the new era, is overshadowed by the coexistence of these two human races whose separation will occur only at the Last Judgement. …… this situation, with its practical consequences and problems, will be the object of a deeper study. This is necessary because the Era of the Holy Spirit is approaching, at the end of which the question of the separation of the tares from the good seed will arise. [ Gnosis II, Boris Mouravieff ] Going a bit deeper into the esoteric implications this world is facing as well as why the topic of Psychopathy is crucial to understand and why we need to bring to light, here a little excerpt from an article, Order Out of Chaos by Laura Knight-Jadczyk: The great Sufi Shaykh Ibn al-’Arabi explains that “imperfection” exists in Creation because “were there no imperfection, the perfection of existence would be imperfect.” From the point of view of Sheer Being, there is nothing but good. But Infinite Potential to BE includes – by definition of the word “infinite” – the potential to Not Be. And so, Infinite Potential – The ALL – “splits” into Thought Centers of Creation/BEing and Thought Centers of Entropy/Non-being. It can be said that Infinite Potential is fundamentally Binary – on or off – to be or not to be. That is the first “division.” Since absolute non-being is an impossible paradox in terms of the source of Infinite Potential to BE, the half of the consciousness of Infinite Potential that constitute the IDEAS of non-being – for every idea of manifestation, there is a corresponding idea for that item of creation to NOT manifest – “falls asleep” for lack of a better term. Its “self observation” is predicated upon consciousness that can only “mimic” death. Consciousness that mimics death then “falls” and becomes Primal Matter. [...] It has been represented for millennia in the yin-yang symbol, which, even on

the black half that represents “sleeping consciousness that is matter,” you can see the small white dot of “being” that represents to us that absolute nonexistence is not possible. There is only “relative” non-existence. [...] At our level of reality, the understanding that “nothing is real,” as has been promulgated by gurus and teachers down through history, is as useless as saying “gravity isn’t real.” Such considerations are useful only for expansion of perception. They are not useful for practical application since the energies of creation apparently transduce through several “levels” before they meet in the middle, so to say, in our reality. Organic life exists at the “crossroads” of the myriad ideas or thought centers of being and non-being. As such, they have the capacity to transduce energies “up” or “down” depending on the “consciousness energy directors” of that unit. [...] Against the opposition of those forces seeking to “capture” energy of consciousness and induce it to the “sleep of non-being,” which is gravitational in a certain sense, the energies of consciousness seek to “inform” matter via awakening the self-awareness of those organic units on earth that are capable of resistance to the gravity of non-being. As self-aware “transducing units,” the human being has the potential for going either way – toward intensified being, or toward intensified non-being. [...] God creates the good and the evil, the ugly and the beautiful, the straight and the crooked, the moral and the immoral. Between these traits lie the manifold dangers of the path of the seeker of Truth. Many modern-day “teachers” and “gurus” tell us “Since there is only One Being which permeates all things, all we have to do is see everything as only light”, and that will transmute the darkness, and we will “create our own reality of light.” Such a statement ignores the fact that the statement “God is One” describes a reality that is a higher level from which our own “mixed being” manifests. The man who assumes that he can become like God at this level just by thinking it, ignores the facts of Being vs. Non-being which outrays from “God is One” at a level of existence that is clearly several levels above our own. Evil is REAL on its own level, and the task of man is to navigate the Cosmic Maze without being defiled by the Evil therein. This is the root of Free Will. Man faces a predicament as REAL as himself: he is forced to choose – to utilize his knowledge by applying it – between the straight path which leads to Being, and the crooked paths which lead to Non-Being.

Human beings are required to discern between good and evil – consciousness energy directors – at every stage of their existence in this reality. Because, in fact, they must understand that God is consciousness and God is matter. God is good, and God is evil. The Creation assumes all the different properties of the many “Names of God.” The Cosmos is full of Life-giving and Slaying, Forgiveness and Vengeance, Exaltation and Abasement, Guidance and Deception. To attempt to assume God’s point of view and “mix everything” at this level, results only in STAYING at this level. Therefore, human beings must always separate God’s point of view from their own point of view and the fact that all creation assumes the divine Names and Traits. Thus, the first Divine Command is BE! And that includes Being and Non-being instantaneously. Therefore, the second law is “follow Being or Non-being according to your choice and your inherent nature.” All creation is a result of the engendering command. So, in this respect, there is no Evil. But the second, prescriptive law determines to which “Face of God” one will return: Life or Death. [...] Could it ever be an evolutionarily stable strategy for people to be innately unselfish? On the whole, a capacity to cheat, to compete and to lie has proven to be a stupendously successful adaptation. Thus the idea that selection pressure could ever cause saintliness to spread in a society looks implausible in practice. It doesn’t seem feasible to out-compete genes which promote competitiveness. “Nice guys” get eaten or out-bred. Happy people who are unaware get eaten or out-bred. Happiness and niceness today is vanishingly rare, and the misery and suffering of those who are able to truly feel, who are empathic toward other human beings, who have a conscience, is all too common. Nevertheless, a predisposition to, conscience, ethics, can prevail if and when it is also able to implement the deepest level of altruism: making the object of its empathy the higher ideal of enhancing free will in the abstract sense, for the sake of others, including our descendants. In short, our “self-interest” ought to be vested in collectively ensuring that all others are happy and well-disposed too; and in ensuring that children we bring into the world have the option of being constitutionally happy and benevolent toward one another. In short, if psychopathy threatens the well-being of the group future, then it can be only be dealt with by refusing to allow the self to be dominated by it on an individual, personal basis. Preserving free will for the self in the practical sense, ultimately preserves free

will for others. Protection of our own rights AS the rights of others, underwrites the free will position and potential for happiness of all. If mutant psychopaths pose a potential danger then true empathy, true ethics, true conscience, dictates using prophylactic therapy against psychopaths. It seems certain from the evidence that a positive transformation of human nature isn’t going to come about through a great spiritual awakening, socioeconomic reforms, or a spontaneous desire among the peoples of the world to be nice to each other. But it’s quite possible that, in the long run, the psychopathic program of suffering will lose out because misery is not a stable strategy. In a state of increasing misery, victims will seek to escape it; and this seeking will ultimately lead them to inquire into the true state of their misery, and that may lead to a society of intelligent people who will have the collective capacity to do so. And so it is that identifying the psychopath, ceasing our interaction with them, cutting them off from our society, making ourselves unavailable to them as “food” or objects to be conned and used, is the single most effective strategy that we can play. [...] To allow oneself to be conned, or used by a psychopath is to effectively become part of his “hierarchy” of feeding. To believe the lies of the psychopath is to submit to his “bidding” (he bids you to believe a lie, and you acquiesce), and thus, to relinquish your free will. In strictly material terms, this doesn’t seem to be much of an issue, right? After all, somebody lies to us and who really cares? Is it going to hurt us to just let them lie? Is it going to hurt us to just go along with them for the sake of peace, even if we know or suspect they are lying? After all, checking the facts and facing the psychopath with truth, and telling them “no” is generally very unpleasant. Remember, the game is set up so that we pay a lot for being ethical in dealing with the psychopath. In material terms, it really doesn’t seem to be worth it because we suffer all kinds of attack – verbal, psychological, and even physical abuse – so it’s just easier to let sleeping dogs lie, right? [...] At best, we can only really penetrate to the level of the psychological reality, observed behavior that is discordant, or self-destructive. And we are thoroughly programmed to help by giving until it hurts, or trying to fix, or to make nice. All of these things, all of these accommodations of psychopathy, on just a practical level, can be seen to “select for psychopathy” in terms of

the gene pool. But on another level, considering the great amount of evidence we have that there is something very mysterious going on that has to do with “controlling the minds of humanity,” and covering up something that may affect every single human being on this planet, we find that the issue is crucial. [note by me: This would be the topic of Hyperdimensional realities and beings] Refusing to accommodate the manipulations and maneuvers of the psychopath may, indeed, be critical to the positive transformation of our planet. [...] And we see that the ultimate aim of the psychopath, as living representatives of the Universal forces of Entropy, of Non-Being, is to MASTER creative energy. To assimilate it to the self, to deprive others of it by inducing them to believe lies. Because, when you believe the lie of the psychopath, you have given him control of your Free Will – the essence of Creativity. [...] As I quoted above: Thus, the first Divine Command is BE! And that includes Being and Non-being instantaneously. Therefore, the second law is “follow Being or Non-being according to your choice and your inherent nature.” All creation is a result of the engendering command. So, in this respect, there is no Evil. But the second, prescriptive law determines to which “Face of God” one will return: Life or Death. Do you observe the world based on truth, objectivity, as the Universe views itself? That brings life. Or, do you view the word based on lies, subjectivity, and do you seek to shutout, control, or force the world to bend to your will? If so, you have chosen Death. It is only Truth and actions based on Truth that will restore Life and order to our world.

November 14, 2008

The men behind Barack Obama: Hope and Reality By Bernhard Guenther

Dear reader, As you read this I ask you for a moment to lay aside what you think you know or believe to be true. In particular if you are a Obama supporter and feel “change” is in the air and things will go “better” after the Bush years. Before we can look at “change” or wanting to “change” things, it is imperative to get a good look at the situation/world as it IS, otherwise it is like the blind walking into a porcelain store. More damage is done. That means gaining knowledge and information, not only through words and speeches, appearances or hype as transmitted to us through the mainstream media. It is not about being “negative” over “positive” and looking for arguments that reflect our stand on things. It is simply about looking at a situation more objectively without mechanically projecting our “views” into it right away which are mostly based on short-sighted wishful thinking, emotional reactions and a conditioned world view/belief system. I have noticed over the years that people are very identified with their beliefs. It is as if they are what they believe and their whole life, personality and existence is based on this. They don’t know anything else than what “official culture” has taught them and so life becomes a tunnel vision in many ways. The political system with the same two limited choices (left or right) reflects that quite well. Some people find it hard to escape the illusory paradigm of Left vs. Right. Hence many folks tend to take it very personal if you question their beliefs and what they think they know or tell them that there is really no “choice”. Some of them even react with anger if you question them, in particular in regards to long-held political views, the idea of “voting for a leader” and the deeper workings/control of governments over the people. What is comes down to is to differentiate between lies and truth not only “out there”, but more importantly in ourselves. Most people can’t face the lies “out there” because they can’t face the many lies in themselves, which make up part of their existence, be it popular held beliefs about politics, government, religion, education, etc, up to more subtle lies we tall ourselves to make our lives more “comfortable” and justified. If one is questioned on any of the mass-accepted beliefs one may have to reevaluate ones own life and realize that one may have been living a lie for the majority of ones life. Truth is not always pleasant. However, there is no judgment in truth. It only IS, neither “good” or “bad”. Because of the identification with certain beliefs that make up their whole life and existence, people tend to ignore truth and/or the lies they tell themselves. They build

buffers, excuses and all forms of denial to keep their “world view” intact. Ultimately they defend and argue for their limitations and the prison they are in. The political left/right paradigm and people yearning for a “leader” is the best example for that. Carl G Jung was right when he said: “People will do anything, no matter how absurd, to stop from facing their souls.” In short, if people can’t face the lies within themselves, they will never be able to face the lies in the world and find truth within and without. Their whole life just becomes way of shutting oneself out from anything that may be a “threat” to their beliefs and way of life. As the Russian mystic Gurdjieff wrote: “In order to understand the interrelation of truth and falsehood in life, a man must understand falsehood in himself, the constant incessant lies he tells himself.” Hence, the most important aspect in life life is to Know Thyself. In “States of Denial”, (Cambridge), Stanley Cohen remarks that “the scientific discourse misses the fact that the ability to deny is an amazing human phenomenon [...] a product of sheer complexity of our emotional, linguistic, moral and intellectual lives.” He writes that Denial is a complex “unconscious defense mechanism for coping with guilt, anxiety and other disturbing emotions aroused by reality.“ I have to make clear that I do not like to see what I uncover, but it is there and needs to be looked at. I certainly can’t just look away. My conscience doesn’t allow it. This has nothing to do with being negative or pessimistic. Now let’s go straight at it. Here is one biggy, it is THE issue most people never question: By design, governments are not really in place “for” the people and never really have been in the past, but they are merely a tool for the elite to keep power and wealth to a few. Nor do the main “leaders” think/feel like you do, although they may do their best to appear as such, however their main interest is not you. I’m not saying that everyone who is working for the government is “evil”, no, many well-meaning individuals with conscience do their best, but are caught within the system and being used by it. Compartmentalization is the name of the game. The pyramid system, where the few control the many, not by martial or force control, but by suppression of knowledge and mind/consciousness control, shaping the beliefs of the masses to accept their version of reality. Be it in kingdoms or governments. The power structure is still very much the same, only the details have changed and there seems to have been “progress”, more “freedom within the prison”. If there is any true choice through voting and true democracy is highly questionable. As a matter of fact, democracy becomes the perfect system for control if you are able to shape the beliefs of the people through “official” culture, media, entertainment and education, give them certain choices and control all aspects of the choices, especially if there are only TWO. Governments has we know them take care of their people like a farmer takes care of his pigs. He feeds them and seems to care for them to an extent (and

certainly keep that at a minimum, although I may add that many pigs on farms have a better life than most people on this planet), but essentially the pigs are imprisoned until they are sold or slaughtered. When looking deeper into it all, including a careful analysis of history (not the one they teach you in school), then one will see that a government has never been truly in place by the people for the people. People are just conditioned to believe this and it happens right at birth when the newborn “becomes” an “American”, “German”, “Russian” or whatever other label is being put on. The conditioning occurs right there and continues with education and official culture, the conditioned norm, so to speak. Don’t kid yourself, the ptb (powers that be) couldn’t care less about Nations, Identification or Patriotism. On the higher level it is all about global control, especially in this day and age. National Identification is a lie sold to the people to keep them separated and confined, easier to control…. The idea of the ultimate “invisible” prison has been referred to in ancient esoteric stories as well: “There is an Eastern tale which speaks about a very rich magician who had a great many sheep. But at the same time this magician was very mean. He did not want to hire shepherds, nor did he want to erect a fence about the pasture where his sheep were grazing. The sheep consequently often wandered into the forest, fell into ravines, and so on, and above all they ran away, for they knew that the magician wanted their flesh and skins and this they did not like. At last the magician found a remedy. He hypnotized his sheep and suggested to them first of all that they were immortal and that no harm was being done to them when they were skinned, that, on the contrary, it would be very good for them and even pleasant; secondly he suggested that the magician was a good master who loved his flock so much that he was ready to do anything in the world for them; and in the third place he suggested to them that if anything at all were going to happen to them it was not going to happen just then, at any rate not that day, and therefore they had no need to think about it. Further the magician suggested to his sheep that they were not sheep at all; to some of them he suggested that they were lions, to others that they were eagles, to others that they were men, and to others that they were magicians. And after this all his cares and worries about the sheep came to an end. They never ran away again but quietly awaited the time when the magician would require their flesh and skins.” [Gurdjieff quoted by P.I. Ouspensky, In Search of the Miraculous] Now, the usual reaction I get if I say such things is “that’s all just conspiracy theory garbage”. It’s an interesting reacting and mostly comes from people who have not really looked into it deeper and more carefully, because if they would have, they’d see that there is not much theory. Behind layers of disinformation and lies, there are many facts that point to truth and a different view of reality than the masses believe in. The only conspiracy “theories” I know of are the many official and mainstream promoted ideas about “war on terror”, “Al Qaida”, 9/11, etc…. all of which is based on the idea that a

group of people (Al Qaida) is conspiring against the “greatest” nation on earth and the western world via terror (9/11, Madrid, London). However, as deeper research undoubtedly proves (if one takes the time to do this and most mainstream journalists simply don’t or they’ll loose their job if they ask uncomfortable questions) is that the official explanations of all this are the actual conspiracy theories. It’s garbage at its best. They don’t hold up in light of the facts. So, yes there are conspiracy theories. They are the ones your government is telling you about the “danger” and the “enemies” that are a “threat” to you and your “nation”. These conspiracy theories are the the real garbage, the ones you read on any mainstream media outlet. A very good insight into the idea of “conspiracy theories” and Debunkers gives Laura Knight-Jadczyk in “The Secret History of the World”[redpillpress]: [...]The first thing we want to think about is the fact that the word “conspiracy” evokes such a strong reaction in all of us: nobody wants to be branded as a “conspiracy thinker.” It just isn’t “acceptable.” It’s “un-scientific” or it’s evidence of mental instability. Right? That’s what you are thinking, isn’t it? In fact, I bet that the very reading of the word even produces certain physiological reactions: a slight acceleration of the heartbeat, and perhaps a quick glance around to make sure that no one was watching while you simply read the word silently. Have you ever asked yourself WHY the word evokes such an instantaneous emotional reaction? Have you ever wondered why it stimulates such a strong “recoil?” After all, it is only a word. It only describes the idea of people in “high places” thinking about things and doing things that manipulate other people to produce benefits for themselves. That’s pretty normal in the world of politics and business, right? So, why does it happen that certain ideas about who and what is going on “behind” the curtain result in the contemptuous dismissal as “conspiracy theory?” There is a little known fact about hypnosis that is illustrated by the following story: A subject was told under hypnosis that when he was awakened he would be unable to see a third man in the room who, it was suggested to him, would have become invisible. All the “proper” suggestions to make this “true” were given, such as “you will NOT see so- and-so” etc… When the subject was awakened, lo and behold! the suggestions did NOT work. Why? Because they went against his belief system. He did NOT believe that a person could become invisible. So, another trial was made. The subject was hypnotized again and was told that the third man was leaving the room… that he had been called away on urgent business, and the scene of him getting on his coat and hat was described… the door was opened and shut to provide “sound effects,” and then the subject was brought out of the trance. Guess what happened?

He was UNABLE TO SEE the Third Man. Why? Because his perceptions were modified according to his beliefs. Certain “censors” in his brain were “activated” in a manner that was “acceptable” to his “ego survival” instincts. The survival of the ego is established pretty early in life by our parental and societal programming as to what IS or is NOT possible; what we are “allowed” to believe in order to be accepted. We learn this first by learning what pleases our parents and then later we modify our belief based on what pleases our society – our peers – to believe. Debunkers count on this “fear” of thinking independently. They play to it, pander to it, activate it, and magnify it. “Oh, THAT’S just CONSPIRACY thinking!” they will say contemptuously. And everyone becomes silent because, of course, NOBODY wants to be branded a “conspiracy theorist!” It’s just not done! Anyway, to return to our story, the Third Man went about the room picking things up and setting them down and doing all sorts of things to test the subject’s awareness of his presence, and the subject became utterly hysterical at this “anomalous” activity! He could see objects moving through the air, doors opening and closing, but he could NOT see the SOURCE because he did not believe that there was another man in the room.[...] One of the first things we might observe is that everyone has a different set of beliefs based upon their social and familial conditioning, and that these beliefs determine how much of the OBJECTIVE reality anyone is able to access. Families that are very concerned with social acceptance will frown heavily on any thinking that takes one outside of what is socially acceptable. The same condition is propagated heavily in the public school system. Even if different “cliques” form, they still form within certain “acceptable” parameters, and to step outside of your “group” is to court rejection. And of course, rejection is associated from early infancy with loss of support, of food, of the means of survival. So, debunkery plays on this inculcated fear – this basic survival instinct – and contempt and ridicule are the chief means of keeping people from thinking and from asking troublesome questions, and from investigating on their own to discover the TRUTH. In the above story, there is clearly a big part of that reality that is inaccessable to the “subject” due to a perception censor which was activated by the suggestions of the hypnotist. That is to say, the subject has a strong belief, based upon his CHOICE as to who or what to believe. In this case, he has chosen to believe the hypnotist and not what he might be able to observe if he dispensed with the perception censor put in place by the hypnotist. The same thing happens when debunkers sneeringly pronounce the words “conspiracy theory.” And so it is with nearly all human beings: we believe the hypnotist – the “official culture” as represented by the “clappers” and debunkers – and we are able, with preternatural cunning, to deny what is often right in front of our faces. And in the case of the hypnosis subject, he is entirely at the mercy of the “Invisible Man” because he chooses not to see him.

Let’s face it: we are all taught to avoid uncomfortable realities. Human beings – faced with unpleasant truths about themselves or their reality – react like alcoholics who refuse to admit their condition, or the cuckolded husband who is the “last to know,” or the wife who does not notice that her husband is abusing her daughter. Denial is a complex “unconscious defense mechanism for coping with guilt, anxiety and other disturbing emotions aroused by reality.” Denial can be both deliberate and intentional, as well as completely subconscious. An individual who is deliberately and intentionally denying something is acting from an individual level of lying, concealment and deception. Believing anything that comes down the pike is not the opposite of denial. “Acknowledgment” of the probability of a high level of Truth about a given matter is what should happen when people are actively aroused by certain information. This information can be 1) factual or forensic truth; that is to say, legal or scientific information which is factual, accurate and objective; it is obtained by impartial procedures; 2) personal and narrative truth including “witness testimonies.” I should add here that skepticism and solipsistic arguments – including epistemological relativism – about the existence of objective truth, are generally a social construction and might be considered in the terms of the hypnotized man who has been programmed to think that there “is no truth. [...]“ Back to the topic of the “historical” event, the “election” of an african american president. Let’s look at it/him beyond appearances and the emotional high, the words of “hope” and “change” he uses, that seems so manipulative as if one is watching a Hollywood movie. Over the past year I’ve been asking Obama fans (more like fanatics) what the they want to “change” and what do they “hope” for? Interesting thing is that 4 out of 5 could not give me a direct answer, so mesmerized they were by the words alone. The ones who did answer gave the typical idea of “better economy, health care, tax reduction….many said,” anyone is better than Bush.”(duh!). Interesting to note that non of the ones I asked said anything about foreign policy. Others said that the words “hope” and “change” alone are enought for change to come. I still have to wonder, change what into what? No one seems to be able to answer this and sorry to say most Obama supporters I talked to just repeat slogans like a parrot, without understanding the deeper issues, missing a lot of disturbing things Obama has been repeatedly saying throughout his campaign. After the “emotional” and quite predictable acceptance speech with the expected slogans (he’s good talker, I give him that), the country seems to be high on “hope” and “change”. But like any high or romantic phase, it won’t last and one has to come back to reality again. Or as a friend has pointed out at a recent forum discussion: “I think the the feelings of “joy” and “ecstasy” expressed in response to the Obama win are in response to what is essentially a LIE, in response to a “positive” scenario that does not really exist but people have been manipulated into believing, it’s not truly a “positive” emotion, is it? I’d say it was more akin to “hysteria”, or the kind of

“high” that one experiences from chemical addictions and/or addictive behaviors. Imagine that a man has been unjustly imprisoned for ten years. One day his captors tell him that he is going to be granted his freedom, released to live a better existence. As they escort him to his gate of freedom, he experiences indescribable joy and ecstasy at the prospect of what is to come. But when they open the door, it is revealed that he has in fact only be transferred to a different prison, that the story told to him was only used to ensure his “docility” during the transfer.” That reminds me of something Krihshnamurti said over 40 years ago, paraphrased from a lecture he gave: “[...]People are in a prison by choice and every couple of years or so, when elections come up, they just re-decorate their prison cell, put on a new tapestry, maybe some new furniture, believing that change has occurred, however, they are still in prison, essentially being imprisoned by choice, while believing this is freedom. A prison for their mind.” Which brings us to election day and how he got elected. Now here’s an idea many people don’t like to hear: You have been manipulated and vectored to vote for Obama, just like McCain has committed political suicide with Palin, as if he’s been sacrificed to make sure Obama gets in (but not FOR you). “In politics, nothing happens by accident. If it happens, you can bet it was planned that way.” -Franklin D. Roosevelt McCain’s choice (if it really was his) for Palin was no accident. It was a calculated move to slowly commit political suicide, saying and doing all the wrong things one could possibly do wrong. Now, there is no hard “proof” for that, but if one has a deeper understanding of the workings behind the curtain and in light of FDR’s quite telling quote, we can assume that things may be different as they appear on the surface. Choosing Palin as the running mate for McCain was his death seal. A calculated move or plain accident/stupidity? I leave the judgment to you after having read the rest of this blog. To be fair, one can’t fully judge Obama yet, since he’s not “officially” in power yet, but one can look at him more closely and especially in regards to the people he surrounds himself with. You can always see a persons true character by the people he hangs out with and that goes especially for a president and his circle of “advisers”. Let’s forget for a moment all the promises he made to make America “great” again in regards to the economy, jobs, taxes, healthcare, etc. We all know that any given president in any election gives the same promises, basically that he will “take care” of the nation’s people. The reasons why it sounds so more powerful and believable with him is because of his talent of speech and appearance. He’s likable, nice to look at and listen to, finds the right words. Not to mention the enormous hype that has been surrounding him. Because of that hype and the many emotional projections on to him, people loose their ability for critical thinking and objectivity, ignoring the words between the lines. There are many things he said throughout his campaign that showed him on many topics in the same light

as Bush or McCain, namely the topic of foreign policy, the war on terror and Israel. You see, the average american is not much concerned with what is happening in the world. It’s the basic thinking of “Me first. As long as I’m fine, have a job, health care, tax reduction, it’s all good, so he must be a good leader, because that is what he stands for”. However, it seems that no one is really aware of the fact that he is supporting lies that have caused and will cause millions of people to die and suffer for world wide. Be it the lie of “the war on terror” based on the 9/11-lie, the lie of “the threat of Al Qaida”, or the unquestioned support of Israel and hence the genocide of the Palestinian people. You may ask, where is the prove for all these being lies? I may turn that question around and ask you, where is the proof for all the stories you hear through government and mainstream media to be the truth? That 9/11 has been executed by a bunch of arabs with box knife cutters (what hit the pentagon again?), that Al Qaida is a real terror organization and that Israel has a right to take over the land of the Palestinians? Obviously you won’t find answers to all this by watching TV or reading the LA or NY Times, but if you dig deeper you will clearly see that 9/11 was an Inside Job, Al Qaida is an artificial enemy creation under the guidance of CIA/MI5/Mossad and that Israel’s policies is based on Zionism/Terrorism (more an that latter). The news you hear from the Middle East are fabricated and distorted to the core. They give you a complete false sense of reality. If you haven’t heard it before: Turn off your TV and research for yourself. Think for yourself. Don’t believe me. For each issue raised there is hours of well researched material out there that proves all this by many overlooked and suppressed facts. Many researchers dedicate their lives to find truth, only to be ridiculed and laughed at by the masses, maybe even by you. No Theory. There are many facts on other blogs on my site with links to sources provided. Some good well researched documentaries are out there as well: “Loose Change“, “From Freedom to Fascism” and “Zeitgeist“(first film) are good introductions. They free to watch in the internet (the only mass media outlet that is not controlled/censored (yet)) However, I can’t spoon feed you truth, no once can, you will only be able to SEE it, if you go into it with the right mind and that is the burning desire to find truth, as it is, even if it may oppose long held beliefs in you. If you go into it with a full cup, just to look for something to validate your already made-up mind, you are biased from the get-go and simply will only look for justifications for your beliefs, so you still can hold on to what you “believe” to be true, hence you will keep lying to yourself for the sake of not rocking your own boat of sense of Self…….which goes back to do you really Know Thyself? You can’t face the lies in the world if you don’t face the lies within yourself, nor can you see the truth in the world if you have not looked through your own conditioning. That’s the bottom line. The majority of people, maybe even you, don’t want to go there. There are many cans of worms you’d rather leave untouched. But will they just go away? No, nothing ever has been healed or made disappear by suppression, the contrary, it makes it worse and the shadow thickens, within and without.

“One does not become enlightened by imagining figures of light, but by making the darkness conscious.” – Carl G. Jung The truth IS out there. It is not really that much hidden to begin with, but for reasons mentioned, most people do not want the truth. They want more lies, more illusions to feed their existence, so they don’t have to go where it is uncomfortable and vulnerable, the only place where true healing actually can occur within and without, in ourselves and in the world. True change can only happen if one can see through the lies. Hope based on lies is false hope that morphs into wishful thinking and denial, another layer of conditioning, another “prison for the mind”. Most people choose their lies consciously because they want to be plugged in and anything that threatens this will be ignored or attacked. An unconscious self-defense mechanism of the (social) conditioned ego. As Morpheus said so truthfully in the film “The Matrix: “The Matrix is a system, Neo. That system is our enemy. But when you’re inside, you look around, what do you see? Businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters. The very minds of the people we are trying to save. But until we do, these people and that makes them our enemy.

are

still

a

part

of

that

system

You have to understand, most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are so inured, so hopelessly dependent on the system, that they will fight to protect it.“ So, this was a longer kind of introduction, but necessary to see it all in a wider sense of awareness. Let’s follow the white rabbit…. Now to the title of the blog: The men behind Obama. Who is he aligning himself with, who are his advisers, etc…? An article from The NY Times, August 24, 2007 Brzezinski Offers Support for Obama “In an interview with Al Hunt that will air on Bloomberg’s “Political Capital” at 11 p.m. tonight, Zbigniew Brzezinski said that Mr. Obama is “clearly more effective and has the upper hand.” The national security adviser under President Jimmy Carter continued, “There is a need for a fundamental rethinking of how we conduct world affairs, and Obama seems to me to have both the guts and the intelligence to address that issue and to change the nature of America’s relationship with the world.[...]“ Zbigniew Brzezinski. Who is he and why is he supporting Obama? Here a short intro by American Lassie in the article “The Story Unfolds 2: Obama, Biden, Brzezinski, Carter…and the Trilateral Commission?“:

I decided to search further into Obama’s background (such as we know of it) to see what I could come up with. The tremendous amounts of money that he has raised and the protection he has been given by the MSM, along with the some of the surprising endorsements he has received lend credence to the idea that someone (or some powerful entity) with a lot of wealth and importance is pulling the strings behind the scenes. Let’s go to Obama’s years at Columbia University. Why is there such a secret about his transcript and the courses he took? Who were his instructors? Wonder of Wonders. At the same time of Obama’s attendance at Columbia, ZBIGNIEW BRZEZINSKI was also at the Columbia as head of the “Institute of Communist Affairs.” [...] Brzezinski was national security adviser under Jimmy Carter. He left Columbia to found the TRILATERAL COMMISSION along with David Rockefeller. The Trilateral Commission is a private organization with members from the U.S., Europe and Japan. In his book “Between Two Ages”, Brezezinski writes: “Marxism is simultaneously a victory of the external, active man over the inner, passive man and a victory of reason over belief” (Page 72). He called for a deliberate management of the American future (Page 260), a “Community of Nations” (page 296) and a “World Government” (Page 308). He became the first director of the Trilateral Commission. He drafted it’s charter and became it’s strongest proponent. The funding for this enterprise came from the Charles F. Kettering Foundation, the Ford Foundation in addition to Rockefeller. In July 1972, the first meeting of this group was called by David Rockefeller at his compound in Hudson Valley, N.Y. It was attended by 250 individuals who represented the elite of finance, media and industry. Other founding members were Alan Greenspan and Paul Volker – both eventually headed the Federal Reserve System. Senator Barry Goldwater wrote in his book “With No Apologies”: “In my view, the Trilateral Commission represents a skillful, coordinated effort to seize the four centers of power: political, monetary, intellectual and ecclesiastical. All this to be done in the interest of creating a more peaceful, more productive world community. What the Trilateralists truly intend is the creation of a worldwide economic power superior to the political governments of the nation-states involved. They believe the abundant materialism they propose to create will overwhelm existing differences. As managers and creators of the system they will rule the future. [...]

David Rockefeller and Zbigniew Brzezinski found Jimmy Carter to be their ideal candidate. They helped him win the nomination, and the presidency. To accomplish this purpose, they mobilized the money power of the Wall Street bankers, the intellectual influence of the academic community [Hmm, sounds quite familiar to Obama's "sponsoring"] – which is subservient to the wealth of the great tax-free foundations – and the media controllers represented in the membership of the CFR (Council of Foreign Relations), and the Trilateral.’ Seven months before the Democratic nominating convention, the Gallup Poll found less than four percent of Democrats favoring Jimmy Carter for President. But, almost overnight – like Willkie, and Eisenhower before him – he became the candidate.” It was reported in the New York Sun on February 15, 2008 that Barack Hussain Obama has chosen Zbigniew Brzezinski to advise him on foreign policy. Here’s what Mr. Obama has to say about is mentor: http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=ASlETEx0T-I So far it doesn’t sound like some big “conspiracy”, does it? Well, one has to see it in the right context with deeper research into Brzezinski and the Trilateral Commission as well as CFR and Bilderberg. Speaking of which, doesn’t seem it odd to you that there are meetings of the most powerful people on this planet held in secret with no major news outlet reporting on them? How odd. What are they trying to hide? If it is in our interest, why are we not told about it? Or is it just some big boy/girls club where they hang out and talk about the weather while sipping a drink? Regardless, if Janet Jackson’s breast exposure makes it on the headline news and the nation debating it for weeks, then I’d also like to see some news regarding these meetings behind closed doors (coincidentally usually right before a G7 meeting (the “official” one)) What’s up with that? Not News worthy? Let’s listen to historian Webster Tarpleyand his research into Obama and the men behind him. Highly recommended to watch! Especially in politics it is of the utmost importance to try to look behind the facade: who makes up the team of the presidential candidate? The future president of the United States of America is for a large part dependent on and being fed by his team of advisors and future cabinet members. Webster Tarpley wrote a book on the men and women behind presidential hopeful Barack Obama. He argues that there is more to Obama than his charismatic appearance and that some of his advisors pose a danger to the US and the world in case Obama might be elected to become the next US president. The men behind Barack Obama part 1 Interview with historian Webster Tarpley http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=MouUJNG8f2k

The men behind Barack Obama part 2 Interview with historian Webster Tarpley http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=e-KJCMWcoms Tarpley further writes in CONFIRMED ON MSNBC: OBAMA IS PUPPET OF ZBIGNIEW BRZEZINSKI, TRILATERAL REVANCHIST: Zbigniew Brzezinski, who was kept in the closet for many months during the Carter administration because of his hideous Dr. Strangelove persona, portrayed Obama as a peace candidate who wanted to end the Iraq war and usher in peace in the Middle East. Zbig is an infamous Cold War hawk who has managed to re-invent himself in the eyes of some dupes by opposing the Iraq adventure, mainly because it is bad for imperialism. Zbig did not mention that the reason he wants to downplay certain aspects of US aggression in the Middle East is to free up resources for use in the much bigger and more dangerous adventures which the Trilateral Commission is now directing. In other words, Imperialism just got a new face lift. It is more subtle (for now), more cunning and more dangerous than he obvious conquest of the Bush administration. Why? Because Obama does it in the light of the “left” with “Hope” and “Change” and the support of liberals and peace lovers who can’t seem to see through the smokescreen. He now gained support by the ones who were so vehemently opposed to Bush’s imperialism. Change is happening, but not the “change” people are hoping for. As someone on a discussion forum after the elections mentioned: After witnessing the high level of fervor that people feel for Obama, it seems that they will follow whatever he says will be “necessary” to fix the Bush administrations mess, the economy etc. etc. It is a classic set-up with the Bush = “Problem”, Obama = “Solution” I have never seen such blind adoration for a politician before and was disheartened when encountering Obama supporters because of their “mob” or “herd” mentality. The novelty of having a black president with charisma seems to override an honest comparison of his proposed policies to the current administration. Time will tell but from the reaction of the masses to the Obama image, it seems they are ready to follow him into hell or any new war he asks them too without question. Let’s look at some other key players and of course Obama’s “choice” (if it really was his choice) for Vice President Joe Biden. Tarpley gives us more insights about this man in MOTORMOUTH JOE BIDEN: WARMONGER, WORDMONGER, AND POLITICAL HIT MAN

The vice presidential candidate chosen to run with Obama is Senator Joe Biden of Delaware, a discredited, sleazy, and shopworn political hack. The ability of the Trilateral-Bilderberg machine which controls Obama to put up a person like Biden already reflects the further degradation of US political life over the past 9-12 months, largely as a result of Obama’s own demagogic, no-issues, personality cult agitation. A year ago, there was wide agreement in the US middle class that Bush and Cheney should be impeached, that the police state be rolled back, and that the Iraq war should be ended as soon as physically possible. Thanks largely to the advent of the vapid and messianic Obama, these issues have now been thoroughly deflated. Biden is himself an incurable warmonger who voted for the Iraq war and blathered ceaselessly in favor of Bush’s aggressive adventure to all who would listen. Naming Biden is a brutal insult to the antiwar majority of the Democratic Party, and Obama is obviously hoping that the Iraq war issue is dead, so nobody will care. Last year, Obama promised that he would work against the mentality that produced Iraq; if anyone incarnates that mentality, it is Biden. Biden is an incurable imperialist and an eager advocate of the discredited BushCheney “war on terror.” He even tried to use one of the Democratic debates last year to whip up hysteria in favor of attacking Sudan over the Darfur issue, and with some success. Biden postured in Manchester New Hampshire on June 3, 2007 in an apparent call for bombing Sudan, a coup in Khartoum, or an invasion. Incredibly, the crowd applauded wildly. There is one more not so subtle issue with Biden. He is a self-proclaimed Zionist: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IcXYhV4-Rak Now, what does that mean anyway? Zionist, Zionism? What is it really? When I tried to make the many Obama supporters aware of this issue, most had never even heard of that expression. Well, here’s a short introduction: Zionism is NOT a religion, it is a political movement. Zionism is an international political movement that originally supported the reestablishment of a homeland for the Jewish People in Palestine (Hebrew: Eretz Yisra’el, “the Land of Israel”), and continues primarily as support for the modern state of Israel. (from wikipedia) Hence it is the force behind the illegal occupation of Palestine, simply based on ideology (and madness, I may add). It has nothing to do with Judaism or Jewish religion, but hardline Zionists use distorted religious slurs for their “protection” to make sure no one questions their agenda. In other words, any time you say something against Zionism you are being called anti-Semitic. Any times you criticize Israel on certain issues or even call it a Terrorist Nation (which the government ultimately is) you are being labeled anti-Semitic, as if you are a Nazi hating the Jews. However, the real Jews, the ones not brainwashed by Zionism know the truth and some brave ones speak out loudly against the Zionists. On Tuesday, June 3, 2008, the American Israel Political Affairs Committee, (AIPAC), the

cutting edge of the powerful Israel Lobby, held its annual parley in Washington, D.C. Activists were outside the downtown Convention Center expressing their strong vocal opposition to the event. One of the protesters was Rabbi Yisroel David Weiss. He is associated with Neturei Karta International, an Orthodox Jewish organization, which is adamantly opposed to the political ideology of Zionism. Rabbi Weiss, a spokesman for Karta International, was sharply critical of AIPAC, the Zionists and Zionism in his remarks, He was also supportive of the cause of Palestine and of the Palestinian people. http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=vqBJTBIUtM8 A very good insight into Zionism can be found in the article Zionism for Complete Dummies. Some excerpts: [...]It is easy for anyone curious enough to want to do so to look into what Theodor Herzl, the founder of Zionism, had to say. You can read Ben Gurion and you can read about the position taken by Zionist leaders during World War Two when many efforts were underway to remove Jews from Germany and the occupied regions. These aren’t secret documents. A very clear picture is painted. The events of World War 2 were a tremendous boon to Zionism. This has been repeated often by Zionists themselves and evidence of their activity during World War 2 is easily found. [...] There is a huge amount of literature describing how the Zionists made it very difficult to save Jews during and after World War II. As various individuals and organizations were trying to arrange departures of Jews to western countries, the Zionists worked overtime to prevent this from happening. They expressed the opinion that building up the Jewish population of Palestine was more important than enabling Jews to go to third countries, and they insisted to western powers that Jews should not be accepted anywhere other than Palestine. Indeed, Yitzchak Greenbaum, a famous Zionist, proclaimed that “one cow in Palestine was worth more than all the Jews in Poland. The infamous David Ben-Gurion said in 1938: “If I knew it was possible to save all the children in Germany by taking them to England, and only half of the children by taking them to Eretz Israel, I would choose the second solution. For we must take into account not only the lives of these children but also the history of the people of Israel.” [...] Theodor Herzl came up with the idea of using anti-Semitism as a tool to achieve certain ends. He said it should even be manufactured when there is opportunity and used whenever possible, true or not. Whatever it took to get what he wanted was fine. Zionism is a pretty simple thing if you strip away all of the scenery. It’s about possession of the Holy Land exclusively for the Jews and about expanding the dimensions of it to include what they have interpreted from some Biblical map they have that implies that a truly enormous stretch of real estate belongs to them.

This area is far larger than the presently ‘expanded’ borders that exist today. The only other feature of Zionism that needs to be understood is the use of anti-Semitism which is employed against anyone who opposes the hegemonic intentions of Zionism. It doesn’t matter if the person opposing Zionism is actually anti-Semitic or not. They automatically become anti-Semitic by virtue of their opposition. It is permissible to do ‘anything’ to further the purposes of Zionism; the Mossad defines it’s raison d’etre as: “by deception thou shall wage war.” [...] Zionist behavior causes reactions because it is an ugly thing that no human being could countenance as far as its behavior and rhetoric goes. However, when you rightfully criticize Zionism you are tagged as criticizing Jews. As a result, Zionism has been able to become a world problem because they use the Jewish people as a human shield. You launch a comment and it is made to appear to hit collateral bystanders. That’s the intent. Many Jews have become convinced that the actions of Zionists are key to the survival of Israel. This is a lie. They are the biggest threat to the survival of Israel. If it weren’t for Zionism, Israel would already have peace with her neighbors just as the Jews who lived there previous to their arrival did. It is the intention of Zionism to steal the lands of other people and that sets other people against them. That’s an observable fact. There is a reason that the Zionists ruthlessly suppress everyone who criticizes them. There is a reason they use anti-Semitism against everyone who speaks out against them. There is a reason they set up a hue and cry against research into and publication about the truth concerning them. The reason is that they are up to no good. What other reason could there be? If you don’t care what people see then you don’t hide it. If you do care then you do hide it. Zionism is genocide.

I mentioned AIPAC and we all know that Obama spoke there, giving his full unquestioned allegiance to Israel and the Zionist agenda. From an article on BBC News: Barack Obama has declared an ‘unshakeable commitment’ to Israeli security. [...] Barack Obama has pledged unwavering support for Israel in his first foreign policy speech since declaring himself the Democratic nominee for president. He told the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC), a prominent Jewish lobby, Israel’s security was “sacrosanct” and “non-negotiable”. He also said he would do “everything” to stop Iran getting a nuclear weapon. [...] Mr Obama said “aggressive, principled diplomacy” was needed to deal with Tehran but added that he would “always keep the threat of military action on the table to defend our security and our ally Israel”.[...] Here is what Raplh Nader had to say to Obama’s appearance at AIPAC in an “Open letter to Barack Obama: Between Hope and Reality“: [...]Take, for example, your transformation from an articulate defender of Palestinian rights in Chicago before your run for the U.S. Senate to an acolyte, a dittoman for the hard-line AIPAC lobby, which bolsters the militaristic oppression, occupation, blockage, colonization and land-water seizures over the years of the Palestinian peoples and their shrunken territories in the West Bank and Gaza. [...] During your visit to Israel this summer, you scheduled a mere 45 minutes of your time for Palestinians with no news conference, and no visit to Palestinian refugee camps that would have focused the media on the brutalization of the Palestinians. Your trip supported the illegal, cruel blockade of Gaza in defiance of international law and the United Nations charter. [...] http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=lSp-oIOhq00 But Biden is not the only Zionist pulling Obama’s strings. Barack just “nominated” another Zionist and hard-liner: Rahm Emanuel, his new Chief of Staff. What can we say about him? Christopher Bollyn writes in The Israeli Who Will Run the Obama White House: Rahm Emanuel is named after a Zionist fighter who belonged to the Stern Gang, which was a terrorist organization linked with the Nazis. Before moving to Chicago, his father was an active member of this terrorist group of assassins and bombers, which was also known as LEHI. Don’t expect to hear these facts discussed on CNN. [...] Rahm Emanuel is the same Israeli who ran the White House under Bill Clinton, although he did not have the chief of staff position. He is the person who pushed through the disastrous NAFTA legislation. It should be remembered that it was during the Clinton administration, while the president dallied with his chunky Jewish girlfriend, that the foundation of the Zionist terror network that pulled off 9-

11 was laid. Now, Emanuel, the son of a terrorist and assassin, will be back in the Oval Office.[...] Don’t expect the controlled media to tell you the whole truth about Emanuel’s family ties to real assassins. To get an idea of who Emanuel really is, I recommend my 2006 article, “Son of a Zionist Terrorist — Rahm Emanuel’s Dirty Secret.“ Rep. Rahm Emanuel, the Democrat congressman for the 5th District of Illinois in Chicago is the son of an Israeli terrorist. Rahm’s father, Benjamin, was a member of the Irgun, the Zionist terrorist organization that coined a new word as they blew up hotels, train stations, and other buildings in Palestine in the 1930s and 40s. Paul Craig Roberts writes in his most recent article Conned again: If the change President-elect Obama has promised includes a halt to America’s wars of aggression and an end to the rip-off of taxpayers by powerful financial interests, what explains Obama’s choice of foreign and economic policy advisors? Indeed, Obama’s selection of Rahm Emanuel as White House chief of staff is a signal that change ended with Obama’s election. The only thing different about the new administration will be the faces. Rahm Emanuel is a supporter of Bush’s invasion of Iraq. Emanuel rose to prominence in the Democratic Party as a result of his fundraising connections to AIPAC. A strong supporter of the American Israeli Public Affairs Committee, he comes from a terrorist family. His father was a member of Irgun, a Jewish terrorist organization that used violence to drive the British and Palestinians out of Palestine in order to create the Jewish state. During the 1991 Gulf War, Rahm Emanuel volunteered to serve in the Israel Defense Forces. He was a member of the Freddie Mac board of directors and received $231,655 in directors fees in 2001. According to Wikipedia, “during the time Emanuel spent on the board, Freddie Mac was plagued with scandals involving campaign contributions and accounting irregularities.” In “Hail to the Chief of Staff,” Alexander Cockburn describes Emanuel as “a super-Likudnik hawk,” who as chairman of the Democratic Congressional Campaign Committee in 2006 “made great efforts to knock out antiwar Democratic candidates.” My despondent friends in the Israeli peace movement ask, “What is this man doing in Obama’s administration?” [...] Obama’s victory speech was magnificent. The TV cameras scanning faces in the audience showed the hope and belief that propelled Obama into the presidency. But Obama cannot bring change to Washington. There is no one in the Washington crowd that he can appoint who is capable of bringing change. If Obama were to reach outside the usual crowd, anyone suspected of being a

bringer of change could not get confirmed by the Senate. Powerful interest groups–AIPAC, the military-security complex, Wall Street–use their political influence to block unacceptable appointments. The change that is coming is the end of American empire. The hegemon has run out of money and influence. Obama as “America’s First Black President” will lift hopes and, thus, allow the act to be carried on a little longer. But the New American Century is already over. If all of this may sound too much for you and unbelievable, I suggest to read the whole essays and articles/links these excerpts are from and research for yourself before denying it all too quick. Remember, most of the mainstream media outlets are in control by the Zionists as well, so they’ll do their best to hide this kind of information. No conspiracy theory here. Simple fact. Well, so far Obama’s advisors are not the nicest fellas on the planet and do not seem to operate for the people. You may want to ask yourself, why does he choose these folks? Is it really his choice to begin with? Who are his sponsors and mentors, his high level supporters? So far we’ve gotten an interesting insight and “hope” and “change” may indeed look quite differently than what you’d expect. To put it simple, with Obama there will be more misery and suffering upon the Palestinian People, more measures in the “war on terror” and invading of other countries based on lies and deception, more “Homeland Security” (read less freedom) to protect you from the “evil doers”. You don’t think so? Here’s a little clip of Obama, making his stance clear in the war on terror and 9/11: http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=uw2XTC1V4fk As the late George Carlin said: “You voted, hence you have no right to complain.” But regardless of voting, he would have made it into the White House with or without your vote. It seems quite meant to be, a perfect set-up once again. I know you don’t want to hear this. But freedom of choice through voting is an illusion in this day and age, for there are other forces at work that manipulate you and your mind to act and do exactly how you are supposed to, forces that have conditioned you since birth to keep you in a confined reality box, making sure you don’t step out of line. So what to do? Truth will set us free, no “hope” or “change” based on wishful thinking, fancy slogans and emotional manipulative speeches. The more people do the work to gain knowledge and separate truth from lies within themselves and out there, the better the chances for true change for the better of the whole world, not just your personal tax cuts, job security and health care. That is the only hope and it depends on no one, no leader, no party, no election, no counry or nation, but YOU. It’s up to you and no one else. Question is only, do you have the courage to go there? Truth may interfere with everything in your life: your relations with your family, wife,

husband, friends, boss, coworkers, social status, self-image, desires, dreams and goals. But in the end only truth is true freedom, for it leads to Love of the Absolute. It’s your choice to just follow a hype or educate yourself, gain knowledge and truth about what is really going on. Don’t believe me. Research for yourself. THINK for yourself. But before you can do that, you will have to see your own conditioning, hence it goes back again to Self-Knowledge. Time will tell how all this unfolds. Once thing is for sure, the deception has become more cunning. With Bush it was too obvious. With McCain/Palin way too obvious, even comical. With Obama it is not, because of his “personality”, his “appeal”, his artificial making like that of a pop star. A Manchurian Candidate. We will see his actions in the future, for talk is cheap no matter what. Some people say he has to say certain things in order to get into power and then he’ll fix it all. Excuse me? Maybe in a Hollywood movie. Don’t expect Obama to take a 180 degree turn on the war on terror, 9/11, Israel or the Zionist Agenda any time soon. He may not be aware that his strings are being pulled but his choice of advisors so far does not speak for him at all. From “Elect a president; massacre Palestinians. No change here“: The facade of “change” in the election of Barack Obama and more congressional Democrats is just the latest fraud in the face of those who hold out “hope” for an end to such immoral and unconstitutional policies. Thanks, Department of Education [sic]. Thanks, think tanks [sic]. Thanks, corporatestate media. Thanks to all conditioning mechanisms of the state. No empire in history ever had it this good. Now, back to your so-called election coverage… [...] Now, about that ‘sea change’ in American politics. There will be none. The US and Israeli government-sanctioned murder of Palestinians and Arabs will continue. So go ahead and enjoy your celebrations and feelings of a “new beginning”. “Where ignorance reigns, life is lost” – Zack de la Rocha http://www.youtube.com/verify_age?next_url=/watch%3Ffeature%3Dplayer_embedded %26v%3D4SYOxmONO2g I just focused on a couple of people behind Obama. To give the full picture would require a book, as this article still just scratches the surface. It is meant as an introduction and to make people think, in particular the overwhelming majority of Obama supporters. Other key players that are and will influence Obama’s policy are listed here in Obama’s Council on Foreign Relations Crew (Centre for Research on Globalization)

One last thing to mention. Rumors have that he will get a Kennedy or two into his administration. Before everyone jumps up in more hyped, nostalgic and romantic fashion, let me remind you that being a “Kennedy” is not equals truth and a “better world/country”. Where were all the Kennedys when there was a time to step up against the war on terror, against the 9/11 lie, against the crimes of Israel? It may be great for his image and we know Americans love Image over depth and truth, however, cosmetic surgery doesn’t cover up the cancer that is already implemented in his administration and resulting New World Imperialism through people who couldn’t care less about YOU. We will see how all this plays out, for this is still just the tip of the iceberg and it ain’t looking pretty once you take off the rose colored glasses of “hope” and “change”. There is something else happening here on planet earth and only truth will set humanity free, no voting, no wishful thinking or conditioned beliefs, no “positive” thinking or meditating on peace, no generic new age washed down spiritual half-truths,……. but Knowledge, which is Light, which leads to true Love of the Absolute , so one can SEE and ACT upon it. These are precious times and it will be quite a rough ride in the next years if we don’t start seeing objective reality as it is. Knowledge protects, Ignorance endangers.